Santerno SINUS PENTA S05, S12, S14, S15, S20, S22, S30, S32, S41, S42, S51, S52, S60P, S64, S65, S70, S74, S75, S80, S84, S90 AC Drive Installation Guide
SINUS PENTA S05, SINUS PENTA S12, SINUS PENTA S14, SINUS PENTA S15, SINUS PENTA S20, SINUS PENTA S22, SINUS PENTA S30, SINUS PENTA S32, SINUS PENTA S41, SINUS PENTA S42, SINUS PENTA S51, SINUS PENTA S52, SINUS PENTA S60P, SINUS PENTA S64, SINUS PENTA S65, SINUS PENTA S70, SINUS PENTA S74, SINUS PENTA S75, SINUS PENTA S80, SINUS PENTA S84, SINUS PENTA S90 is a multifunction AC drive designed for various industrial applications. This drive offers versatility with its ability to control different motor types, including asynchronous and synchronous motors. It provides precise speed control, torque control, and positioning functionalities, making it suitable for a wide range of applications.
advertisement
• 15P0102B1 •
SINUS PENTA
MULTIFUNCTION AC DRIVE
USER MANUAL
- Installation Guide -
Issued on 01/10/2015
R.07
E n g l i s h
• This manual is integrant and essential to the product. Carefully read the instructions contained herein as they provide important hints for use and maintenance safety.
• This device is to be used only for the purposes it has been designed to. Other uses should be considered improper and dangerous. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages caused by improper, erroneous and irrational uses.
• Elettronica Santerno is responsible for the product in its original setting.
• Any changes to the structure or operating cycle of the product must be performed or authorized by
Elettronica Santerno.
• Elettronica Santerno assumes no responsibility for the consequences resulting by the use of nonoriginal spare-parts.
• Elettronica Santerno reserves the right to make any technical changes to this manual and to the product without prior notice. If printing errors or similar are detected, the corrections will be included in the new releases of the manual.
• The information contained herein is the property of Elettronica Santerno and cannot be reproduced.
Elettronica Santerno enforces its rights on the drawings and catalogues according to the law.
Elettronica Santerno S.p.A.
Via della Concia, 7 – 40023 Castel Guelfo (BO) Italy
Tel. +39 0542 489711 – Fax +39 0542 489722
santerno.com
[email protected]
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
NOTE
This manual also applies to the drives of the Penta Marine line.
REVISION INDEX
The following subjects covered in this User Manual (Installation Instructions) R.07 have been added, changed or suppressed in respect to revision R.06.2.
The meaning of the ENABLE_A and ENABLE_B terminals has been explained. The references to the STO
(Safe Torque Off) function have been added.
“Device” has been replaced with “product” on the cover page.
“Engingeering Dept.” has been removed from the cover page.
Symbols for FIRE HAZARD and HOT SURFACE have been added.
Any reference to Multipump application has been removed (see special-purpose product “Iris Blue”).
EMC filters: Category C3 for current values <400A, Category C4 for current values ≥400A have been clarified.
Reference to RST auxiliary power supply has been removed for size S64/74/84.
Clearance between two drives for IP54 models has been added.
Through-panel kit Part Numbers have been added along with reference to separate user manuals for SINUS
PENTA S22 and S32.
Figure concerning through-panel assembly for SINUS PENTA S22 and S32 rectified as per fixing templates.
12-phase power supply extended to S41..S52 drives.
Section Cable Cross-section Fitting the Terminal for S20 has been modified.
The tightening torques for bars size S41 and greater have been modified.
Relay controlled via MDO1 and MDO2 schematics have been split into internal power supply and external power supply.
Reference to IFD/VTC/FOC STARTUP has been removed. Reference to the Programming Guide has been added instead.
Application tables for parallel models S41..S52 have been added.
and operating temperature has been raised to 55°C without current derating where possible.
Section covering supply unit SU465 has been added.
Markers for BU600 terminals have been rectified.
Any reference to BU700 braking unit has been removed (BU700 not available).
“Apeak” removed from tables concerning DC inductors.
The technical specifications of AC reactors, 5T-6T, IM0127042 to IM0127142 have been added.
All functions that are not MODBUS/TCP have been removed from the Ethernet board.
The names of terminals 5 and 6 (+24VE and 0VE) on the ES870 board have been changed.
Section about ES988 option board has been added.
Section covering ES966 option board has been completed.
SANTERNO USER MANUALS MENTIONED IN THIS GUIDE
The following Santerno User Manuals are mentioned throughout this Installation Guide:
-
15R0102B1 Sinus Penta - Programming Guide
-
15N0102B200 SINUS PENTA - SINUS PENTA Spare Control Board User Manual
15Q0102B00 Sinus Penta - Guide to the Regenerative Application
-
15Q0102B200 Sinus Penta - Guide to the Synchronous Motor Application
15P0101B1 Sinus Penta - Assembly Instructions for Modular Inverters
-
15G0010B1 PROFIdrive Communications Board - Installation and Programming Instructions
-
15G0851B100 Data Logger ES851 - Programming Instructions
16B0901B1 Remote Drive DRIVE REMOTE CONTROL - User Manual
-
15M0102B10 Sinus Penta - Guide for Capacitor Reforming
-
15N0040B100 Sine Filters - User Manual
15W0102B100 Sinus Penta - Assembly Instructions for Through-panel Kit S22
-
15W0102B200 Sinus Penta - Assembly Instructions for Through-panel Kit S32
-
15W0102B300 Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual
-
15P0102B200 SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
-
15P0102A300 AC/DC Units
2/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SINUS PENTA
....................................................................................... 18
3/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
4/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
.......................................................................... 178
5/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
S60-S60P .............................................................................. 212
5T-6T ......................................................................... 238
6/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
7/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.9.2. LEDs for PROFIBUS-DP
8/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
................................. 396
C) ..................................................................... 407
C) ............................................................................................. 418
9/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Index of Tables
10/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Index of Figures
11/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
12/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
13/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 175: ES919 Board for Metasys
Figure176: RS485 connector for Metasys
14/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
15/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION
Inverters are electronic devices capable of powering an AC electric motor and of imposing speed and torque values. The inverters of the PENTA series manufactured by Elettronica Santerno SpA allow adjusting speed and torque values of three-phase asynchronous and synchronous motors and brushless, permanent-magnet
AC motors by way of several control modes. Control modes may be user-defined and allow obtaining the best performance in terms of fine-tuning and energy saving for any industrial application.
The PENTA inverters provided with the standard firmware feature the control modes below:
- IFD control mode: voltage / frequency scalar control for asynchronous motors,
- VTC control mode: sensorless vector control for asynchronous motors.
- FOC control mode: vector control with encoder feedback for asynchronous motors,
The following applications are also available by re-programming the firmware (this can be done by the user as well):
- SYN
control mode: vector control with feedback from encoder for PMSM synchronous motors;
- RGN control mode: two-way interface capable of delivering power to the drives and injecting motor braking power into the mains.
See Special Applications Available for the Sinus Penta for more details.
Available Sinus Penta models range from 1.5kW to 3MW.
AVAILABLE Sinus Penta MODELS
16/
455
NOTE
Figure 1: All Sinus Penta models
Products may have different ratings and/or appearance than the ones shown in the picture above. The proportion of one enclosure to the other is shown as an example and is not binding.
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
1.1. Feature List
• One product, multiple functions:
vector-modulation IFD function for general-purpose applications (V/f pattern);
sensorless, vector VTC function for high torque demanding performance (direct torque control);
vector FOC function with an encoder for accurate torque requirements and wide speed range;
SYN function for synchronous motors (see Special Applications Available for the Sinus Penta);
RGN AFE (Active Front End) function for power exchange with the mains, with unitary power
factor and very low harmonic current (see Special Applications Available for the Sinus Penta);
• Wide range of supply voltage values (200 VAC ÷ 690 VAC) both for stand-alone models and cabinet models.
• Standard DC power supply, 280 to 970 VDC.
• Wide power range from 1.5kW a 3MW.
• Wide range of voltage values and power values for the electric motors to be connected to any inverter model. Example: 380-415Vac:
SINUS
PENTA
MODEL LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG
0025 4TBA2X2 22kW 18.5kW 15kW 11kW
• Built-in filters for the whole Sinus Penta range in compliance with regulation EN 61800-3, issue 2 concerning emission limits.
• The new hardware configuration is standard supplied with a safety system including redundant circuitry for the inhibition of firing pulses in the power circuit: Safe Torque Off function, in compliance with EN 61800-5-2 (SIL3) and EN ISO 13849 (PL d). For the correct implementation of the STO functionality and the correct integration of the drive into the safety
chain of your application, please refer to the application notice in the Safe Torque Off Function
•
Compact and light, the new series of Sinus Penta models may be installed in cabinets and offers a better price/performance ratio.
• Detection of the heat sink temperatures and control component temperatures.
• Automatic control of the cooling system. The ventilation system activates only when required. This ensures greater energy saving, minor wear of the cooling fans and reduced noise; In case of equipment failure, it is possible to adjust the system speed in order not to stop the equipment and to limit dissipated power.
• Built-in braking module up to Size S32 included.
• Noiseless operation ensured by high modulation frequency programmable up to 16 kHz.
• Motor thermal protection to be integrated both through thermal relay function and PTC input (in compliance with DIN44081/2).
• Remotable control panel with a 12-key LCD display showing full words for easier managing and programming of the displayed measures. Five languages available.
• Function parameter saving to remotable display/keypad and possibility of data transfer to multiple inverters.
• Four access levels to the operation parameters and preset parameters for the most common applications.
• PC interface for WINDOWS environment with the RemoteDrive software available in six foreign languages.
• RS485 MODBUS RTU Serial communication for serial links to PCs, PLCs and control interfaces.
• Fieldbuses with internal optional interface boards.
17/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
1.2. Special Applications Available for the Sinus Penta
Beside basic parameterization, Sinus Penta drives also implement operating modes and optional functional modes named APPLICATIONS, which can be obtained through firmware updating and additional external components.
Optional operating modes available for the inverters of the PENTA series are the regenerative drive control
application
and the synchronous motor control application.
In the future, additional optional operating modes will be available, which include application software, instruction manual and dedicated interface board (if any). They implement the most common automation applications, thus replacing PLCs or dedicated control board, and they reduce to a minimum the electric equipment required, thus ensuring lower maintenance costs.
NOTE
In order to upload and install your application SW and update the firmware packets of your Sinus Penta, you can use our RemoteDrive software. Refer to the User Manual related to each individual application for detailed instructions.
The Regenerative (RGN) application allows PENTA drives to be used as AC/DC converters for the DC supply of multiple inverters. When operating as an AC/DC converter, the PENTA operates as a bidirectional mains interface both to power connected inverters and to regenerate the braking powers of the connected motors. Mains power supply always provides sinusoidal currents and a unitary power factor, thus avoiding using braking resistors, power factor correction capacitor banks and damping systems of the harmonics delivered to the mains.
The Synchronous Motor application (SYN) allows PENTA inverters to control permanent magnet synchronous motors (PMSM).
NOTE
Option boards are required, which are described later on in this manual.
Any detail concerning functionality is given in the User Manuals related to each individual application.
18/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
2. SAFETY STATEMENTS
This section contains safety statements. The non-observance of these safety instructions may cause serious injury or death and equipment failure. Carefully read the instructions below before installing, starting and operating the inverter.
Only competent personnel must carry out the equipment installation.
SYMBOLS:
DANGER
Indicates operating procedures that, if not correctly performed, may cause serious injury or death due to electric shock.
FIRE
HAZARD
Indicates fire hazard also leading to explosion.
HOT
SURFACE
Indicates the presence of hot surfaces. Burn risks.
CAUTION
Indicates operating procedures that, if not carried out, may cause serious equipment failure.
NOTE
Indicates important hints concerning the equipment operation.
2.1. Installing and Operating the Equipment
NOTE
DANGER
Always read this instruction manual before starting the equipment.
The ground connection of the motor casing should follow a separate path to avoid possible interferences.
ALWAYS PROVIDE PROPER GROUNDING OF THE MOTOR CASING AND
THE INVERTER FRAME.
If a differential relay against electric shocks is intended to be used, this must be a “B-type” differential relay.
The inverter may generate an output frequency up to 1000 Hz; this may cause a motor rotation speed up to 20 (twenty) times the rated motor speed—for 50Hz motors: never use the motor at a higher speed than the max. allowable speed stated on the motor nameplate.
ELECTRIC SHOCK HAZARD – Never touch the inverter electrical parts when the inverter is on; always wait at least 20 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the inverter.
Never perform any operation on the motor when the inverter is on.
Do not perform electrical connections on the motor or the inverter if the inverter is on. Electric shock hazard exists on output terminals (U,V,W) and resistive braking module terminals (+, –, B) even when the inverter is disabled. Wait at least 20 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the electrical connection of the motor or the inverter.
19/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
FIRE
HAZARD
CAUTION
MECHANICAL MOTION – The drive causes mechanical motion. It is the operator's responsibility to ensure that this does not give rise to any dangerous situation. The STO function may be used to prevent mechanical motion under certain operating conditions. It is the user’s responsibility to ascertain the safety level and properly adopt this function without exposing the equipment operators to mechanical risks.
EXPLOSION AND FIRE – Explosion and fire hazard exists if the equipment is installed in presence of flammable fumes. Do not install the inverter in places exposed to explosion and fire hazard, even if the motor is installed there.
Do not connect supply voltages exceeding the equipment rated voltage to avoid damaging the internal circuits.
If the inverter is installed in environments exposed to flammable and/or explosive substances (zones AD according to standards IEC 64-2), please refer to IEC 64-
2, EN 60079-10 and related standards.
Do not connect the equipment power supply to the output terminals (U,V,W), to the resistive braking module terminals (+, –, B) and to the control terminals. The equipment power supply must be connected only to input terminals (R,S,T).
Do not short-circuit terminals (+) and (–) and terminals (+) and (B); do not connect any braking resistors with lower ratings than the required ratings.
Do not start or stop the motor using a contactor over the inverter power supply.
If a contactor is installed between the inverter and the motor, make sure that it is switched over only when the inverter is disabled. Do not connect any power factor correction capacitor to the motor.
Operate the inverter only if a proper grounding is provided.
If an alarm trips, a comprehensive review of the Diagnostic section in the Sinus
Penta’s Programming Guide is recommended; restart the equipment only after
removing the cause responsible for the alarm trip.
Do not perform any insulation test between the power terminals or the control terminals.
Make sure that the fastening screws of the control terminal board and the power terminal board are properly tightened.
Prior to install the product, check the tightening of the factory-made link between power terminals 47/D and 47/+ in the models where this link is provided.
Do not connect single-phase motors.
Always use a motor thermal protection (use the inverter motor thermal model or a thermoswitch installed in the motor).
Respect the environmental requirements for the equipment installation.
The bearing surface of the inverter must be capable of withstanding high temperatures (up to 90°C).
The inverter electronic boards contain components which may be affected by electrostatic discharges. Do not touch them unless it is strictly necessary. Always be very careful so as to prevent any damage caused by electrostatic discharges.
20/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
CAUTION
Before programming and starting the drive, make sure that the connected motor and all the controlled devices can be used for the whole speed range allowed by the converter. The drive may be programmed to control the motor at higher or lower rpm in respect to the speed attained by connecting the motor directly to the power supply line.
For the correct implementation of the STO functionality and the correct integration of the drive into the safety chain of your application, please refer fo
the application notice in the Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual.
Motor insulation and bearing protection
Regardless of the output frequency, the inverter output includes impulses of approx. 1.35 times the equivalent grid voltage with a very short rise time. This applies to all inverters based on IGBT technology.
The impulse voltage may be approx. twofold at the motor terminals, based on the reflection and attenuation of the terminals and motor cable. This may cause additional stress to the motor and the motor insulation cable.
The variable speed drives characterized by rapid rise voltage impulses and by high switching frequencies may cause current impulses through the motor bearings, that could gradually wear the housings of the bearings and the rolling parts.
The motor insulation stress may be avoided by adopting optional du/dt filters
(see section Output Inductors (DU/DT Filters)). The du/dt filters also reduce the
shaft currents.
Sensors integrated into the motor
For the electrical and insulation specifications, please refer to the Control
Terminals section and/or to the option boards which those sensors are
connected to.
Critical torsional speed
If required, set up the critical torsional speed of the connected motor (see
Prohibit Speeds menu in the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
Transient torque analysis
If required, limit the transient torque of the connected motor (see Limits menu in
the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
21/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
2.2. Permanent Magnet Motors
This section covers additional safety statements concerning Sinus Penta drives used with permanent magnet motors. The non-observance of the safety instructions below may cause serious injuries or death and equipment failure.
Do not operate on the converter when the permanent magnet motor is rotating.
Even if the power supply is cut out and the inverter is stopped, the permanent magnet motor, when rotating, powers the DC-link of the converter, and voltage is applied to the power supply links.
DANGER
Do the following prior to install and service the inverter:
• Stop the motor.
DANGER
• Make sure that the motor cannot rotate when operating on the equipment.
• Make sure that no voltage is applied to the power terminals in the converter.
Do not exceed the motor rated rpm. Exceeding the motor rpm may cause overvoltage leading to damage or explosion of the converter DC-Link.
The permanent magnet motor control is made possible only by using the application firmware “PS” of the Sinus Penta for permanent magnet synchronous motors.
NOTE
Possible rotation of permanent magnet motors in case of multiple breakdowns of power semiconductors in the converter.
Multiple breakdowns of the power semiconductors may generate output DC voltage. Under such fault conditions, even if the STO (Safe Torque OFF) function is activated, the permanent magnet motor may be subject to selfalignment torque causing motor rotation of maximum 180/p degrees (where p is the number of pole pairs).
22/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3. EQUIPMENT DESCRIPTION AND INSTALLATION
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series are full digital inverters capable of controlling asynchronous and synchronous motors up to 3 MW.
Inverters of the Sinus Penta series are designed and manufactured in Italy by the technicians of Elettronica
Santerno; they incorporate the most advanced features offered by the latest electronic technologies.
Sinus Penta inverters fit any application thanks to their advanced features, among which: 32-bit multiprocessor control board; vector modulation; power control with the latest IGBTs; high immunity to radio interference; high overload capability.
Any value of the quantities required for the equipment operation may be easily programmed through the keypad, the alphanumeric display and the parameter menus and submenus.
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series are provided with the following features:
wide power supply voltage range: 380-500Vac (–15%,+10%) for voltage class 4T;
four classes of power supply: 2T (200-240Vac), 4T (380-500Vac), 5T (500-600Vac), 6T (575-690Vac);
built-in EMC filters available for industrial environment;
built-in EMC filters available for domestic environment (Sizes S05 and S12);
-
DC voltage power supply available;
built-in braking module (up to Size S32; S12 5T excepted);
-
RS485 serial interface with communications protocol according to the MODBUS RTU standard;
degree of protection IP20 (up to Size S32; IP00 for greater sizes);
possibility of providing IP54 (up to Size S32);
-
3 analog inputs, 0 ± 10 VDC, 0 (4) ÷ 20 mA; one input may be configured as a motor PTC input;
-
8 opto-isolated digital inputs (PNP inputs);
-
3 configurable analog outputs 0 ÷ 10 V, 4 ÷ 20 mA, 0 ÷ 20 mA;
-
1 opto-isolated, “open collector” static digital output;
-
1 opto-isolated, “push-pull”, high-speed static digital output at high switching ratio;
-
2 relay digital outputs with change-over contacts;
fan control (Sizes S15, S20 and modular drives excepted).
A comprehensive set of diagnostic messages allows a quick fine-tuning of the parameters during the equipment starting and a quick resolution of any problem during the equipment operation.
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series have been designed and manufactured in compliance with the requirements of the “Low Voltage Directive”, the “Machine Directive”, and the “Electromagnetic Compatibility
Directive”.
3.1. Products Covered in this Manual
This manual covers any inverter of the Sinus Penta, Sinus BOX Penta, Sinus CABINET Penta series.
Any detail concerning optional functionality is given in separate manuals covering Sinus Penta software applications.
23/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.2. Delivery Check
Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part. The inverter nameplate is described below. If the equipment is damaged, contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned. If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered, please contact the supplier as soon as possible.
Figure 2: Packaging of the Sinus Penta
If the equipment is stored before being started, make sure that the ambient conditions do not exceed the
defect. The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred when shipping or unpacking the inverter. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses; wrong installation; improper conditions of temperature, humidity, or the use of corrosive substances. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the inverter operation at values exceeding the inverter ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages. The equipment is covered by a 3-year guarantee starting from the date of delivery.
24/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.2.1. Nameplate
The product is identified by the nameplate affixed on the enclosure side.
SINUS PENTA
Figure 3: Example of a nameplate affixed on the drive metal enclosure
Example of a nameplate for Voltage Class 4T.
Figure 4: Example of a nameplate
25/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Product Part Number:
SINUS
1
PENTA
2
0402
3
4
4
T
5
X
6
A2
7
K
8
0
9
NOTE
Not all the combinations below are possible.
1 Product line:
SINUS stand-alone inverter
SINUS BOX inverter contained inside a box
SINUS CABINET inverter contained inside a cabinet
2 PENTA control
3 Inverter Model
4 Supply voltage:
2 = Power supply 200÷240VAC; 280÷340VDC
4 = Power supply 380÷500VAC; 530÷705VDC
5 = Power supply 500÷600VAC; 705÷845VDC
6 = Power supply 575÷690VAC; 845÷970VDC
5 Type of power supply:
T = three-phase
C = DC voltage
6 Braking module:
X = no internal braking chopper
B = built-in braking chopper
7 Type of EMC filter[*]:
B = integrated input filter (type A1) plus external, output toroid filter, EN 61800-3 issue 2 FIRST
ENVIRONMENT Category C1, EN55011 gr.1 cl. B for industrial and domestic users.
A1 = integrated filter, EN 61800-3 issue 2 FIRST ENVIRONMENT Category C2, EN55011 gr.1 cl.
A for industrial and domestic users.
A2 = integrated filter, EN 61800-3 issue 2 SECOND ENVIRONMENT Category C3 for currents
<400A, category C4 for currents ≥400A, EN55011 gr.2 cl. A for industrial users.
I = no filter provided;
8 Control panel:
X = no control panel provided (display/keypad)
K = control panel and back-lit, 16 x 4 character LCD display provided
9 Degree of protection of stand-alone inverters:
0 = IP00 (Sizes greater than S32)
2 = IP20 (up to Size S32)
5 = IP54 (possible up to Size S32)
NOTE [*]
External EMC filters may be added to bring level I or A2 devices to level B.
26/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.2.2. Transport and Handling
The Sinus Penta packing ensures easy and safe handling. Handling shall be done using a transpallet or a lift truck with a carrying capacity of at least 100 kg, in order not to damage the product.
Figure 5: Lifting the packing from underneath
3.2.3. Unpacking
Get near the installation place, then unpack following the instructions provided below.
CAUTION
The whole original packing is to be kept for the full duration of the warranty period.
1. Cut with pincers the plastic straps that fix the package of the Sinus Penta to the pallet.
2. Cut with a cutter the adhesive tape closing the box on the side where the package orientation
symbol is reproduced (see Figure 7).
Figure 6: How to open the packing
27/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 7: “This side up” pictogram
3. Remove the Sinus Penta from its packing by lifting it from its sides. To avoid damaging the packing,
lift the product keeping it horizontal to the floor (see Figure 8).
Figure 8: The Sinus Penta is unpacked
4. Put all the packing elements in the box and store it in a dry environment.
Figure 9: Sinus Penta packing box with the internal protective elements
28/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3. Installing the Equipment
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series are Open Type Equipment – degree of protection IP00 and IP20 – that can be installed inside another enclosure featuring degree of protection IP3X as a minimum requirement. Only models featuring degree of protection IP54 may be wall-mounted.
NOTE
The inverter must be installed vertically.
The ambient conditions, the instructions for the mechanical assembly and the electrical connections of the inverter are detailed in the sections below.
CAUTION
Do not install the inverter horizontally or upside-down.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Do not mount any heat-sensitive components on top of the inverter to prevent them from damaging due to hot exhaust air.
The inverter rear panel may reach high temperatures; make sure that the inverter bearing surface is not heat-sensitive.
CAUTION
The inverter shall be mounted on a stiff surface.
3.3.1. Environmental Requirements for the Equipment Installation, Storage and
Transport
Any electronic board installed in the inverters manufactured by Elettronica Santerno is tropicalized. This enhances electrical insulation between the tracks having different voltage ratings and ensures longer life of the components. It is however recommended that the requirements below be met:
Maximum surrounding air temperature
–10°C to +55°C
It might be necessary to apply 2% derating of the rated current for every degree beyond the stated temperatures depending on the
inverter model and the application category (see Operating
Temperatures Based On Application Category).
Ambient temperatures for storage and transport
–25°C to + 70°C
Installation environment
Altitude
Operating ambient humidity
Pollution degree 2 or better (according to EN 61800-5-1).
Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust, corrosive gases, vibrations, water sprinkling or dripping (except for IP54 models); do not install in salty environments.
Max. altitude for installation 2000 m a.s.l. For installation above
2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
Above 1000 m, derate the rated current by 1% every 100 m.
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 29g/m to 29g/m
3
3
, non-condensing and nonfreezing (class 3k3 according to EN 50178)
Storage ambient humidity
Ambient humidity during transport
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
, non-condensing and nonfreezing (class 1k3 according to EN 50178)
Max. 95%, up to 60g/m
3
; condensation may appear when the equipment is not running (class 2k3 according to EN 50178)
Storage and operating atmospheric pressure
From 86 to 106 kPa
(classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN 50178)
Atmospheric pressure during transport From 70 to 106 kPa (class 2k3 according to EN 50178).
29/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
CAUTION
As environmental conditions strongly affect the inverter life, do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above-mentioned ambient conditions.
CAUTION
Always transport the equipment within its original package.
3.3.2. Air Cooling
Make sure to allow adequate clearance around the inverter for the free circulation of air through the equipment. The tables below show the min. clearance to leave in respect to other devices installed near the inverter. The different sizes of the inverter are considered.
3.3.2.1. STAND-ALONE Models - IP20 and IP00 (S05–S60P)
Size
S05
S12
S14
S15
S20
S22
S30
S32
S41
S42
S51
S52
S60
S60P
A – Side clearance
(mm)
20
30
30
30
50
50
100
100
50
50
50
50
150
150
B – Side clearance between two drives (mm)
50
50
50
50
300
150
40
60
60
60
100
100
200
200
C – Bottom clearance (mm)
50
60
80
80
100
100
200
200
200
200
200
200
500
500
D – Top clearance
(mm)
100
120
150
150
200
200
200
250
300
300
300
300
300
300
30/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Size
S05
S12
S14
S15
S20
S22
S30
S32
3.3.2.2. STAND-ALONE Models - IP54 (S05–S32)
A – Side clearance
(mm)
50
60
60
30
50
50
100
100
B – Side clearance between two drives (mm)
100
120
120
60
100
100
200
200
C – Bottom clearance (mm)
50
60
80
80
100
100
200
200
D – Top clearance
(mm)
100
120
150
150
200
200
200
250
INVERTER 1 INVERTER 2
Figure 10: Clearance to be observed between two inverters
31/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.2.3. STAND-ALONE Modular Inverters - IP00 (S64–S90)
Size
S64-S90
Minimum side clearance b/w two inverter modules
(mm)
20
Maximum side clearance b/w two inverter modules
(mm)
50
Maximum side clearance b/w two supply modules
(mm)
50
Maximum side clearance b/w inverter modules and supply modules
(mm)
400
Top clearance
(mm)
100
Bottom clearance
(mm)
Clearance b/w two inverter units
(mm)
300
Figure 11: Clearance to allow when installing the Inverter/Power supply unit modules
3.3.2.4. Dimensioning the Cooling System
The air circulation through the enclosure must:
• avoid warm air intake;
• provide adequate air-cooling through the inverter.
Dissipated Power, Noise Level.
32/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
To calculate the air delivery required for the cabinet cooling consider coefficients for ambient temperature of about 35°C and altitudes lower than or equal to 1000 m a.s.l.
The air delivery required is equal to Q= (Pti – Pdsu)/ ∆t)*3.5 [m
3
/h]:
Pti
is the overall thermal power dissipated inside the cabinet and expressed in W,
Pdsu
is the thermal power dissipated from the cabinet surface,
∆t is the difference between the air temperature inside the cabinet and the air temperature outside the cabinet (temperatures are expressed in degrees centigrade, °C).
For sheet-steel enclosures, power dissipated from the cabinet walls (Pdsu) may be calculated as follows:
Pdsu
= 5.5 x ∆t x S where S is equal to the enclosure overall surface in m
2
.
Q
is the air flow (expressed in m
3
per hour) circulating through the ventilation slots and is the main dimensioning factor to be considered in order to choose the most suitable air-cooling systems.
Example:
Enclosure with a totally free external surface housing a Sinus Penta 0113 and a 500 VA transformer dissipating 15 W.
Total power to be dissipated inside the enclosure (Pti):
Pi
2150 generated from the inverter generated from other components
Pti
Temperatures:
Pa
Pi
+ Pa
15W
2165W
Max. inside temperature desired
Max. outside temperature
Difference between temp. Ti and Te
Size of the enclosure (metres):
Ti
∆t
40°C
Te
35°C
5°C
Width
Height
Depth
W
0.6m
H
1.8m
D
0.6m
Free external surface of the enclosure S:
S
= (W x H) + (W x H) + (D x H) + (D x H) + (D x W) = 4.68 m
2
Thermal power dissipated outside the enclosure Pdsu (only for sheet-steel enclosures):
Pdsu
= 5.5 x ∆t x S = 128 W
Remaining power to be dissipated:
Pti
– Pdsu = 2037 W
To dissipate Pdiss. left, provide a ventilation system with the following air delivery Q:
Q
= (Pti – Pdsu) / ∆t) x 3.5 = 1426 m
3
/h
33/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.3. Inverter Scheduled Maintenance
If installed in an adequate place, the inverter scheduled maintenance is reduced to a minimum. The minimum maintenance intervals are indicated in the table below.
Maintenance tasks Minimum frequency What to do
Capacitor reforming
Heat sink cleaning check, ambient temperature check
Air filter cleaning (IP54 models only)
Cooling fan check; replacement, if required
Cooling fan replacement
Capacitor replacement (if ambient temperature ≥ 35°C, but ranging within allowable rated values)
Capacitor replacement (if ambient temperature < 35°C)
Every 12 months if the inverter is stored in a warehouse
Depending on dust concentration
(every 6…12 months)
Depending on dust concentration
(every 6…12 months)
Depending on dust concentration
(every 6…12 months)
Every 6 years
Every 10 years or 20,000 hours
Every 12 years
See section Capacitor Reforming
See section Air Filters
See section Replacing a Capacitor
See section Replacing a Capacitor
Bypass contactor Every 10 years
scheduled maintenance activities.
3.3.4. Air Filters
The air filters are to be periodically cleaned in IP54 models only.
1. Remove voltage from the inverter.
2. Loosen the side screws on the cover.
34/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3. Pull out the cover in the direction of the arrow.
SINUS PENTA
4. Loosen the fastening screws of the frame.
5. Clean the air filter and replace it, if required.
6. Close the inverter by refitting the air filter, then the cover.
7. Apply voltage to the inverter.
35/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.5. Heat Sink and Ambient Temperature Check
Dust builds up in the inverter cooling fans, as well as on the heat sink temperature sensors and the ambient temperature sensors. This may alter the readout values.
Periodically check the consistency of the temperature data. If required, clean the control board, (ambient temperature detection) and heat sink (heat sink temperature detection).
3.3.5.1. Control Board
1.Remove voltage from the inverter.
2.Remove the cover from the inverter.
3.Clean the control board with a soft brush.
4.Refit the inverter cover.
5.Apply voltage to the inverter.
CAUTION
It is forbidden to use compressed air, that contains humidity and impurity.
It is recommended that a vacuum cleaner be used along with the soft brush.
3.3.5.2. Cleaning the Heat Sink
Please contact Elettronica Santerno’s Customer Service.
3.3.6. Cooling Fans
The minimum expected lifetime of the inverter cooling fans is approx. 50,000 hours. The actual lifetime depends on the operating mode of the inverter, the ambient temperature and the environmental pollution.
When the cooling fans are particularly noisy or the heat sink temperature rises, this means that an imminent fault is likely to occur, even if the fans have been regularly cleaned over time. If the inverter is used in a critical stage of a process, replace the fans as soon as those symptoms occur.
3.3.6.1. Replacing the Cooling Fans
Please contact Elettronica Santerno’s Customer Service.
3.3.7. Capacitors
The DC-link of the inverter requires several electrolytic capacitors, whose expected lifetime is approx. 40,000 to 50,000 hours. The actual endurance depends on the inverter load and the ambient temperature. The capacitors lifetime may be increased by reducing the ambient temperature.
Capacitor faults cannot be predicted. Normally, when a capacitor fault occurs, the mains fuses blow or an alarm message appears. Please contact Elettronica Santerno’s Customer Service if you suppose that a capacitor fault has occurred.
3.3.7.1. Capacitor Reforming
Reform the spare capacitors once a year as detailed in the Guide for Capacitor Reforming.
3.3.7.2. Replacing a Capacitor
Please contact Elettronica Santerno’s Customer Service.
36/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3.8. Bypass Contactor
Except for models S41/42/51/52 and ≥ S64, the pre-charge circuit of the capacitors utilizes a bypass contactor whose expected lifetime is approx. 10 years. The actual duration of the bypass contactor depends on how many times the inverter is powered on and on the dust concentration in the installation environment.
Normally, an alarm message is displayed when a bypass contactor fault occurs.
3.3.8.1. Replacing the Bypass Contactor
Please contact Elettronica Santerno’s Customer Service.
3.3.9. Size, Weight, Dissipated Power, Noise Level
3.3.9.1. IP20 and IP00 STAND-ALONE Models (S05–S60) Class 2T
Size
Sinus Penta
MODEL
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
S41
S51
S60
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
NOTE
W mm
170
215
225
279
302
500
578
H mm
340
401
466
610
748
882
882
D Weight mm
175
225
331
332
421
409
409
890 1310 530
kg
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
11
12
12
22.5
22.5
33.2
33.2
36
36
51
51
51
51
117
117
121
121
141
141
141
260
260
Power dissipated at Inom
1500
2150
2300
2450
2700
2550
3200
3450
3950
4400
4900
6300
7400
8400
390
500
560
820
950
950
1250
1350
W
160
170
220
220
230
290
320
Noise level db(A)
46
57
48
58
61
66
64
65
61
Degree of protection IP20 up to Size S30; IP00 for greater Sizes.
37/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.9.2. IP20 and IP00 STAND-ALONE Models (S05–S60P) Class 4T
Size
Sinus Penta
MODEL
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
S41
S51
S60
S60P
0034
0036
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0180
0202
0217
0260
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
0598P
W mm
170
215
225
279
302
500
578
H mm
340
401
466
610
748
882
882
890 1310
890 1310
D Weight mm
175
225
331
332
421
409
409
530
530
kg
121
121
141
141
141
260
260
255
36
36
51
51
51
51
117
117
11.5
11.5
12.5
12.5
22.5
22.5
33.2
33.2
7
7
7
7
7
10.5
10.5
10.5
Power
Dissipated at Inom
W
3450
3950
4400
4900
6300
7400
8400
6950
1350
1500
2150
2300
2450
2700
2550
3200
520
520
680
710
820
950
950
1250
215
240
315
315
315
430
490
490
Noise level db(A)
46
42
53
48
57
61
66
63
65
61
83
NOTE
Degree of protection IP20 up to Size S30; IP00 for greater Sizes.
38/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3.9.3. IP20 and IP00 STAND-ALONE Models (S12–S52) Class 5T-6T
Size
S12 5T
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0181
0201
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Sinus Penta
MODEL
NOTE
W mm
H mm
D Weight mm
215 401 225
270 527 240
283 833 353
367 880 400
500 968 409
578 968 409
Power dissipated at Inom
3450
3900
4550
4950
5950
6400
7000
7650
750
950
1000
1200
1400
1700
2100
2500
210
240
280
320
370
470
550
670
W
160
180
205
230
270
170
190
128
128
136
136
160
160
160
160
80
80
84
84
51
51
54
54
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
17.5
18
18
18.5
kg
10
10
10.5
10.5
10.5
17.5
17.5
Noise
Level db(A)
50
49
68
63
63
69
Degree of protection IP20 up to Size S32; IP00 for greater Sizes.
39/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
NOTE
3.3.9.4. Modular IP00 STAND-ALONE Models (S64–S90)
To obtain high-power inverters, the following individual modules are matched together:
-
Control unit, containing the control board and ES842 board
-
Power supply unit module, composed of a 3-phase power rectifier and its control and power supply circuits
-
Inverter module, composed of an inverter phase and its control circuits
-
Braking unit.
Four types of inverter modules are available:
-
basic version
-
version with integrated control unit
-
version with integrated auxiliary supply unit (to be used for those models which are not equipped with the power supply module – sizes S64, S74, and S84);
-
version with integrated splitter unit (to be used for the Penta sizes where parallel-connected inverter modules are installed – sizes S74, S75, S80, S84 and S90).
Match the modules above to obtain the proper inverter dimensioning for your application:
Number of power supply modules
0 1 2 3
3 S64 S65 S70
–
Number of
IGBT modules
6 S74
–
S75 S80
9 S84
– –
S90
CAUTION
The busbars connecting the different modules are not supplied by Elettronica
Santerno.
CAUTION
Properly configure ES842 control board inside the control unit.
When ordering the inverter, always state the inverter configuration you want to obtain.
a) control unit
The control unit can be installed separately from the inverter modules or inside an inverter module (this option must be stated when ordering the inverter). Dimensions of the control unit (separate from the inverter).
W H D Weight Dissipated power
EQUIPMENT mm mm mm kg W
Control unit
222 410 189 6 100
In the standard configuration, the control unit is installed on an inverter module.
40/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA b) Inverter modules and power supply unit
Configuration: power supply delivered from the mains
Models where no parallel-connected inverter modules are installed (S65 and S70)
Modules
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage class
Power
Supply
Modules
Inverter
Modules
WxHxD kg
S65
0598
0748
0831
0457
0524
0598
0748
4T
4T
4T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 980x1400x560
S70 0831
1230x1400x560
Models including parallel-connected inverter modules (S75, S80 and S90)
440
550
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage
Class
Modules
Power
Supply
Modules
Inverter
Modules (*)
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
WxHxD kg
S75
S90
0964
1130
1296
0964
1130
S80 1296
1800
2076
1800
2076
4T
4T
4T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
4T
4T
5T-6T
5T-6T
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
6
6
9
9
6
6
6
6
9
9
1980x1400x560
2230x1400x560
2980x1400x560
880
990
1320
(*):
Three inverter modules are to be provided with an integrated splitter unit.
Overall Power dissipated at
Inom kW kW
17.20
18.90
21.10
18.40
22.80
24.90
29.25
32.25
33.75
37.35
9.75
10.75
12.90
9.15
9.80
11.25
12.45
14.90
Overall Power dissipated at
Inom
Noise
Level db(A)
71
72
Noise
Level db(A)
73
74
75
41/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE c) Inverter modules, power supply unit and braking unit
Configuration: power supply delivered from the mains; integrated braking unit
Models where no parallel-connected inverter modules are installed (S65 and S70)
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage class
Power
Supply
Modules
Modules
Inverter
Modules
Braking
Modules
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
Power
Dissipated with 50%
Braking Duty
Cycle
Noise
Level
WxHxD kg kW db(A)
0598
4T 1 3
1
S65
0748
0831
0457
0524
0598
0748
S70 0831
4T
4T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
5T-6T
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1230x1400x560
550
1480x1400x560 660
Models including parallel-connected inverter modules (S75, S80 and S90)
10.55
11.65
13.90
10.05
10.80
12.45
13.75
14.90
71
72
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage class
Power
Supply
Modules
Modules
Inverter
Modules
(*)
Braking
Modules
(**)
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
Power
Dissipated with 50%
Braking Duty
Cycle
Noise Level
WxHxD kg kW db(A)
S75
0964
1130
4T
4T
1296
4T
0964
5T-6T
1130
5T-6T
S80
1296 5T-6T
S90
1800
2076
4T
4T
1800
5T-6T
2076
5T-6T
2
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
3
3
6
6
9
9
6
6
6
6
9
9
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
2230x1400x560 990
2480x1400x560 1100
2230x1400x560 990
2480x1400x560 1100
2730x1400x560 1210
3480x1400x560 1540
(*)
: Three inverter modules are to be provided with an integrated splitter unit.
18.50
20.40
22.90
20.30
25.00
27.30
31.25
34.85
36.75
41.15
74
75
76
(**)
: When using two braking modules, one braking module is to be provided with an integrated splitter unit.
42/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA d) Inverter modules only
Configuration:
-
inverter powered directly from a DC voltage power supply source;
-
inverter used as a regenerative power supply unit (for more details, please refer to the technical documentation relating to the Regenerative Penta Drive)
Models where no parallel-connected inverter modules are installed (S64)
Modules
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
Overall Power dissipated at Inom
Noise
Level
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage
Class
Inverter modules
S64
Size
0598
0748
0831
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
Sinus
Penta
Model
4C
4C
4C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
Voltage
Class
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Modules
Inverter modules (*)
WxHxD
730x1400x560
Overall
Dimensions
WxHxD kg
338
Models including parallel-connected inverter modules (S74 and S84)
Overall
Weight kg kW
7.50
8.25
9.90
7.20
7.80
8.85
9.75
11.70
Overall Power dissipated at Inom kW db(A)
69
Noise
Level db(A)
S74
S84
0964
1130
1296
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
1800
2076
4C
4C
4C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
4C
4C
5C-6C
5C-6C
6
6
9
9
6
6
6
6
9
9
1480x1400 x560
2230x1400x560
676
1014
(*):
Three inverter modules are to be provided with an integrated splitter unit.
13.20
14.40
15.60
14.40
18.00
19.20
22.50
24.75
26.55
29.25
72
74
43/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE e) Inverter modules and braking module only
Configuration: inverter powered directly from a DC voltage power supply source with a braking unit.
Models where no parallel-connected inverter modules are installed (S64)
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage
Class
Modules
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
Inverter
Modules
Braking
Module
WxHxD kg
S64
0598
0748
0831
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
4C
4C
4C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
980x1400x560
Models including parallel-connected inverter modules (S74 and S84)
448
Overall Power
Dissipated with 50%
Braking Duty Cycle kW
8.30
9.15
10.90
8.10
8.80
10.05
11.05
13.20
Noise
Level db(A)
71
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Voltage
Class
Modules
Inverter
Modules
(*)
Braking
Modules
(**)
Overall
Dimensions
Overall
Weight
Overall Power
Dissipated with 50%
Braking Duty Cycle
Noise
Level
WxHxD kg kW db(A)
S74
S84
0964
1130
1296
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
1800
2076
4C
4C
4C
5C-6C
5C-6C
5C-6C
4C
4C
5C-6C
5C-6C
6
6
9
9
6
6
6
6
9
9
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
1
2
2
1730x1400x560
1980x1400x560
1730x1400x560
1980x1400x560
2730x1400x560
786
896
786
896
1234
14.50
15.90
17.40
16.30
20.20
21.60
24.50
27.35
29.55
33.05
74
75
(*)
: Three inverter modules are to be provided with an integrated splitter unit.
(*):
When using two braking modules, one braking module is to be provided with an integrated splitter unit.
44/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3.9.5. IP54 STAND-ALONE Models (S05–S30) Class 2T
Size Sinus Penta Model
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
W mm
214
250
288
339
359
H mm
577
622
715
842
1008
OPTIONAL FEATURES:
Front key-operated selector switch for
LOCAL/REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton.
D Weight
Power
Dissipated at
Inom. mm kg W
160
170
220
227 15.7
220
230
290
Unavailable model as IP54
268
366
366
460
23.8
40
54.2
57
76
390
500
560
820
950
1050
1250
1350
1500
2150
2300
2450
2700
NOTE
When housing optional features, depth increases by 40mm.
Noise Level db(A)
46
65
47
59
61
66
45/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.9.6. IP54 STAND-ALONE Models (S05–S30) Class 4T
W H D Weight
Size Sinus Penta Model mm mm mm
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0040
214
250
288
339
359
577
622
715
842
1008
227
268
366
366
406
OPTIONAL FEATURES
:
Front key-operated selector switch for
LOCAL/REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton.
NOTE
When housing optional features, depth increases by 40mm.
kg
15.7
22.3
23.3
24.3
40
54.2
57
76
Power
Dissipated at
Inom.
490
520
520
680
710
820
950
1050
W
215
240
315
315
315
430
490
1250
1350
1500
2150
2300
2450
2700
Noise Level db(A)
46
57
47
59
61
66
46/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3.9.7. IP54 STAND-ALONE Models (S12–S32) Class 5T-6T
Size
Sinus Penta
Model
W mm
H mm
S12 5T
S14
S22
S32
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
250
305
349
431
622
751
1095
1160
OPTIONAL FEATURES
:
Front key-operated selector switch for
LOCAL/REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton.
D Weight
Power dissipated at
Inom mm
268
290
kg
22.5
23
30
30.5
560
Unavailable model as IP54
393
80
83
750
950
1000
1200
471
118
122
210
240
280
320
370
480
W
160
180
205
230
270
170
190
1400
1700
2100
2500
NOTE
When housing optional features, depth increases by 40mm.
Noise Level db(A)
50
49
52
68
63
47/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.9.8. IP54 BOX Models (S05–S20) Class 2T
W H D
Size Sinus Penta Model mm mm mm
S05B
S12B
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
400
500
600
700
250
300
S15B
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
0040
0049
0060
600 1000 400
S20B
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
0067
0074
600 1200 400
Sinus Penta BOX 0086
OPTIONAL FEATURES
:
Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses.
Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil.
Line contactor in AC1.
Front key-operated selector switch for
LOCAL/REMOTE control and EMERGENCY pushbutton.
Line input impedance.
Motor-side output impedance.
Output toroid filter.
Motor forced-cooling circuit.
Anticondensation heater.
Additional terminal board for input/output wires.
NOTE
Weight kg
49.5
49.5
78.2
78.2
109.5
109.5
112.3
112.3
27.9
27.9
27.9
27.9
27.9
27.9
27.9
48.5
Power dissipated at
Inom.
W
500
560
820
950
1050
1250
1350
1500
160
170
220
220
230
290
320
390
Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional components required.
48/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3.9.9. IP54 BOX Models (S05–S20) Class 4T
Size Sinus Penta Model
W H D mm mm mm
S05B
S12B
S15B
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
Sinus Penta BOX
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0040
0049
400
500
600
700
250
300
600 1000 400
Sinus Penta BOX 0060
S20B
Sinus Penta BOX 0067
600 1200 400
Sinus Penta BOX 0074
Sinus Penta BOX 0086
OPTIONAL FEATURES
:
Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses.
Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil.
Line contactor in AC1.
Front key-operated selector switch for
LOCAL/REMOTE control and EMERGENCY push-button.
Line input impedance.
Motor-side output impedance.
Output toroid filter.
Motor forced-cooling circuit.
Anticondensation heater.
Additional terminal board for input/output wires.
Weight kg
49.5
49.5
50.5
50.5
78.2
78.2
109.5
109.5
112.3
112.3
27.9
27.9
27.9
27.9
27.9
48.5
48.5
48.5
NOTE
Power dissipated at
Inom.
W
520
520
680
710
820
950
1050
1250
1350
1500
215
240
315
315
315
430
490
490
Dimensions and weights may vary depending on optional components required.
49/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.9.10. IP42 and IP54 Cabinet Models (S15–S90)
Size
Sinus CABINET Penta
Model
S15C
S20C
S22C
S30C
S32C
S41C
S42C
S51C
S52C
0069
0113
0129
0150
0162
0076
0088
0131
0164
0180
0202
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0042
0051
0062
0217
0260
0181
0201
0218
0259
0313
0367
0402
0290
0314
0368
0401
Voltage Class
2T-4T
5T-6T
2T-4T
5T-6T
2T-4T
5T-6T
2T-4T
5T-6T
W mm
600
1000
1200
H mm
2000
D mm
500
600
Weight
Power dissipated at
Inom kg
130
140
143
158
161
162
191
195
280
300
350
370
W
2100
2500
2550
3200
3450
3950
3450
3900
4550
4950
4400
4900
6300
5950
6400
7000
7650
(continued)
1000
1200
2150
2300
2450
2700
1400
1700
820
950
1050
1250
1350
1500
750
950
50/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
(continued)
Size
S60C
S65C
S70C
S75C
S80C
S90C
Sinus CABINET Penta
Model
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
1800
2076
Voltage
Class
2T-4T
5T-6T
4T
5T-6T
4T
5T-6T
4T
5T-6T
W mm
1600
2200
2600
3600
4000
4600
H mm
2350
D mm
800
Weight kg
586
854
1007
1468
1700
2300
Power dissipated at
Inom
W
7400
8400
9750
10750
12900
9150
9800
11250
12450
14900
17200
18900
21100
18400
22800
24900
29250
32250
33750
37350
NOTE
Dimensions and weights are approximate and related to the minimum layout. They may vary depending on optional components required.
The dissipated power does not include the optional components required.
The models related to Size S64C, S74C e S84C are not indicated.
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
AVAILABLE OPTIONAL COMPONENTS:
-
Disconnecting switch with line fast fuses.
Line magnetic circuit breaker with release coil.
AC1/AC3 Line contactor.
Front key-operated selector switch for
LOCAL/REMOTE
control and EMERGENCY pushbutton.
Supply line input impedance.
DC impedance.
Additional terminal board for input/output wires.
Output toroid filter. Motor forced-cooling circuit.
Braking unit for size ≥ S41.
Anticondensation heater.
PT100 instruments for motor temperature control.
Network analyzer
Optional features/components by request.
NOTE
The value “H” includes the fans and the cabinet base.
51/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
NOTE
3.3.10. Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates (IP20 and IP00 Stand-
Alone Models S05–S60P)
Sinus Penta
Size
S05
S12
S14
S15
S20
S22
S30
S32
S41
S42
S51
S52
S60
S60P
213
380
380
440
440
570
570
X
156
192
247
185
175
175
213
-
190
190
220
220
285
285
-
-
-
-
X1
-
-
-
Piercing Templates (mm)
(Standard Mounting)
847
845
931
845
931
1238
1238
Y
321
377
506
449
593
800
725
9
12
12
12
12
13
13
7
7
7
9
D1
4.5
6
6
20
24
24
24
24
28
28
D2
-
12.5
13
15
15
15
20
Fastening screws
M4
M5
M5
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8-M10
M8-M10
M8-M10
M10
M10-M12
M10-M12
Degree of protection IP20 up to Size S32; IP00 for greater Sizes.
52/
455
Figure 12: Piercing template for STAND-ALONE models from S05 to S52 included
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 13: Piercing template for models S60 and S60P
53/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.11. Through-Panel Assembly and Piercing Templates (IP20 and IP00
Stand-Alone Models S05–S52)
The through-panel assembly allows segregating the air flow cooling the power section in order to avoid dissipating power related to inverter loss inside the inverter case. The inverters available for through-panel assembly are from size S05 to S52, both IP20 and IP00, also by way of an additional kit if required.
Drive Size
S05
S12
S14
S15
S20
S22
S30
S32
S41
S42
S51
S52
P/N of additional kit
ZZ0095210
ZZ0121920
ZZ0124930
Not required
Not required
ZZ0124931
Not required
ZZ0124932
ZZ0123901
ZZ0123902
ZZ0123903
ZZ0123904
3.3.11.1. Sinus Penta S05
For this inverter size, no actual through-panel assembly is used, but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with five (5) M4 self-forming screws.
Figure 14: Fittings for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S05
The equipment height becomes 488 mm with the two additional components (see figure on the left below).
The same figure below also shows the piercing template of the mounting panel, including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots (142 x 76 mm and 142 x 46 mm) for the air-cooling of the power section.
54/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 15: Piercing templates for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S05
3.3.11.2. Sinus Penta S12
For this inverter size, no actual through-panel assembly is used, but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with five (5) M4 self-forming screws (see figure below).
Figure 16: Fittings for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S12
The equipment height becomes 583 mm with the two additional components (see figure on the left below).
The same figure below also shows the piercing template of the mounting panel, including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots (175 x 77 mm and 175 x 61 mm) for the air-cooling of the power section.
55/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 17: Piercing template for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S12
3.3.11.3. Sinus Penta S14
For this inverter size, no actual through-panel assembly is used, but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled with four (4) M4 self-forming screws (see figure below).
Figure 18: Fittings for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S14
The equipment height becomes 690 mm with the two additional components (see figure on the left below).
The same figure below also shows the piercing template of the mounting panel, including four M4 holes for the inverter mounting and two slots (232 x 81 mm both) for the air-cooling of the power section.
56/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
S000269
SINUS PENTA
4 x M4
Figure 19: Piercing template for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S14
3.3.11.4. Sinus Penta S15–S20–S30
NOTE
Sizes S15-S20-S30 are ready for through-panel assembly with no need to use any additional mechanical components.
No additional mechanical component is required for the through-panel assembly of these three Sinus Penta sizes. The piercing template shown in the figure below is to be made on the mounting panel. Measures are shown in the table. The figure below also shows the side view of the through-panel assembly of the equipment.
The air flows and the front and rear projections are highlighted as well (see measures in the table).
57/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 20: Through-panel assembly and piercing template for Sinus Penta S15, S20 and S30
Inverter size
S15
S20
S30
Front and rear projection
S1
256
256
257
S2
75
76
164
Slot size for through-panel assembly
X1
207
207
270
Y1
420
558
665
Templates for fastening
X2
185
250
266
holes
Y2
18
15
35
Y3
449
593
715
Thread and fastening screws
MX
4 x M6
4 x M6
4 x M8
3.3.11.5. Sinus Penta S22–S32
For these inverter sizes, no actual through-panel assembly is used, but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section by installing two optional mechanical parts to be assembled as shown below. The screws are included in the mounting kit.
M6-10
*
=GROWER
M6-10
*
*
*
*
M6
*
*
*
*
*
M6
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
M6-10
*
*
M6-10
Figure 21: Fittings for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S22 and S32
58/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
The figure below shows the piercing templates of the mounting panel, including the inverter fixing holes and the hole for the power section air cooling flow.
S000271
M M
N
N
N N
M M
SIZE
S22
S32
A
284
B C
860 228
368 901 249
MEASURE (mm)
D
229
252
E
54
52
F
39
34
X Y
175
213
943
987
M
M6
M8
N
M6
M6
P
67
115.5
Figure 22: Piercing template for through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S22 and S32
NOTE
For more details please refer to Assembly Instructions for Through-panel Kit
S22 and Assembly Instructions for Through-panel Kit S32.
59/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.11.6. Sinus Penta S41–S42–S51–S52
For this inverter size, no actual through-panel assembly is used, but the air flow of the power section is segregated from the air flow of the control section. This application requires mounting some additional mechanical parts as shown below (the screws are included in the mounting kit).
Figure 23: Mechanical parts for the through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S41, S42, S51 and S52
60/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
The figure below shows the piercing templates for the through-panel assembly of the inverter, including six
M8 holes and the hole for the air-cooling of the power section.
Figure 24: Piercing templates for the through-panel assembly for Sinus Penta S41, S42, S51 and S52
61/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.12. Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates (IP00 Modular Models
S64–S90)
High-power inverters include single function modules.
The control unit may be installed separately or inside a module.
Mounting options are shown below:
a) Control unit integrated into the inverter
Piercing Templates (mm)
(Single Module)
MODULE
X Y D1 D2
Fastening screws
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT
INVERTER
INVERTER WITH
INTEGRATED
CONTROL UNIT
INVERTER WITH
INTEGRATED
AUXILIARY
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT
INVERTER WITH
INTEGRATED
SPLITTER UNIT
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
M10
M10
M10
M10
M10
b) Control unit separate from the inverter module
Modules Fitted
Inverter Size
S64 S65
S70 S74 S75 S80 S84 S90
-
1
1
1
-
1
2
1
-
-
2
2
1
-
-
-
-
1
2
3
2
2
1
-
3
3
2
1
-
3
-
2
1
3
3
3
5
1
-
3
Fixing Templates (mm)
(Single Module)
Modules Fitted
MODULE
Inverter Size
X Y D1 D2
Fastening screws
S64 S65
S70 S74 S75 S80 S84 S90
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT
INVERTER
INVERTER WITH
INTEGRATED
CONTROL UNIT
INVERTER WITH
INTEGRATED
AUXILIARY
POWER SUPPLY
UNIT
INVERTER WITH
INTEGRATED
SPLITTER UNIT
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
178 1350 11 25
184 396 6 14
M10
M10
M10
M10
M5
-
2
1
-
1
1
3
-
-
1
2
3
-
-
1
-
1
2
3
1
2
3
-
3
1
3
3
-
3
1
-
3
3
3
1
3
6
-
3
1
62/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Supply Module Inverter Inverter Module with control unit
Figure 25: Piercing templates for modular units
Figure 26: Piercing templates for control unit (stand-alone model)
63/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.3.12.1. Installation and Lay-out of the Connections of a Modular Inverter (S65)
Figure 27: Installation example for Sinus Penta S65 (in cabinet)
64/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.3.13. Standard Mounting and Piercing Templates (IP54 Stand-Alone
Models S05–S32)
Sinus Penta
IP54
Size
S05
S12
S14
S15
S20
S22
S30
S32
X
177
213
260
223
274
250
296
300
Y
558
602.5
732
695
821
1050
987
1130
Fixing templates (mm)
(standard mounting)
D1
7
D2
15
7
7
10
10
15
15
20
20
10
10
9
20
20
20
Fastening screws
M6
M6
M6
M8
M8
M8
M8
M8
Figure 28: Piercing template for IP54 inverter
65/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4. Power Connections
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series are designed both for DC and AC power supply.
The wiring diagrams below show the inverter connection to a low-voltage 3-phase mains.
12-pulse or 18-pulse connections are also possible for modular inverters. In that case, a dedicated
transformer and a suitable number of power supply modules are required (see 12-pulse Connection for
For certain sizes, VDC direct connection is also available with no need to change the inverter layout; only, a
Sizes of the Protective Devices for the safety fuses to be installed.
CAUTION
For sizes S41, S42, S51, S52, S60, S60P an external precharge system is required, because the precharge circuit is located upstream of the DC voltage power supply terminals.
CAUTION
For sizes S64, S74, S84 an external precharge system is required, because the precharge circuit is not fitted inside the inverter.
DC voltage power supply is normally used for the parallel connection of multiple inverters inside the same cubicle. Output DC power supply units (both uni-directional and bi-directional, with power ratings ranging from 5kW to 2000kW for 200Vac to 690Vac rated voltage) can be supplied by Elettronica Santerno.
66/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
DANGER
Before changing the equipment connections, shut off the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes to allow for the discharge of the heat sinks in the DC-link.
Use only B-type differential circuit breakers.
CAUTION
Connect power supply only to the power supply terminals. The connection of power supply to any other terminal can cause the inverter fault.
Always make sure that the supply voltage ranges between the limits stated in the inverter nameplate.
Always connect the ground terminal to avoid electric shock hazard and to limit disturbance. Always provide a grounding connection to the motor; if possible, ground the motor directly to the inverter.
The user has the responsibility to provide a grounding system in compliance with the regulations in force.
After connecting the equipment, check the following:
- all wires must be properly connected;
- no link is missing;
- no short-circuit is occurring between the terminals and between the terminals and the ground.
To perform a UL compliant installation, the Wire Connectors shall be any Listed
(ZMVV) or R/C Wire Connectors and Soldering Lugs (ZMVV2), used with
60°C/75°C copper (Cu) conductor only, within electrical ratings and used with its properly evaluated crimping tool.
The Field Wiring Terminals shall be used with the tightening torque values specified in the Table of the corresponding section in this Manual.
The Auxiliary Wiring Terminal Blocks, provided for end-use installation connection with external devices, shall be used within the ratings specified.
Refer to Cross-sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective
Do not start or stop the inverter using a contactor installed over the inverter power supply line.
The inverter power supply must always be protected by fast fuses or by a thermal/magnetic circuit breaker.
Do not apply single-phase voltage.
Always mount antidisturbance filters on the contactor coils and the solenoid valve coils.
At power on, if the inverter commands ENABLE-A (terminal 15) and
ENABLE-B
(terminal S) and START (terminal 14) are active and the main reference is other than zero, the motor will immediately start.
To prevent the motor from accidentally starting, refer to the Programming
Guide to set configuration parameters accordingly. In that case, the motor will
start only after opening and closing the command contacts on terminals 15 and terminal S.
67/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.1. Wiring Diagram for inverters S05–S60P
D
DC BUS
REACTOR
(OPTION)
+
BRAKING
RESISTOR
(OPTION)
R
+ B
+
+BU
BRAKING
UNIT
(OPTION)
R
B
AC
POWER
SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
BREAKER
AC LINE
REACTOR
(OPTION)
R
S
T
GROUND
EMC
FILTER
[**]
EMC OUTPUT
FILTER
(OPTION)
OUTPUT
REACTOR
(OPTION)
S000506
[*]
[*]
[*]
[*]
[*]
SPEED
REFERENCE
SOURCE 1
2 ÷ 10kohm
[*]
SPEED
REFERENCE
SOURCE 2 /
PID REFERENCE
[*]
[*] PID FEEDBACK
LOCAL / REMOTE (P/B)
[*]
ENABLE-B
[*] START
ENABLE-A
RESET (P/B)
MULTISPEED 0
MULTISPEED 1
SOURCE SELECTION
CW / CCW
0:10V
GROUND
CMA
REF
1
-10VR
+10VR
AIN1+
AIN1-
2
3
4
5
6
REFERENCE
INPUT
10V [*]
0(4) : 20mA
DIFFERENTIAL
ANALOG INPUT 1
10V
0(4) : 20mA [*]
AIN2+/PTC1
AIN2-/PTC2
CMA
7
8
DIFFERENTIAL
ANALOG INPUT 2
PTC
9
10V
0(4) : 20mA [*]
GROUND
GROUND
O
ENABLE-B S
START (MDI1)
ENABLE-A (MDI2)
14
15
RESET (MDI3)
MDI4
MDI5
MDI6/ECHA/FINA
MDI7/ECHB 20
MDI8/FINB 21
CMD
+24V
16
17
18
19
DIGITAL
INPUTS
22
23
24V - 200mA ISOLATED POWER SUPPLY
GROUND
10 A01
MOTOR
SPEED
[*]
ANALOG
OUTPUTS
10V [*]
0(4) : 20mA
SW1
SW2
PUSH-PULL
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
RELAY
DIGITAL
OUTPUTS
OPEN
COLLECTOR
DIGITAL
OUTPUT
11 A02
SPEED
REFERENCE
[*]
12 A03
MOTOR
CURRENT
[*]
13
GROUND
CMA
24
25
26
28
+VMDO1
27 MDO2
MDO1/FOUT
48V - 50mA
CMDO1
CMDO2
48V - 50mA
29 MDO3-NC
30
31
MDO3-C
MDO3-NO
250Vac - 5A
30Vdc - 5A
32
33
34
MDO4-NC
MDO4-C
MDO4-NO
250Vac - 5A
30Vdc - 5A
SPEED
> 50 RPM
BRAKE
RUN OK
[*]
INVERTER
[*]
NO ALARM
INVERTER
[*]
[*] FACTORY DEFAULTS
[**] PRECHARGE CIRCUIT (SEE BELOW)
Figure 29: Wiring diagram
68/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
CAUTION
In case of fuse line protection, always install the fuse failure detection device, that disables the inverter, to avoid single-phase operation of the equipment.
NOTE
The wiring diagram relates to factory-setting. Please refer to the Power Terminals
section for the ID numbers of the wiring terminals.
NOTE
Please refer to the Inductors section for the applicable input and output inductors.
NOTE
CAUTION
[*]
The ENABLE-A and ENABLE-B inputs are allocated to the STO function. The control mode and control circuit of these signals must be accomplished according
to the instructions given in the Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual.
That manual also includes a detailed validation procedure for the STO control configuration to be performed upon first start up of the equipment and also periodically at given time intervals.
Inverter sizes S15, S20 and S30 and modular inverters S65 to S90 require hardware adjustment in order to install DC inductors. This adjustment must be specified when ordering the equipment.
Factory settings can be changed by changing the configuration of the DIPswitches and/or by changing the parameters pertaining to the terminals
concerned (see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
NOTE
CAUTION
[**]
CAUTION
[**]
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
When no DC inductor is used, terminals D and + must be short-circuited (factory setting).
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC voltage power supply is to be supplied to Sinus Penta S41, S42, S51, S52, S60 and S60P, as the precharge circuit in the DC-bus capacitors is installed upstream of the DC voltage power supply terminals.
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC voltage power supply is to be supplied to Sinus Penta S64, S74, S84, as no precharge circuit for the DC-bus capacitors is provided.
For S60 and S60P inverters only: if the supply voltage is other than 500Vac, the wiring of the internal auxiliary transformer must be changed accordingly (see
For Sinus Penta S60P only, 48Vdc auxiliary power supply is required (see Figure
69/
455
SINUS PENTA
3.4.2. Wiring Diagram for Modular Inverters S64–S90
3.4.2.1. External Connections for Modular Inverters S65 and S70
INSTALLATION GUIDE
61
61
61
61
61
M
70/
455
Figure 30: External connections for modular inverters S65-S70
NOTE
Power supply unit 2 is available for size S70 only.
NOTE
For the installation of a BU, see the section covering the braking unit.
CAUTION
In the event of fuse line protection, always install the fuse failure detection device. If a fuse blows, this must disable the inverter to avoid single-phase operation of the equipment.
NOTE
Please refer to the Inductors section for the inductors to be used.
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.2.2. External Connections for Modular Inverters S64
SINUS PENTA
230Vac
61
62
61
230Vac
61
Figure 31: External connections for modular inverters S64
CAUTION
The capacitors inside the DC voltage power supply unit must always be precharged. Failure to do so will damage the inverter as well as its power supply unit.
NOTE
Please refer to the Inductors section for the inductors to be used.
71/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.2.3. External Connections for Modular Inverters S74, S75 and S80
Please refer to the Assembly Instructions for Modular Inverters.
3.4.2.4. External Connections for Modular inverters S84 and S90
Please refer to the Assembly Instructions for Modular Inverters.
3.4.2.5. Internal Connections for Modular Inverters S65 and S70
The following connections are needed:
N. 2 copper bar 60*10mm power connections between power supply and inverter arms for DC voltage supply.
N. 5 connections with 9-pole shielded cable (S70) or N. 4 connections with 9-pole shielded cable (S65) for analog measures.
Type of cable: shielded cable n. of wires: 9 diameter of each wire: AWG20÷24 (0.6÷0.22mm
connectors: 9-pole female SUB-D connectors;
2
)
Connections inside the cable:
Connector Female SUB-
pin pin
D conn.
1 → 1
2 → 2
Female SUB-
D conn.
pin pin pin pin pin pin pin
3 → 3
4 → 4
5 → 5
6 → 6
7 → 7
8 → 8
9 → 9
The following connections are required:
-
from control unit to supply 1 (supply 1 control signals)
-
from control unit to supply 2 (size S70 only) (supply 2 control signals)
-
from control unit to inverter arm U (phase U control signals)
-
from control unit to inverter arm V (phase V control signals)
-
from control unit to inverter arm W (phase W control signals)
N. 4 connections with unipolar cable pairs, type AWG17-18 (1mm
2
), for AC, low voltage supply.
- from supply 1 to control unit (power supply + 24 V control unit)
- from supply 1 to driver boards of each power arm (supply line can run from supply to one driver board—e.g. arm U—to arm V, then to arm W) (24 V supply for IGBT driver boards)
N. 7 optical fibre connections, 1mm, standard single plastic material (typical damping: 0.22dB/m), with connectors type Agilent HFBR-4503/4513.
Figure 32: Single optical fibre connector
72/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Connections required:
-
from control unit to arm U driver board (fault U signal)
-
from control unit to arm V driver board (fault V signal)
-
from control unit to arm W driver board (fault W signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm U (VB signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm U (sense U signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm V (sense V signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm W (sense W signal)
N.3 optical fibre connections, 1mm, standard double plastic material (typical damping 0.22dB/m), with connectors type Agilent HFBR-4516.
Figure 33: Double optical fibre connector
Connections required:
-
from control unit to arm U driver board (IGBT top and bottom control signals)
-
from control unit to arm V driver board (IGBT top and bottom control signals)
-
from control unit to arm W driver board (IGBT top and bottom control signals)
73/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
INTERNAL CONNECTIONS (S65-S70)
WIRE CONNECTIONS
Signal Type of connection
Cable marking
C-PS1 control signals, supply 1 control signals, supply 2 (*) control signals, phase U control signals, phase V control signals, phase W
9-pole shielded cable
9-pole shielded cable
9-pole shielded cable
9-pole shielded cable
9-pole shielded cable
+24V Power supply, control unit
0VD Power supply, control unit
+24VD Power supply, driver boards ES841
0VD Power supply, driver boards ES841
+24VD Power supply, driver boards ES841
0VD Power supply, driver boards ES841 unipolar cable, 1mm
2 unipolar cable, 1mm
2 unipolar cable, 1mm
2 unipolar cable, 1mm
2 unipolar cable, 1mm
2 unipolar cable, 1mm
2
+24VD Power supply, driver boards ES841
0VD Power supply, driver boards ES841 unipolar cable, 1mm
2 unipolar cable, 1mm
2
OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTIONS
IGBT command, phase U
IGBT command, phase V
IGBT command, phase W double optical fibre double optical fibre double optical fibre
IGBT fault, phase U fault IGBT phase V
IGBT fault, phase W bus bar voltage reading
IGBT status, phase U
IGBT status, phase V single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre
IGBT status, phase W single optical fibre
(*)
Available for S70 only
C-PS2
C-U
C-V
C-W
G-U
G-V
VB
G-W
FA-U
FA-V
FA-W
ST-U
ST-V
ST-W
24V-CU
24V-GU
24V-GV
24V-GW
CAUTION
Component
control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit supply 1 supply 1 supply 1 supply 1 phase U phase U phase V phase V control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit control unit
Board
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES840
ES840
ES840
ES840
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
ES842
Connector
CN4
CN3
CN14
CN11
CN8
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR1-3
MR1-4
MR1-3
MR1-4
MR1-3
MR1-4
OP19-OP20
OP13-OP14
OP8-OP9
OP15
OP10
OP5
OP2
OP16
OP11
OP6
Component
supply 1 supply 2 phase U phase V phase W control unit control unit phase U phase V phase W phase U phase V phase W one phase phase U phase V phase W phase U phase U phase V phase V phase W phase W
Board
ES840
ES840
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES842
ES842
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES843
ES843
ES843
ES843
Connector
CN8
CN8
CN6
CN6
CN6
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR1-1
MR1-2
OP4-OP5
OP4-OP5
OP4-OP5
Carefully check that connections are correct. Wrong connections can adversely affect the equipment operation.
OP3
OP3
OP3
OP2
OP1
OP1
OP1
CAUTION
NEVER supply voltage to the equipment if optical fibre connectors are disconnected.
74/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
The diagram below illustrates the connections required for the components of the modular inverter model.
Figure 34: Internal wiring for Sinus Penta S65-S70
75/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Do the following to obtain internal wiring:
1) Gain access to boards ES840, ES841 and ES843. The first board is located on the front part of the supply module; the remaining two boards are located on the front part of each inverter module.
Remove the front covers made of Lexan by loosening the cover fastening screws;
Figure 35: ES840 Supply Board
1 – MR1: +24V Control Unit and Gate Unit supply
2 – CN8: Power Supply control signal connector
Figure 36: ES841 Inverter Module Gate Unit Board
1 – OP1: Board OK
2 – MR1: 24V gate unit supply
3 – OP2: Board Fault
4 – OP3: IGBT Fault
5 – OP4, OP5: IGBT gate commands
6 – CN3: Inverter module signal connector
76/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 37: ES843 Bus-bar Voltage Acquisition Board
1 – OP1: IGBT status
2 – OP2: Bus bar voltage reading
2) Gain access to ES842 board located on the control unit; do the following:
remove keypad (if fitted) (see Remoting the Display/Keypad)
remove the cover of the terminal board after removing its fastening screws remove the cover of the control unit after removing its fastening screws
Figure 38: Position of the fastening screws in the terminal board cover and the control unit
1 – Control unit cover fixing screws
2 – Control terminal cover screws
77/
455
SINUS PENTA
3) You can then access to connectors in control board ES842.
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 39: ES842 Control Unit
1 – CN3: Power Supply 2 Signal Connector
2 – CN2: Power Supply 1 Signal Connector
3 – OP2: VB
4 – OP6: Status IGBT W
5 – OP5: Fault IGBT W
6 – CN8: Inverter Module W Signal Connector
7 – OP8, OP9: Gate W
8 – OP11: Status IGBT V
9 – OP10: Fault IGBT V
10 – CN11: Inverter Module V Signal Connector
11 – OP13, OP14: Gate V
12 – OP16: Status IGBT U
13 – OP15: Fault IGBT U
14 – CN14: Inverter Module U Signal Connector
15 – OP19, OP20: Gate U
16 – MR1: 24V Control Unit Supply
78/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
4) tab of the optical fibre connectors is turned outwards to the connector fixed in the control board.
5)
Use the connection cable kit to connect the inverter components to each other. Make sure that the
Reassemble the covers made of Lexan and the covering of the control unit, making sure not to flatten any cable/optical fibre.
3.4.2.6. Internal Connections for Modular Inverters S64
The following links are required:
N. 2 power connections with 60*10mm copper bar between the inverter arms in order to deliver DC voltage.
N. 4 connections with 9-pole shielded cable.
Type of cable: shielded cable
N. of conductors: 9
Diameter of each conductor: AWG20÷24 (0.6÷0.22mm
2
)
Connectors: 9-pole SUB-D female connectors
Connections within the cable:
SUB-D SUB-D
Connector female female
pin pin pin pin pin pin pin pin pin
connector
1→
2→
3→
4→
5→
6→
7→
8→
9→
4
5
6
7
1
connector
2
3
8
9
The following links are required:
-
from control unit to inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit (control signals for auxiliary power supply)
-
from control unit to inverter arm U (phase U control signals)
-
from control unit to inverter arm V (phase V control signals)
-
from control unit to inverter arm W (phase W control signals)
N. 4 connections with AWG17-18 (1mm
2
) unipolar cable pairs delivering low-voltage DC power supply.
- from inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit to control unit (control unit +24V voltage supply)
- from inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit to driver boards of each power arm of the inverter
(the power supply can be transferred from the supply unit to a driver board, in arm U for instance, then to arm V, finally to arm W). (IGBT driver board 24V power supply.)
N. 7 optical-fibre connections, 1mm, single standard plastics (0.22dB/m typical attenuation) with Agilent
HFBR-4503/4513 connectors.
Figure 40: Single optical-fibre connector
79/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
The following links are required:
-
from control unit to driver board in inverter arm U (U fault signal)
-
from control unit to driver board in inverter arm V (V fault signal)
-
from control unit to driver board in inverter arm W (W fault signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage detecting board installed on inverter arm U (VB signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm U (sense U signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm V (sense V signal)
-
from control unit to bus voltage reading board assembled on inverter arm W (sense W signal)
N.3 optical-fibre connections, 1mm, double standard plastics (0.22dB/m typical attenuation) with Agilent
HFBR-4516 connectors.
Figure 41: Double optical-fibre connector
The following links are required:
-
from control unit to driver board in inverter arm U (top and bottom IGBT control signals)
-
from control unit to driver board in inverter arm V (top and bottom IGBT control signals)
-
from control unit to driver board in inverter arm W (top and bottom IGBT control signals)
80/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
INTERNAL CONNECTIONS FOR S64
WIRE CONNECTIONS
Type of Cable
Signal
control signals for phase U control signals for phase V control signals for phase W
Connection
9-pole shielded cable
9-pole shielded cable
9-pole shielded cable
Marking
C-U
C-V
C-W
+24V control unit power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2
24V-CU
0V control unit power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2
ES841 driver board
+24VD power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2 (*)
24V-GU
ES841 driver board
+0VD power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2 (*)
ES841 driver board
+24VD power supply
ES841 driver board
+0VD power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2 unipolar cable,
1mm
2
24V-GV
ES841 driver board
+24VD power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2
24V-GW
ES841 driver board
+0VD power supply unipolar cable,
1mm
2
OPTICAL FIBRE CONNECTIONS
IGBT command, phase U
IGBT command, phase V
IGBT command, phase W double optical fibre double optical fibre double optical fibre
IGBT fault, phase U
IGBT fault, phase V
IGBT fault, phase W bus bar voltage reading
IGBT status, phase
U
IGBT status, phase V
IGBT status, phase
W single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre single optical fibre
(*)
: Factory-set connection provided
G-U
G-V
G-W
FA-U
FA-V
FA-W
VB
ST-U
ST-V
ST-W
Component
control unit control unit control unit
Board Connector Component Board Connector
ES842
ES842
ES842
CN14
CN11
CN8 phase U phase V phase W
ES841
ES841
ES841
CN6
CN6
CN6 inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit inverter arm with auxiliary power supply unit phase U auxiliary power supply unit auxiliary power supply unit auxiliary power supply unit auxiliary power supply unit
ES841 phase U phase V phase V
ES841
ES841
ES841 control unit control unit
ES842
ES842
MR1-3
MR1-4
MR1-3
MR1-4 phase U phase V phase V phase W phase W
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
ES841
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR1-1
MR1-2 control unit
ES842 OP8-OP9 phase W ES841 OP4-OP5 control unit
ES842 control unit
ES842 control unit
ES842 control unit
ES842 control unit
ES842 control unit
ES842 control unit
ES842
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR2-1
MR2-1
OP19-
OP20
OP13-
OP14
OP15
OP10
OP5
OP2
OP16
OP11
OP6 control unit ES842 control unit ES842 phase U phase U phase V
ES841
ES841 OP4-OP5
ES841 OP4-OP5 phase U phase V
ES841
ES841 phase W ES841 one phase ES843 phase U ES843 phase V ES843 phase W ES843
MR1-1
MR1-2
MR1-1
MR1-2
OP3
OP3
OP3
OP2
OP1
OP1
OP1
81/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
CAUTION
Make sure that links are correct, as incorrect links cause the inverter malfunctioning.
CAUTION
NEVER power the inverter when the optical-fibre connectors are not connected.
The figure below shows the links required for the components of the modular inverter.
82/
455
Figure 42: Internal wiring for inverters S64
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.4.2.7. Internal Connections for Modular Inverters S74, S75 and S80
Please refer to the Assembly Instructions for Modular Inverters.
3.4.2.8. Internal Connections for Modular Inverters S84 and S90
Please refer to the Assembly Instructions for Modular Inverters.
3.4.3. 12-pulse Connection for Modular Inverters
12-pulse connection allows reducing current harmonics in the inverter supply line.
This solution reduces power supply harmonics by suppressing the lowest harmonics.
The classic power supply design for AC 3-phase inverters provides for a 3-phase diode bridge rectifier directly connected to the DC bus, thus obtaining the diagram of a 6-pulse rectifier. As it is known from the theory, the harmonic spectrum of current drawn by non-linear load, e.g. an adjustable speed drive (inverter), from the mains, depends on the type of input rectifier used in the drive structure. Only harmonics of certain orders appear in the harmonic spectrum, satisfying an equation as follows: h = k ⋅ p ±1, where h = harmonic order, k = integral number, p = pulse number of the rectifier.
In case of a 6-pulse rectifier, only harmonics of order: h = 1, 5, 7, 11, 13, 17, 19, 23, 25, 29, 31, … are present.
Example: THDI=68%
Figure 43: Amplitude of current harmonics in 6-pulse configuration
In order to obtain a 12-pulse rectifier, two AC 3-phase supplies must be available, where each phase in the first supply is 30° shifted against the corresponding one in the second supply (a Dy11d0 or Dy5d0 transformer is required). Each supply feeds a 3-phase diode rectifier and the outputs are put in common on the DC bus. Proper sized input reactors are required between supplies and rectifiers.
According to the above equation, only harmonics of order: h = 1, 11, 13, 23, 24, 35, 37, … are present.
Example: THDI=11%
Figure 44: Amplitude of current harmonics in 12-pulse configuration
83/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
M
Figure 45: Layout of 12-pulse connection for inverters S41..S52
M
Figure 46: Layout of a 12-pulse connection for modular inverters
An 18-pulse connection may be obtained with configurations similar to the configuration above.
The 18-pulse connection requires a transformer with N.3 secondaries shifted by 20° and N. 3 power supply units.
84/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
The tables below summarise the possible power supply modes for inverters from S41 to S90. The standard
on yellow shading.
Inverters power supplied
- through AC 380-500Vac or DC voltage (4C):
Model Standard AC (4T) DC Voltage (4C) AC 12-pulse AC 18-pulse
0180, 0202,
0217, 0260
0313, 0367,
0402
0598, 0748, 0831
0964, 1130, 1296
S41
S51
S65
S75
S41
S51
S64
S74
S41
+ 1 SU465
S51
+ 1 SU465
S70
S41
+ 2 SU465 [*]
S51
+ 2 SU465 [*]
S65
+ 2 Power Supply units
S80
1800, 2076 S90 S84
S75
S90
+ 1 Power Supply unit
S90
Modular inverters power supplied
- through AC 500-600Vac voltage or DC voltage (5C);
- through AC 575-690Vac or DC voltage (6C):
Model Standard AC (5T/6T) DC Voltage (5C/6C)
0181, 0201,
0218, 0259
0290, 0314,
0368, 0401
0457, 0524, 0598,
0748
S42
S52
S65
S42
S52
S64
0831
0964, 1130
S70
S75
S64
S74
AC 12-pulse
S42
+ 1 SU465
S52
+ 1 SU465
S70
S70
AC 18-pulse
S42
+ 2 SU465 [*]
S52
+ 2 SU465 [*]
S65
+ 2 Power Supply units
S65
+ 2 Power Supply units
S80
1296
1800, 2076
S80
S90
S74
S84
S75
S80
+ 1 Power Supply unit
S90
+ 1 Power Supply unit
S90
S90
[*] NOTE
When using the 18-pulse connection, a 24Vdc external supply unit with power ratings equal to or higher than 20W is required.
85/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.4. Power Terminals for S05–S52
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1
DESCRIPTION
41/R – 42/S – 43/T
Inputs for three-phase supply (the phase sequence is not important).
44/U – 45/V – 46/W
Three-phase motor outputs.
47/+
47/D
48/B
Link to the DC voltage positive pole. It can be used for
- DC voltage supply;
- DC inductors;
- the external braking resistor and the external braking unit (for the drive models which are NOT provided with terminal 50/+ dedicated to the external braking resistor)
- the external braking unit.
When fitted, link to the positive pole of the continuous AC rectified voltage. It can be used for the inductor—if no DC inductor is used, terminal 47/D must be short-circuited to terminal 47/+ using a cable/bar having the same cross-section as the cables used for power supply; factory setting).
When available, it can be used to connect the IGBT brake for braking resistors.
49/–
Link to the negative pole of the DC voltage. It can be used for
- DC voltage power supply;
- the external braking unit
50/+
When available, it can be used to connect the positive pole of the DC voltage to be used for the external braking resistor only.
S05 (4T)
–S15–S20 Terminal board:
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
47/
+
48/
B
49/
–
S05 (2T) Terminal board:
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
47/
+
47/
D
48/
B
49/
–
CAUTION
CAUTION
Connection bars 47D and 47+ are short-circuited as a factory setting. The
DC inductor, if any, shall be linked between bars 47D and 47+ after removing the short-circuit.
If DC voltage power supply is required and if an external braking resistor is to be installed, remove the short-circuit between 47/D and 47/+ and use terminal 47/+.
CAUTION
Use terminals 47/+ and 48/B if an external braking resistor is to be installed.
86/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
S12 Terminal board (2T-4T)
–S14:
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
47/
+
47/
D
48/
B
49/
–
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
CAUTION
CAUTION
Connection bars 47/D and 47/+ are short-circuited as a factory setting. The
DC inductor, if any, shall be linked between bars 47/D and 47/+ after removing the short-circuit.
If DC voltage power supply is required and if an external braking resistor is to be installed, remove the short-circuit between 47/D and 47/+ and use terminal 47/+.
CAUTION
S12 Terminal board (5T):
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
S22
-32 Terminal board:
48/
B
50/
+
47/
D
Use terminals 47/+ and 48/B if an external braking resistor is to be installed.
47/
+
47/
D
49/
–
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
CAUTION
CAUTION
47/
+
49/
–
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
Connection bars 47/D and 47/+ are short-circuited as a factory setting. The
DC inductor, if any, shall be linked between bars 47/D and 47/+ after removing the short-circuit.
If DC voltage power supply is required and if an external braking resistor is to be installed, remove the short-circuit between 47/D and 47/+ and use terminal 47/+.
Connect the braking resistor to terminals 50/+ and 48/B.
Avoid using terminals 50/+ and 48/B for applying DC power supply.
NOTE
S30 Terminal board:
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
47/
+
49/
–
48/
B
50/
+
NOTE
Connect the braking resistor to terminals 50/+ and 48/B.
Avoid using terminals 50/+ and 48/B for applying DC voltage power supply.
87/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Connection bars for S41
–S42–S51–S52:
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
47/
+
47/
D
49/
–
41/
R
CAUTION
42/
S
43/
T
Connection bars 47/D and 47/+ are short-circuited as a factory setting. The
DC inductor, if any, shall be linked between bars 47/D and 47/+ after removing the short-circuit.
CAUTION
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC voltage power supply is to be applied to Sinus Penta S41, S42, S51, S52 (precharge circuit for the DC-bus capacitor upstream of the DC voltage power supply terminals).
Use terminals 47/+ and 49/– if the external braking unit is to be installed.
NOTE
Figure 47: Connection bars in S41–S42–S51–S52
88/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.4.5. Power Terminals Modified for a DC Inductor
When a DC inductor is required for Sinus Penta S15-20-30, this must be specified when ordering the equipment.
CAUTION
Inverter sizes S15, S20 and S30 and modular inverters S65 to S90 require hardware adjustment in order to install DC inductors. This adjustment must be specified when ordering the equipment.
NOTE
The terminals changed for the connection of a DC inductor are white on grey shading .
CAUTION
Models S05(4T) cannot be changed for the connection of a DC inductor.
S15
-S20 Terminal board:
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
47/D 47/+ 48/B
NOTE
S30 Terminal board:
41/
R
42/
S
43/
T
Use terminals 47/+ and 48/B if an external braking resistor is to be installed.
44/
U
45/
V
46/
W
47/D 47/+
48/
B
n.u.
NOTE
Use terminals 47/+ and 48/B if an external braking resistor is to be installed.
89/
455
SINUS PENTA
3.4.6. Connection Bars for S60P Inverters
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 48: S60 and S60P Connection bars
mains and the motor. The figure also shows the position and the wiring instructions for the built-in power supply transformer. The transformer must be wired based on the rated supply voltage being used.
CAUTION
Connection bars 47/D and 47/+ are short-circuited as a factory setting. The
DC inductor, if any, shall be linked between bars 47/D and 47/+ after removing the short-circuit.
CAUTION
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC voltage power supply is to be applied to Sinus Penta S60 and S60P (precharge circuit for the DC-bus capacitor upstream of the DC voltage power supply terminals).
CAUTION
48Vdc 16A power supply is required for Sinus Penta drives S60P (see
90/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.7. Connection Bars for Modular Inverters S64–S70
S70
S65
S64
SINUS PENTA
R2
S2
R1
S1
T2 T1
U1 V1
Figure 49: Connection bars for S64-S70
CAUTION
Inverter sizes S65 and S70 require hardware adjustment in order to install DC inductors. This adjustment must be specified when ordering the equipment.
CAUTION
When a DC inductor is to be installed, special-purpose bars are required.
91/
455
SINUS PENTA
3.4.8. Connection Bars for Modular Inverters S74–S80
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 50: Connection bars for S74-S80
CAUTION
Inverter sizes S75 and S80 require hardware adjustment in order to install DC inductors. This adjustment must be specified when ordering the equipment.
CAUTION
When a DC inductor is to be installed, special-purpose bars are required.
92/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.9. Connection Bars for Modular Inverters S84–S90
SINUS PENTA
Figure 51: Connection bars for S84-S90
CAUTION
Inverter size S90 require hardware adjustment in order to install DC inductors.
This adjustment must be specified when ordering the equipment.
CAUTION
When a DC inductor is to be installed, special-purpose bars are required.
CAUTION
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if DC supply is to be applied to Sinus Penta
S64 to S84 (the precharge circuit of DC-bus capacitors is not present).
CAUTION
The mounting layout in the figures above may vary based on the accessories being used (input and output inductors, sine filters, harmonic filters).
93/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.10. Auxiliary Power Supply Terminals
The auxiliary power supply terminals are provided in the Penta models requiring auxiliary power supply links to be used to power air-cooling systems.
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
Terminal Description Ratings Inverter
S65
–S64–
S70
–S74-S75–
S80-S84-S90
61
–62 Inputs for fan power supply 230Vac/2A
3.4.11.
Devices
Cross-sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective
The minimum requirements of the inverter cables and the protective devices needed to protect the system against short-circuits are given in the tables below. It is however recommended that the applicable regulations in force be observed; also check if voltage drops occur for cable links longer than 100m.
For the largest inverter sizes, special links with multiple conductors are provided for each phase. For example, 2x150 in the column relating to the cable cross-section means that two 150mm
2
parallel conductors are required for each phase.
Multiple conductors shall have the same length and must run parallel to each other, thus ensuring even current delivery at any frequency value. Paths having the same length but a different shape deliver uneven current at high frequency.
Also, do not exceed the tightening torque for the terminals to the bar connections. For connections to bars, the tightening torque relates to the bolt tightening the cable lug to the copper bar. The cross-section values given in the tables below apply to copper cables.
The links between the motor and the Penta drive must have the same lengths and must follow the same paths. Use 3-phase cables where possible.
94/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.4.11.1. 2T Voltage Class
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
S41
(**)
S51
(**)
S60
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0180
Sinus
Penta
Model
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
A
80
88
103
120
135
180
195
215
240
12.5
15
17
19
23
27
30
38
51
65
72
300
345
375
425
480
550
680
720
800
t Cable Crosssection
Fitting the
Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils) mm
Tightening
Cable Crosssection to
Torque Mains and
Motor Side
Fast Fuses
(700V) +
Disc.
Switch
Magnetic
Circuit
Breaker
Nm
0.5÷10
(20÷6AWG)
0.5÷25
(20÷4AWG)
18
18
15
4÷25
(12÷4AWG) 15
25÷70
(3÷2/0AWG)
24
24
24
24
35÷185
(2AWG÷
350kcmils)
30
30
30
30
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
18 2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
10
10
10
10
6-8
6-8
6-8
6-8
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
- M12: 30
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M10: 20
M10: 20
mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
2.5 (12AWG)
4 (10AWG)
8 (8AWG)
10 (6AWG)
16 (5AWG)
25 (4AWG)
35 (2AWG)
50 (1/0AWG)
95 (4/0AWG)
120
(250kcmils)
185
(400kcmils)
240
(500kcmils)
2x120
(2x4/0AWG)
2x120
(2x250kcmils)
2x150
(2x300kcmils)
2x185
(2x350kcmils)
2x240
(2x500kcmils)
3x150
(3x300kcmils)
3x185
(3x350kcmils)
A
16
16
20
20
25
32
50
63
80
80
100
125
125
125
160
200
250
250
315
400
350
500
550
630
700
800
1000
1000
1000
A
400
400
630
630
630
800
800
800
1000
100
125
125
160
160
200
250
400
400
16
16
25
25
25
32
50
63
80
80
100
AC1
Contactor
450
450
500
550
600
700
800
1000
A
100
125
125
145
160
250
250
275
275
25
25
25
25
25
45
45
60
80
80
100
400
CAUTION
CAUTION
(**)
Always use the correct cable cross-sections and activate the protective devices provided for the inverter. Failure to do so will cause the non-compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed.
95/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.11.2. UL-approved Fuses - 2T Voltage Class
UL-approved semiconductor fuses
, which are recommended for the Sinus Penta drives, are listed in the table below.
In multiple cable installations, install one fuse per phase (NOT one fuse per conductor).
Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used, provided that they have the same or better ratings and
• are Nonrenewable UL Listed Cartridge Fuses, or UL Recognized External Semiconductor Fuses;
• are of the type specifically approved also with reference to the Canadian Standard.
UL-approved Fuses Manufactured by:
SIBA Sicherungen-Bau GmbH
(200 kA
RMS
Symmetrical A.I.C.)
Bussmann Div Cooper (UK) Ltd
(200 kA
RMS
Symmetrical A.I.C.)
Mod. No.
Current
A
RMS
Ratings
I
2 t (230V)
A
2 sec
Vac
Mod. No.
Current A
RMS
Ratings
I
2 t (230V)
A
2 sec
Vac
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
S41
S51
S60
60 033 05 16
0008
0010
0013
60 033 05 20
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
50 142 06 25
50 142 06 32
50 142 06 50
20 412 20 80
0040
0049
20 412 20 100
0060
0067
20 412 20 125
0074
0086
20 412 20 160
20 412 20 200
0113
0129
20 412 20 250
0150
0162
20 412 20 315
20 412 20 400
0180
20 622 32 450
0202
20 622 32 500
0217
20 622 32 550
0260
20 622 32 630
0313
20 622 32 700
0367
20 622 32 800
0402
0457
20 622 32 1000
0524
20 632 32 1250
16 48
80
140
315
400
1120
1720
3100
6700
12000
20100
37000
68000
47300
64500
84000
129000
177000
250000
542000
924000
20
25
32
50
80
100
125
160
200
250
315
400
450
500
550
630
700
800
1000
1250
600
170M1409
170M1410
170M1411
FWP-35B
FWP-50B
FWP-70B
FWP-80B
FWP-100B
700
FWP-125A
FWP-150A
FWP-175A
FWP-225A
FWP-250A
FWP-350A
FWP-450A
FWP-500A
FWP-600A
FWP-700A
FWP-800A
FWP-1000A
FWP-1200A
16
900
3650
5850
8400
15700
21300
47800
68500
85000
125000
54000
81000
108000
198000
35
58
40
150
500
600
100
125
150
175
225
250
350
450
500
600
700
800
1000
1200
20
25
35
50
70
80
22
700
96/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.4.11.3. UL-approved Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) - 2T Voltage Class
UL-approved Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
, which are recommended for Sinus Penta 2T models, are listed in the table below.
Other devices or systems produced by different manufacturers may be used, provided that they
• are evaluated based on the requirements in Standard UL 1449;
• are evaluated also to withstand the available short circuit current when tested in accordance with UL
1449;
• are of the type specifically approved also with reference to the Canadian Standard;
• have Max Voltage Protective Rating of 1kV, non MOV type.
UL-approved SPDs Manufactured by
Sinus
Penta
Model
Rated
Inverter
Current
A
Phoenix Contact
P/N Ratings
Short
Circuit
Current
Protection
Level
(kA)
(kV)
P/N
Dehn
Ratings
Short
Circuit
Current
Protection
Level
(kA)
(kV)
P/N
ERICO
Ratings
Short
Circuit
Current
Protection
Level
(kA)
(kV)
S05
S12
0007
12.5
0008
15
0010
0013
0015
0016
17
19
23
27
0020
0023
0033
0037
30
38
51
65
VAL-MS
230 ST
(2798844)
5 <1 952 300 5 <1
TDS1501
SR240
(item
N.702406 for
Europe)
5 <1
97/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.11.4. 4T Voltage Class
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
Sinus
Penta
Model
88
103
120
135
180
195
215
240
A
10.5
12.5
16.5
16.5
27
26
30
30
41
41
57
60
72
80
t Cable Crosssection
Fitting the
Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
0.5÷10
(20÷6AWG)
Tightening
Torque
Cable
Crosssection to
Mains and mm
10
10
Nm
1.2-1.5 2.5 (12AWG)
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
Motor Side mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
4 (10AWG)
10 (6AWG)
0.5÷25
(20÷4AWG)
4÷25
(12÷4AWG) 15
25÷70
(3÷2/0 AWG)
24
24
10 1.2-1.5
10 1.2-1.5
18
18
15
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
35÷185
(2AWG÷
350kcmils)
24
24
30
30
30
30
6-8
6-8
6-8
6-8
10
10
10
10
16 (5AWG)
25 (4AWG)
35 (2AWG)
50 (1/0AWG)
95 (4/0AWG)
120
(250kcmils)
Fast Fuses
(700V) +
Disc. Switch
A
125
125
125
160
200
250
250
315
350
32
40
40
40
16
16
25
25
63
63
100
100
100
Magnetic
Circuit
Breaker
A
100
125
125
160
160
200
250
400
400
32
40
40
40
16
16
25
25
63
63
100
100
100
AC1
Contactor
A
30
45
45
45
25
25
25
25
55
60
100
100
100
100
125
125
145
160
250
250
275
275
(continued)
98/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
(continued)
S41
(**)
S51
(**)
S60
S65
S75
Sinus
Penta
Model
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
S60P 0598P
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
A
300
345
375
425
480
550
680
720
800
900
900
1000
1200
1480
1700
2100
Cable Crosssection
Fitting the
Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Cable Crossmm
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Tightening
Torque
Nm
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M12: 30
M10: 20
M10: 20
M10: 20
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30
section to
Mains and
Fast Fuses
(700V) +
Motor Side Disc. Switch mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
185
(400kcmils)
240
(500kcmils)
2x120
(2x250kcmils)
2x120
(2x250kcmils)
2x150
(2x300kcmils)
2x185
(2x350kcmils)
2x240
(2x500kcmils
3x150
(3x300kcmils)
3x185
(3x350kcmils)
3x240
(3x500kcmils)
3x240
(3x500kcmils)
3x240
A
400
500
550
630
700
800
1000
1000
1000
1250
1250
(3x500kcmils)
4x240
(4x500kcmils)
6x150
1250
1600
(6x300kcmils) 2x1000
6x185
(6x350kcmils) 2x1250
6x240
(6x500kcmils) 2x1250
9x240
(9x500kcmils) 3x1250
9x240
(9x500kcmils) 3x1250
Magnetic
Circuit
Breaker
A
400
400
630
630
630
800
800
800
1000
1250
1250
1250
1600
2000
2000
2500
4000
4000
AC1
Contactor
A
400
450
450
500
550
600
700
800
1000
1000
1000
1200
1600
2x1000
2x1200
2x1200
3x1000
3x1200
S90
1800
2076
2600
3000
CAUTION
CAUTION
(**)
Always use the correct cable cross-sections and activate the protective devices provided for the inverter. Failure to do so will cause the non-compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed.
When applying 12-phase power supply, refer to the values given in section
Cross-sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective Devices when the SU465 is Installed.
99/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
S64
S74
S84
Sinus
Penta
Model
Rated Output
Current
A
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
900
1000
1200
1480
1700
2100
2600
3000
CAUTION
Rated Input
Current
Adc
1000
1100
1400
1750
2000
2280
2860
3300
Cable Cross-section Tightening Motor Cable Cross-
Fitting the Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Torque section
Nm mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x240 (3x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x240 (3x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 4x240 (4x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x150 (6x300kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x185 (6x350kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x240 (6x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 9x240 (9x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 9x240 (9x500kcmils)
Always use the correct cable cross-sections and activate the protective devices installed on the DC voltage power supply line. Failure to do so will cause the non-compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed.
100/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.4.11.5. UL-approved Fuses - 4T Voltage Class
UL-approved semiconductor fuses
, which are recommended for the Sinus Penta drives, are listed in the table below.
In multiple cable installations, install one fuse per phase (NOT one fuse per conductor).
Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used, provided that they have the same or better ratings and:
• are Nonrenewable UL Listed Cartridge Fuses, or UL Recognized External Semiconductor Fuses;
• are of the type specifically approved also with reference to the Canadian Standard.
UL-approved Fuses Manufactured by:
SIBA Sicherungen-Bau GmbH
(200 kA
RMS
Symmetrical A.I.C.)
Mod. No.
Current
Arms
S05
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
20 412 34 16
20 412 04 25
20 412 04 40
50 142 06 40
16
25
40
40
S12 0025
0030
20 412 20 63 63
0034
0036
0040
20 412 20 80 80
S15
0049
20 412 20 100 100
S20
S30
S41
0060
0067
20 412 20 125
0074
0086
20 412 20 160
20 412 20 200
0113
0129
20 412 20 250
0150
0162
0180
0202
0217
20 412 20 315
20 412 20 400
20 622 32 450
20 622 32 500
20 622 32 550
0260
0313
20 622 32 630
0367
0402
20 622 32 700
20 622 32 900
0457
20 632 32 1000
0524
20 632 32 1250
125
160
200
250
315
400
450
500
550
630
S51
S60
700
900
1000
1250
S60P 0598P
S65
S75
S90
0598
20 632 32 1400 1400
0748
0831
2x20 622 32 800 2x800
0964
2x20 632 32 1000 2x1000
1130
2x20 622 32 1250 2x1250
1296
2x20 632 32 1400 2x1400
1800
3x20 632 32 1400 3x1400
2076
3x20 632 32 1400 3x1400
Ratings
I
2 t (500V)
A
2 sec
122
140
490
430
980
1820
2800
1540000
2x406000
2x602000
2x1225000
2x1540000
3x1540000
3x1540000
5040
10780
19250
32760
60200
109200
77000
105000
136500
210000
287000
665000
602000
1225000
Vac
Bussmann Div Cooper (UK) Ltd
(100/200 kA
RMS
Symmetrical A.I.C.)
Mod. No.
Current
Arms
Ratings
I
2 t (500V)
A
2 sec
690 170M1409 16 36
Vac
660 170M1410
700
FWP-40B
FWP-60B
FWP-80B
FWP-100B
FWP-125A
FWP-150A
FWP-175A
FWP-225A
FWP-250A
FWP-350A
FWP-450A
FWP-500A
FWP-600A
FWP-700A
FWP-900A
FWP-1000A
FWP-1200A
170M6067
20
40
60
80
100
125
150
175
225
250
350
450
500
600
700
900
1000
1200
1400
170M6069 1600
2xFWP-1000A 2x1000
2xFWP-1200A 2x1200
2x170M6067
3x170M6067
3x170M6067
2x1400
3x1400
3x1400
58
160
475
1200
1750
5400
8700
12300
23000
32000
70800
101400
125800
185000
129000
228000
258000
473000
1700000
2700000
2x258000
2x473000
2x1700000
3x1700000
3x1700000
700
NOTE
In modular sizes (S65–S90), each supply arm shall be protected by a separate fuse (see table above).
101/
455
SINUS PENTA
3.4.11.6. 5T and 6T Voltage Classes
INSTALLATION GUIDE
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14
S22
S32
S42
(**)
S52
(**)
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
0524
0598
900
0748
1000
0831
1200
0964
1480
1130
1700
1296
2100
1800
2600
2076
3000
A
230
305
330
360
400
450
500
560
640
40
52
60
80
85
100
125
150
190
17
21
25
33
7
9
11
13
720
800
0164
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0457 mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
0.5÷16
(20÷5AWG)
0.5÷25
(20÷4 AWG)
25÷50
(4÷1/0 AWG
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
25÷95
(4÷4/0AWG)
35÷150
(2/0AWG÷
300kcmils)
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
mm
30
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
20
20
30
30
30
18
18
20
20
10
18
18
18
10
10
10
10
-
-
Nm mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
A A A
1.2-1.5
1.2-1.5
1.2-1.5
1.2-1.5
1.2-1.5
2.5-4.5
2.5-4.5
2.5-4.5
2.5-4.5
2.5-4.5
2.5-5
2.5-5
2.5-5
2.5-5
15-20
15-20
15-20
15-20
2.5 (12AWG)
4 (10AWG)
10 (6AWG)
16 (5AWG)
35 (2 AWG)
50 (1/0AWG)
70 (2/0AWG)
120 (250kcmils)
32
40
40
63
16
16
32
32
63
100
100
100
125
125
200
200
315
315
M12: 30
M12: 30
240 (500kcmils)
400
450
400 400
400 450
400 450
630 500
630 550
630 550
800 600
800 700
M12: 30 2x185 (2x350kcmils)
M10: 20 2x240 (2x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x150 (3x300kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x185 (3x350kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x240 (3x500kcmils)
800
900
900
1000
1250
800 800
1000 1000
1250 1000
M10: 20
M12: 30
M10: 20
M12: 30 4x240 (4x500kcmils)
1400
2x800
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x150 (6x300kcmils) 2x1000
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x185 (6x400kcmils) 2x1250
1250 1200
1600 2x800
2000 2x1000
2000 2x1000
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x240 (6x500kcmils) 3x1000
M10: 20
M12: 30 9x240 (9x500kcmils) 3x1000
M10: 20
M12: 30 9x240 (9x500kcmils) 3x1250
2500 3x1000
4000 3x1000
4000 3x1000
32
40
40
63
16
16
32
32
63 60
100 100
100 100
100 100
125 125
125 125
200 250
200 250
400 275
30
45
45
60
25
25
30
30
400 275
102/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
CAUTION
CAUTION (**)
Always use the correct cable cross-sections and activate the protective devices provided for the inverter. Failure to do so will cause the noncompliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed.
When applying 12-phase power supply, refer to the values given in section
Cross-sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective Devices when the SU465 is Installed.
S64
S74
Sinus
Penta
Model
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
S84
1800
2076
Rated Output
Current
A
720
800
900
1000
1200
1480
1700
2100
2600
3000
Rated Input
Current
Adc
750
840
950
1070
1190
1500
1730
1980
2860
3300
Cable Cross-section
Fitting the Terminal
Tightening Motor Cable Cross-
Torque section mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
mm
2
Nm
(AWG/kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x150 (3x300kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x185 (3x350kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x240 (3x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 3x240 (3x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 4x240 (4x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x150 (6x300kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x185 (6x400kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 6x240 (6x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 9x240 (9x500kcmils)
M10: 20
M12: 30 9x240 (9x500kcmils)
CAUTION
Always use the correct cable cross-sections and activate the protective devices installed on the DC voltage power supply line. Failure to do so will cause the non-compliance to standard regulations of the system where the inverter is installed.
103/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.4.11.7. UL-approved Fuses - 5T and 6T Voltage Classes
UL-approved semiconductor fuses
, which are recommended for the Sinus Penta drives, are listed in the table below.
In multiple cable installations, install one fuse per phase (NOT one fuse per conductor).
Fuses suitable for the protection of semiconductors produced by other manufacturers may be used, provided that they have the same or better ratings and
• are Nonrenewable UL Listed Cartridge Fuses, or UL Recognized External Semiconductor Fuses;
• are of the type specifically approved also with reference to the Canadian Standard.
UL-approved Fuses Manufactured by:
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
SIBA Sicherungen-Bau GmbH
(200 kARMS Symmetrical A.I.C.)
Mod. No.
Current
Arms
Ratings
I
2 t (690V) kA
2 sec
0003
0004
0006
0012
20 412 34 16 16
0018
20 412 04 25 25
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
20 412 04 25
20 412 04 32
20 412 20 40
20 412 20 50
20 412 20 63
20 412 20 80
20 412 20 100
20 412 20 125
20 412 20 160
20 412 20 180
20 412 20 200
20 412 20 250
20 412 20 315
20 412 20 315
20 622 32 450
20 622 32 500
20 622 32 630
20 622 32 630
20 622 32 700
20 622 32 800
0401
0457
20 622 32 900
20 622 32 900
0524
20 622 32 1000
0598
20 632 32 1250
0748
20 632 32 1400 1400
0831
2x20 622 32 800 2x800
0964
2x20 622 32 1000 2x1000
1130
2x20 632 32 1250 2x1250
1296
3x20 622 32 1000 3x1000
1800
3x20 632 32 1250 3x1250
2076
3x20 632 32 1400 3x1400
630
630
700
800
900
900
1000
1250
160
180
200
250
315
315
450
500
25
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
0.18
(0.14@575V)
1298
1802
2266
2x598
2x1298
2x1802
3x1298
3x1802
3x2266
113
155
309
309
422
598
979
979
0.08
(0.16@575V)
0.22
1.50
0.55
0.85
1.54
2.86
4.40
7.92
16.94
25.41
30.25
51.48
94.6
94.6
Vac
690
700
Bussmann Div Cooper (UK) Ltd
(100/200 kARMS Symmetrical A.I.C.)
Mod. No.
170M1409
170M1410
170M1411 25
170M1411
170M1412
FWP-40B
FWP-50B
FWP-70B
FWP-80B
FWP-100B
FWP-125B
FWP-150A
FWP-175A
FWP-200A
FWP-250A
FWP-300A
FWP-400A
FWP-450A
FWP-500A
FWP-600A
FWP-600A
FWP-700A
FWP-800A
FWP-900A
FWP-900A
FWP-1000A
FWP-1200A
600
600
700
800
900
900
1000
1200
2xFWP-700A
2xFWP-800A
2x700
2x800
2xFWP-1000A 2x1000
2xFWP-1200A 2x1200
3xFWP-1000A 3x1000
3xFWP-1200A 3x1200
6xFWP-800A 6x800
150
175
200
250
300
400
450
500
25
32
40
50
70
80
100
125
Current
Arms
Ratings
I
2 t (690V) kA
2 sec
16
20
Vac
0.05
(0.04@575V)
530
530
600
1100
2x300
2x450
2x600
2x1100
71.2
125
137
170
250
250
300
450
3x600
3x1100
6x450
0.08
(0.06@575V)
0.14
(0.11@575V)
0.14
0.29
0.32
0.6
2.0
2.4
3.5
7.3
11.7
16.7
31.3
42.5
700
NOTE
In modular sizes S65–S90, each supply arm shall be protected by a separate fuse (see table above).
104/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.4.12. Inverter and Motor Ground Connection
A bolted screw for the inverter enclosure grounding is located close to the power wiring terminals. The grounding screw is identified by the symbol below:
Always ground the inverter to a state-of-the-art mains. To reduce disturbance and radiated interference to a minimum, connect the motor grounding conductor directly to the inverter following a parallel path to the motor supply cables.
Always connect the inverter grounding terminal to the grid grounding using a conductor complying with the safety regulations in force (see table below).
DANGER
Always connect the motor casing to the inverter grounding to avoid dangerous voltage peaks and electric shock hazard.
Always provide a proper grounding of the inverter frame and the motor casing.
DANGER
NOTE
To fulfil UL conformity requirements of the system where the inverter is installed, use a “UL R/C” or “UL Listed” lug to connect the inverter to the grounding system. Use a loop lug fitting the ground screw and having the same crosssection as the ground cable being used.
Protective earthing conductor cross-section (refer to EN 61800-5-1):
Cross-sectional area of phase conductors of the inverter (mm
S ≤ 10
10 < S ≤ 16
16 < S ≤ 35
35 < S
2
)
Minimum cross-sectional area of the corresponding protective earthing conductor (mm
2
)
10 (*)
S (*)
16
S/2
The values in the table above are valid only if the protective earthing conductor is made of the same metal as the phase conductors.
NOTE
The touch current in the ground protective conductor exceeds 3.5mAac/10 mAdc. Please refer to the table below for the dimensioning of the protective conductors.
NOTE (*)
If this is not so, the cross-sectional area of the protective earthing conductor shall be determined in a manner which produces a conductance equivalent to that which results from the application of the table above.
In any case, a cross-section of the protective earthing conductor of at least 10 mm
Cu or 16 mm
Touch current).
2
2
Al is required to maintain safety in case of damage to or disconnection of the protective earthing conductor (refer to EN 61800-5-1 about
105/
455
SINUS PENTA
3.5. Control Terminals
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 52: Control terminals
106/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.1. Main Features
No.
1
2
3
4
Screwable terminal board in seven extractable sections suitable for cross-sections 0.08 ÷ 1.5mm
2
(AWG 28-16).
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
Name
CMA
REF
-10VR
+10VR
Description
0V for main reference (connected to control 0V)
Input for single-ended main reference to be configured either as a voltage input or as a current input
Negative reference supply output for external potentiometer
Positive reference supply output for external potentiometer
I/O Features
Control board zero volt
Vfs = ± 10 V, Rin = 50k
Resolution: 12 bits
Ω
;
0 (4) ÷ 20 mA, Rin = 250
Resolution: 11 bit
-10V
Imax: 10mA
+10V
Imax: 10mA
Ω
;
DIP-switch
SW1-1: Off
(default)
SW1-1: On
5
6
7
8
9
AIN1+
AIN1-
AIN2+/PTC1
AIN2-/ PTC2
CMA
Differential auxiliary analog input 1 to be configured either as a voltage input or as a current input
Differential auxiliary analog input 2 to be configured either as a voltage input or as a current input, or to be configured as a PTC acquisition input for motor protection
0V for auxiliary inputs (connected to control 0V)
Vfs = ± 10 V, Rin = 50k
Resolution: 12 bits
Ω
;
0 (4) ÷ 20 mA, Rin = 250
Resolution: 11 bits
Vfs = ± 10 V, Rin = 50k
Resolution: 12 bits
0 (4) ÷ 20 mA, Rin = 250
Resolution: 11 bits
Ω
;
Ω
;
Ω
;
Motor protection PTC reading according to DIN44081/DIN44082
Control board zero volt
SW1-2: Off
SW1-2: On
(default)
SW1-3: Off
SW1-4,5: Off
SW1-3: On
SW1-4,5:
Off (default)
SW1-3: Off
SW1-4,5: On
10
11
12
13
AO1
AO2
AO3
CMA
Analog output 1 to be configured either as a voltage output or as a current output
Analog output 2 to be configured either as a voltage output or as a current output
Analog output 3 to be configured either as a voltage output or as a current output
0V for main reference (connected to control 0V)
Vout = ± 10 V; Ioutmax = 5 mA;
Resolution: 11 bits
0 (4) ÷ 20 mA; Voutmax = 10V
Resolution: 10 bits
Vout = ±10V; Ioutmax = 5mA
Resolution: 11 bits
0 (4) ÷ 20 mA; Voutmax = 10V
Resolution: 10 bits
Vout = ±10V; Ioutmax = 5mA
Resolution: 11 bits
0 (4) ÷ 20 mA; Voutmax = 10V
Resolution: 10 bits
Control board zero volt
SW2-1: On;
SW2-2: Off
(default)
SW2-1: Off;
SW2-2: On
SW2-3: On;
SW2-4: Off
(default)
SW2-3: Off;
SW2-4: On
SW2-5: On;
SW2-6: Off
(default)
SW2-5: Off;
SW2-6: On
S
O
ENABLE-B
CMD
Active input: inverter run enabled.
Inactive input: freewheeling regardless of the control mode; converter not commutating.
To be enabled/disabled in conjunction with ENABLE-A
24Vdc opto-isolated digital input; positive logic (PNP type): active with high signal in respect to
CMD (terminal O).
Compliant with EN 61131-2 as
Type 1 digital inputs with 24Vdc nominal voltage.
Max. response time to processor:
500µs
Control board zero volt
(continued)
107/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
(continued)
N. Name
14 START (MDI1)
15
ENABLE-A
(MDI2)
16 RESET (MDI3)
17
18
MDI4
MDI5
Description
Active input: inverter running. Inactive input: main ref. is reset and the motor stops with a deceleration ramp
Multifunction digital input 1
Active input: inverter running enabled
Inactive input: motor idling regardless of control mode; inverter not switching
To be enabled/disabled in conjunction with ENABLE-B
Multifunction digital input 2
Alarm reset function
Multifunction digital input 3
Multifunction digital input 4
Multifunction digital input 5
I/O Features
Opto-isolated digital inputs 24
VDC; positive logic (PNP): active with greater signal in respect to
CMD (terminal 22).
In compliance with EN 61131-2 as type-1 digital inputs with rated voltage equal to 24 VDC. Max. response time to processor: 500
µ s
DIP-switch
19
20
21
22
23
24
MDI6 / ECHA /
FINA
MDI7 / ECHB
Multifunction digital input 6; Encoder dedicated input, push-pull
24 V single-ended phase A, frequency input A
Multifunction digital input 7; Encoder dedicated input, push-pull
24 V single-ended, phase B
MDI8 / FINB
Multifunction digital input 8; Frequency input B
CMD
+24V
+VMDO1
0V digital input isolated to control 0V
Auxiliary supply output for opto-isolated multifunction digital inputs
Supply input for MDO1 output
Opto-isolated digital inputs 24
VDC; positive logic (PNP): active with greater signal in respect to
CMD (terminal 22). In compliance with EN 61131-2 as type-1 digital inputs with rated voltage equal to
24 VDC.
Max. response time to processor:
600 µs
Opto-isolated digital input zero volt
+24V±15% ; Imax: 200mA
Protect with resettable fuse
20 ÷ 48 VDC; IDC = 10 mA + output current (max 60 mA)
25
26
27
28
MDO1/
FOUT
CMDO1
MDO2
CMDO2
Multifunction digital output 1; frequency output
0V Multifunction digital output 1
Multifunction digital output 2
Common for multifunction digital output 2
Opto-isolated digital output (pushpull); Iomax = 50 mA max; fout max 100 kHz.
Common for supply and multifunction output 1
Opto-isolated digital output (open collector); Vomax = 48 V;
Iomax = 50mA
Common for multifunction output
2
Screwable terminal board in two extractable sections suitable for cross-sections 0.2 ÷ 2.5 mm
2
(AWG
24-12).
Decisive voltage Class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
N. Name Description I/O Features
DIPswitch
29
30
31
MDO3-NC
MDO3-C
MDO3-NO
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (NO contact)
Change-over contact: with low logic level, common terminal is closed with NC terminal; with high logic level, common terminal is open with NO terminal;
Vomax = 250 VAC, Iomax = 5A
Vomax = 30 VDC, Iomax = 5A
32
33
34
MDO4-NC
MDO4-C
MDO4-NO
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 4 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 4 (NO contact).
Change-over contact: with low logic level, common terminal is closed with NC terminal; with high logic level, common terminal is open with NO terminal;
Vomax = 250 VAC, Iomax = 5A
Vomax = 30 VDC, Iomax = 5A
108/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
NOTE
NOTE
Analog outputs are inactive under the following circumstances (digital outputs inactive and 0V / 0mA for analog outputs):
-
inverter off
-
inverter initialization after startup
-
inverter in emergency mode (see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide)
-
updating of the application firmware
Always consider those conditions when operating the inverter.
The firmware considers encoder inputs MDI6/ECHA, MDI7/ECHB as ENCODER
A in the terminal board.
Inserting an option board in slot C reallocates the digital inputs and only MDI6 and MDI7 functions are active, while the ENCODER A acquisition function is
reallocated to the option board. For more details, see ES836/2 Encoder Board
(Slot A), ES913 Line Driver Encoder Board (Slot A) and the Sinus Penta’s
The ENABLE-A and ENABLE-B inputs are allocated to the STO function. The control mode and control circuit of these signals must be accomplished
NOTE
according to the instructions given in the Safe Torque Off Function - Application
That manual also includes a detailed validation procedure for the STO control configuration to be performed upon first start up of the equipment and also every
12 months.
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series include special conductor terminals connected to the inverter grounding (conductor terminals are located near the control terminals). Their function is dual: they allow cables to be mechanically fastened and they allow braiding of signal shielded cables to be grounded. The figure shows how to wire a shielded cable.
CAUTION
Figure 53: Tightening a screened signal cable
If no state-of-the-art wiring is provided, the inverter will be more easily affected by disturbance. Do not forget that disturbance may also accidentally trigger the motor startup.
109/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.2. Gaining Access to Control Terminals and Power Terminals
DANGER
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal components to avoid any electric shock hazard.
DANGER
Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or power terminals when the inverter is on to avoid electric shock hazard and to avoid damaging the inverter.
NOTE
The user is authorised to remove only the fixing elements of the parts mentioned in this section or in other sections in this manual (such as the terminals cover, the access to the serial interface connector, the cable raceway plates, and so on).
Removing fixing elements in order to access parts not mentioned in this manual will void the product warranty.
3.5.2.1. IP20 and IP00 Models
To access the inverter control terminals, loosen the two fastening screws shown in the figure below and remove the cover.
P000943-B
Figure 54: Gaining access to the control terminals
Size S05 to S15: remove the cover to reach power terminals as well. Upper sizes: removing the cover allows reaching control signals only.
110/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.2.2. IP54 Models
To reach the control terminals and power terminals, remove the front panel by removing its fastening screws.
The following can be accessed:
-
control terminals,
-
power terminals,
-
serial interface connector.
For ingoing/outgoing cables, pierce some holes in the inverter bottom plate. To remove the inverter bottom plate, remove its fastening screws.
Figure 55: Gaining access to terminal boards in models IP54
CAUTION
CAUTION
For ingoing/outgoing cables through the inverter bottom plate, the following safety measures are required to maintain degree of protection IP54: cableglands or similar with degree of protection not lower than IP54.
Always remove the inverter bottom plate before piercing holes for ingoing/outgoing cables, thus preventing metals chips from entering the equipment.
111/
455
SINUS PENTA
3.5.3. Control Board Signals and Programming
INSTALLATION GUIDE
112/
455
Figure 56: Control board: signals and programming
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.3.1. Display and Indicator LEDs
The board display and indicator LEDs allow viewing the inverter operating condition even if no user interface
(display/keypad) is provided. The keypad housing allows displaying the indicator lights.
The indicator LEDs are the following:
Figure 57: Control board LEDs
-
Green LED L1 (RUN): If on, it indicates that processors are active. If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating, this means that the power supply unit or the control board is faulty.
-
Yellow LED L2 (ENABLE)
: If on, it indicates that the power converter is switching and is powering the connected load (terminals U, V, W). If off, all switching devices of the power converter are inactive and the connected load is not powered.
DANGER
Electric shock hazard exists even if the power converter is not operating and the inverter is disabled. Possible dangerous voltage peaks on terminals U, V, W may occur. Wait at least 20 minutes after switching off the inverter before operating on the electrical connection of the motor or the inverter.
-
-
-
Green LED L4 (+15V OK)
:
It comes on when it detects positive analog power supply (+15V). If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating, this means that the power supply unit or the control board is faulty.
Green LED L5 (-15V OK):
It comes on when it detects negative power supply (–15V). If it does not turn on when the inverter is normally operating, this means that the power supply unit or the control board is faulty.
Green LED L6 (+5V OK)
:
It comes on when it detects I/O power supply (+5V). It turns off to indicate the following conditions: o o
Short-circuit over the power supply delivered to connector RS485 output.
Short-circuit over the power supply delivered to the connector output of the remotable keypad.
o
Parameter quick storage and autoreset procedure due to “VDC undervoltage”.
-
Yellow LED L8 (SCK1): please refer to Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual
-
Yellow LED L9 (SCK2): please refer to Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual
NOTE
Yellow LEDs L2, L8 and L9 are used when validating the product and when
periodically checking the integrity of the Safe Torque Off Function - Application
ManualSTO function. The drive must be installed in such a way so as to allow the
service technician to display the LED status, also by removing the display module,
if required. Please refer to the instructions included in the Safe Torque Off
Function - Application Manual for any details.
113/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
The messages appearing on the 7-segment display are the following:
Normal operation and alarms
Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition
Inverter initialization stage.
Inverter ready waiting for ENABLE-A and
ENABLE-B
.
Inverter ready waiting for the ENABLE-A and
ENABLE-B
signals; see Sinus Penta’s
Programming Guide, parameter C181.
Inverter ready waiting for the START signal; see
Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide, Power Down
and DC Braking menus.
Motor not running because the PID value is
disabled; see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide,
parameters P254 and P255.
Motor not running because the PID value is disabled: number “4” fixed; see Sinus Penta’s
Programming Guide, parameters P065 and P066.
IFD enabled but waiting for the START signal.
IFD enabled and START signal on but waiting for reference: the actual value of the reference is below the minimum value.
Waiting for precharge; inverter is waiting for VDC voltage inside the capacitor to exceed the minimum operating value.
Inverter enabled (power devices activated): a segment rotates to form an 8-shaped figure.
Emergency condition: a 3-digit alarm code cyclically flashes on the display (the example shows alarm A019).
114/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Hardware failure messages
Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition
Hardware Failure
The self-diagnostics function integrated to the control board detected a hardware/software failure.
Please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO’s
Customer Service.
Operating firmware update (flash memory) messages
Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition
Flash memory deletion: letter ‘E’ flashing.
Flash memory programming: letter ‘P’ flashing.
An alarm tripped while deleting or programming the software flash memory. Repeat programming: letter ‘A’ flashing .
Autoreset: letter ‘C’ flashing.
115/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Current limit and voltage limit while running
Symbol or sequence displayed Inverter condition
Current limit while accelerating or voltage limit due to overload conditions; letter ‘H’ flashing if the output current is limited to the values set in the operating parameters.
Output voltage limit; letter ‘L’ flashing if no voltage is delivered to the motor due to a VDC too weak value.
Voltage limit when decelerating; letter U flashing if VDC in the equipment exceeds the rated value by 20% during dynamic braking.
Braking function active; letter D flashing when the inverter is stopping the motor by applying DC voltage. See Sinus Penta’s
Programming Guide, DC Braking function.
NOTE
The display can be seen only after removing the remotable keypad. Please refer to the relevant section for more details.
116/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.3.2. DIP-switches
The inverter control board includes three banks of DIP-switches (SW1, SW2, and SW3) for the following functions:
-
DIP-switch SW1: analog input configuration
-
DIP-switch SW2: analog output configuration
-
DIP-switch SW3: line termination over line RS485
To gain access to DIP-switches SW1 and SW2, remove the front cover of the control terminals by loosening the relevant fastening screws.
Figure 58: Gaining access to DIP-switches SW1 and SW2
To gain access to DIP-switch SW3, remove the protecting cover for connector RS485.
Sinus Penta S05 to S22: DIP-switch SW3 is located on the control board next to interface connector RS485; remove the inverter upper cover to gain access to DIP-switch SW3.
Figure 59: Gaining access to DIP-switch SW3 and connector RS485 (Sinus Penta S05 to S22)
117/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Sinus Penta S30 to S60P: interface connector RS485 and DIP-switch SW3 are located next to the control terminal board cover.
Sinus Penta S65 and S70: to gain access to DIP-switch SW3, remove the cover located on the rear part of the control board.
Figure 60: Position of DIP-switch SW3 and connector RS485 (Sinus Penta S30 to S60P)
For IP54 inverters, you can gain access to serial port connector RS485 and to dipswitch SW3 from the inside of the front door covering wires and cables.
DIP-switch functionality is detailed in the tables below
DIP-switch SW1: analog input configuration
Switch(es)
SW1-1
SW1-2
SW1-3
SW1-4,
OFF
OFF
: REF voltage input (DEFAULT)
: AIN1 voltage input
SW1-5
DIP-switch SW2: analog output configuration
Functionality
ON
: REF analog input (current input)
ON
: AIN1 analog input (current input)
(DEFAULT)
OFF
: AIN2 voltage input or motor protection PTC acquisition
Both OFF
: AIN2 current input or voltage input based on SW1-3 (DEFAULT)
ON
: AIN2 analog input (current input)
(DEFAULT)
Both ON
: AIN2 input for motor protection PTC acquisition
Switches
SW2-1,
SW2-2
SW2-3,
SW2-4
SW2-5,
SW2-6
Functionality
1=ON, 2=OFF
: AO1 voltage output
1=OFF, 2=ON
: AO1 current output
(DEFAULT)
3=ON, 4=OFF
: AO2 voltage output
(DEFAULT)
5=ON, 6=OFF
: AO3 voltage output
(DEFAULT)
3=OFF, 4=ON
5=OFF, 6=ON
: AO2 current output
: AO3 current output
118/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
DIP-switch SW3: interface RS485 terminator
Switches
SW3-1,
SW3-2
(DEFAULT)
DIP-switch factory setting is as follows:
Functionality
Both OFF
: RS485 terminator disabled
Both ON
: RS485 terminator enabled
ON ON
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 ON 1 2
SW1- All OFF except 2 and 3 SW2 – Odd numbers ON
Factory setting provides the following operating modes:
-
REF Analog input (voltage input) and two current analog inputs (AIN1, AIN2)
-
Voltage analog outputs
-
Terminator RS485 off
SW3 - OFF
3.5.3.3. Configuration Jumpers
The inverter control board is provided with two configuration jumpers called J1 and J2 for the setup of the inverter size. These jumpers are factory-set based on the inverter size required and must not be tampered with.
When a spare control board is installed, jumper J1 only is to be set up accordingly. In that case, the spare control board is supplied in “Spare” mode.
Jumper
J1
Position
1-2 = IU CAL
2-3 = IU LEM
-
See Spare Control Board User Manual
J2
Leave position unchanged
119/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.4. Digital Inputs (Terminals 14..21 and Terminal S)
All digital inputs are galvanically isolated in respect to zero volt of the inverter control board. Consider isolated power supply on terminals 23 and 22 or 24V auxiliary supply before activating the inverter digital inputs.
The figure below shows the different control modes based on the inverter supply or the output of a control system (e.g. PLC). Internal supply (+24 VDC)—terminal 23—is protected by a 200mA resettable fuse.
Figure 61: PNP command (active to +24V)
A) through a voltage-free contact
B) outcoming from a different device (PLC, digital output board, etc.)
NOTE
Terminal 22 (digital input zero volt) is galvanically isolated from terminals 1, 9,
13 (control board zero volt) and from terminals 26 and 28 (common terminals of the digital outputs).
The digital input condition is displayed on the inverter display/keypad in the Measures menu as measure
M033
. Logic levels are displayed as for the inactive input and as for the active input.
The inverter firmware acknowledges all inputs as multifunction inputs. Dedicated functions assigned to terminals START (14), ENABLE-A (15), ENABLE-B (S), RESET (16), MDI6 / ECHA / FINA(19), MDI7 /
ECHB (20), and MDI8 / FIN B(21) are also available.
3.5.4.1. START (Terminal 14)
To enable the Start input, set the control modes via terminal board (factory setting). When the START input is active, the main reference is enabled; otherwise, the main reference is set to zero. The output frequency or the speed motor drops to zero in respect to the preset deceleration ramp.
120/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.4.2. ENABLE-A (Terminal 15) and ENABLE-B (Terminal S)
The ENABLE-A and ENABLE-B inputs are always to be activated to enable the inverter operation regardless of the control mode.
If the ENABLE inputs are disabled, the inverter output voltage is always set to zero, so the motor performs a coast to stop.
The internal circuit managing the ENABLE signal is redundant and is more efficient in avoiding sending any switching signal to the three-phase converter. Certain applications allow getting rid of the contactor installed between the inverter and the motor. Always consider any specific standard for the inverter application and observe the safety regulations in force.
Please refer to the Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual.
Figure 62: Power section PWM enable circuit
3.5.4.3. RESET (Terminal 16)
If an alarm trips:
• the inverter stops
• the motor is no longer powered and performs a coast to stop
• the display shows an alarm message.
Open the reset input for a while (factory setting: MDI3 on terminal 16), or press the RESET key on the keypad to reset the alarm. This happens only if the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared. If factory setting is used, once the inverter is unlocked, it is not necessary to activate and deactivate the
ENABLE-A and ENABLE-B commands to restart the inverter.
NOTE
Factory setting does not reset alarms at power off. Alarms are stored and displayed at next power on and the inverter is locked. A manual reset is then required to unlock the inverter.
CAUTION
DANGER
CAUTION
If an alarm trips, see the Diagnostics section in the Sinus Penta’s Programming
Guide and reset the equipment after detecting the cause responsible for the
alarm.
Electric shock hazard persists even when the inverter is locked on output terminals (U, V, W) and on the terminals used for the connection of resistive braking devices (+, –, B).
The motor performs a coast to stop when the inverter is locked due to an alarm trip or when the ENABLE-A and ENABLE-B inputs are inactive. In case a mechanical load with persistent resisting torque (e.g. lifting applications) is used, a motor coast to stop may cause the load to drop. In that case, always provide a mechanical locking device (brake) for the connected load.
121/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.4.4. Connecting the Encoder and Frequency Input (Terminals 19 to 21)
Functionality of the programmable digital inputs is given in the Programming Guide.
Digital inputs MDI5, MDI6, MDI7 may acquire fast digital signals and be used for the connection of an incremental encoder (push-pull encoder, single-ended encoder) and/or for the acquisition of a frequency input. An incremental encoder must be connected to “fast” inputs MDI6/ECHA/FINA(19) and MDI7/ECHB
(20) as shown in the figure below.
Figure 63: Connecting an incremental encoder
An incremental encoder must have PUSH-PULL outputs and must be powered at 24V directly to the inverter isolated power supply delivered to terminals +24V (23) and CMD (22). Max. allowable feeding current is
200mA and is protected by a resettable fuse.
Only encoders of that type may be connected to Sinus Penta’s terminal board. Max. signal frequency is
155kHz for 1024 pls/rev at 9000 rpm. To acquire different encoder types or to acquire an encoder without engaging any multifunction input, fit option board for encoder acquisition in SLOT A.
The encoder acquired via terminal board is indicated as ENCODER A by the inverter firmware, whereas the encoder acquired via option board is indicated as ENCODER B by the inverter firmware. Therefore, two encoders may be connected to the same inverter. (See the Encoder/Frequency Inputs menu in the Sinus
Input MDI8/FINB allows acquiring a square-wave frequency signal from 10kHz to 100kHz. Then, the frequency signal will be converted into an analog value to be used as a frequency reference. Frequency values corresponding to the minimum reference and the maximum reference may be set as operating parameters.
Signals must be sent from a Push-pull, 24V output with a common reference to terminal CMD (22) (see figure below).
122/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 64: Signal sent from a push-pull, +24V output
3.5.4.5. Technical Sheet for Digital Inputs
Specification Min. Type Max. Unit of m.
MDI input voltage related to CMD
Voltage for logic level 1 between MDI and CMD
Voltage for logic level 0 between MDI and CMD
Current absorbed by MDI at logic level 1
-30
15
-30
5
24
0
9
30
30
V
V
5 V
12 mA
Input frequency for “fast” inputs MDI6, MDI7, MDI8
Duty-cycle allowed for frequency input 30 50
155 kHz
70 %
Min. time period at high level for “fast” inputs MDI6, MDI7, MDI8 4.5
µ s
Voltage of isolation test between CMD (22) in respect to CMA (1,9)
CAUTION
500Vac, 50Hz, 1min.
Avoid exceeding min. and max. input voltage values not to cause irreparable damages to the equipment.
NOTE
Isolated supply output is protected by a resettable fuse capable of preventing the inverter internal power supply unit from damaging due to a short-circuit.
Nevertheless, if a short-circuit occurs, the inverter could lock and stop the motor.
123/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.5. Analog Inputs (Terminals 1 to 9)
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series are provided with three analog inputs, one single-ended input and two differential inputs. Analog inputs may be configured either as voltage inputs or as current inputs. AIN2 input may be used to acquire a PTC thermistor in compliance with DIN44081/DIN44082 for the motor thermal protection. In that case, up to 6 PTCs can be series-connected; functionality of the overtemperature alarm is not altered. Two reference outputs with rated values +10 V and –10 V are also available for the direct connection of a reference potentiometer.
settings as shown in the table:
Type of preset data acquisition
HW configuration for SW1
Full-scale values and notes
Unipolar 0 ÷ 10 V
Bipolar ± 10 V
Voltage input
Voltage input
0 ÷ 10 V
- 10 V ÷ + 10 V
Unipolar 0 ÷ 20 mA
Unipolar 4 ÷ 20 mA
Current input
Current input
0 mA ÷ 20 mA
4 mA ÷ 20 mA; wire disconnection alarm with current values under 2 mA
PTC acquisition PTC input Motor overtemperature alarm if PTC resistance exceeds threshold defined in DIN44081/DIN44082
NOTE
Firmware parameter setting must be consistent with DIP-switch setting.
Otherwise, no predictable result is given for acquired values.
NOTE
CAUTION
Any voltage or current value exceeding full-scale values or dropping below min. values will generate an acquired value limited to the max. measure or the min. measure respectively.
Voltage inputs have high input impedance and must always be closed when active. Isolating a conductor connected to an analog input set as a voltage input will not ensure that its channel reading will be equal to zero. Zero is detected only if the input is short-circuited or wired to a low-impedance signal source.
Relay contact should not series-connected to the inputs to reset the detected value.
You can adjust the relationship between the analog input set as a voltage input or a current input and the detected value by altering those parameters that regulate upper values (full-scale values) and lower values, thus adjusting the analog channel gain and offset. You can also adjust the signal filtering time constant. For any detail concerning functionality and programming of analog input parameters, see Sinus Penta’s
124/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.5.1. REF Single-ended Reference Input (Terminal 2)
Reference input REF (2) is assigned to the inverter speed reference (factory setting) and is a single-ended input related to terminal CMA (1).
The figure below shows wiring to a unipolar potentiometer, a bipolar potentiometer and a sensor with
4÷20mA current output. The REF input is factory-set as a ±10V voltage input.
Figure 65: Potentiometer linked to the REF Input
A) For unipolar command 0
÷REFMAX
B) Potentiometer wiring for bipolar command –REFmax
÷+REFmax
C) 4
÷20mA Sensor wiring
NOTE
Galvanic isolation exists between the common terminal of the digital inputs
(CMD – terminal 22) and the common terminal of CMA analog inputs.
Do not apply +24V voltage available on terminal 23 of the control board to supply 4÷20mA analog sensors if this isolation must be maintained for noise rejection or signal integrity.
125/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.5.2. Differential Auxiliary Inputs (Terminals 5–8)
Auxiliary inputs allow auxiliary voltage and current values for signals exceeding ground signals up to a preset maximum voltage value in common mode.
A differential input weakens disturbance due to “ground potentials” occurring when the signal is sent from a source that is located far from the inverter. Disturbance is weakened only if wiring is correct.
Each input is provided with a positive terminal and a negative terminal of the differential amplifier. Both terminals must be connected to the signal source and the signal grounding respectively. Make sure that the common mode voltage between the signal source grounding and the grounding of auxiliary inputs CMA
(terminal 9) does not exceed the max. allowable voltage value in common mode.
When an input is used as a current input, the differential amplifier detects the voltage value in the terminals of a drop resistance (low ohm value). The max. voltage for the negative terminal of the differential input must
not exceed the voltage value in common mode (see Technical Sheet for Analog Inputs). AIN1 and AIN2
inputs are factory-set as 4(0)…20mA current inputs.
Do the following to obtain noise rejection benefits:
-
provide a common path of the differential pair
-
make sure that the signal source grounding does not exceed input voltage in common mode.
The typical wiring is shown below:
Figure 66: Wiring of a PLC analog output, axis control board, etc.
NOTE
Wiring between terminal CMA and the signal source grounding is required for proper data acquisition. Wiring may also be performed outside the shielded cable.
126/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 67: Wiring of unipolar remote potentiometer 0
÷ REF max
Figure 68: 4
÷ 20 mA Sensor wiring
127/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.5.3. Motor Thermal Protection Input (PTC, Terminals 7-8)
The inverter manages the signal sent from one or more thermistors (up to 6 thermistors) incorporated in the motor windings to obtain a hardware thermal protection of the motor. The thermistor ratings must comply with IEC 34-11-2 (BS4999 Pt.111 - DIN44081/DIN44082) or to thermistors named “Mark A” in standard IEC
60947-8:
Resistor corresponding to Tnf temperature value: 1000 Ω (typical rating)
Resistor at Tnf –5°C:
Resistor at Tnf +5°C:
< 550 Ω
> 1330 Ω
The typical resistor pattern in respect to temperature is shown in the figure below.
Figure 69: Standard pattern of the thermistor resistor for the motor thermal protection
Tnf temperature is the thermistor rated transient temperature to be adjusted based on the max. allowable temperature of the motor windings. The inverter sends a motor overheating alarm when it detects the thermistor resistance transient temperature of at least one of the series-connected thermistors, but does not display the real temperature of the motor windings. An alarm trips even if a short-circuit condition is detected in the thermistor circuit wiring.
128/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
NOTE
Maximum six (6) series-connected PTCs can be acquired. Motors usually have three or six series-connected PTCs, one or two per phase. If multiple sensors are series-connected, a false alarm trip may occur even when the motor is cold.
Do the following to use the thermistor:
1) Configure analog input AIN2/PTC by setting SW1-3: Off, SW1-4: 0n, SW1-5: On.
2) Connect the motor thermal protection terminals between terminals 7 and 8 in the control board.
3) In the Thermal Protection menu, set the motor protection method with PTC (refer to Sinus Penta’s
CAUTION
PTCs are located inside the motor winding coils.
Make sure that their isolating features comply with the requirements for double insulation or reinforced insulation (SELV circuit).
3.5.5.4. Technical Sheet for Analog Inputs
Specification
Input impedance in voltage configuration (REF input)
Input impedance in voltage configuration (differential inputs AIN1, AIN2)
Input impedance in current configuration
Offset cumulative error and gain in respect to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of gain error and offset
Digital resolution in voltage mode
Digital resolution in current mode
Value of voltage LSB
Value of current LSB
Max. voltage of differential input common mode
Rejection ratio for differential input common mode at 50Hz
Persistent overload with no damaging in voltage mode
Persistent overload with no damaging in current mode
Input filter cut frequency (first prevailing order) over REF
Input filter cut frequency (first prevailing order) over AIN1, AIN2
Sampling time (
1
)
Max. current of resistance measure in PTC acquisition mode
Resistive trip threshold for PTC protection
Resistive trip threshold for PTC protection deactivation
–7
50
–50
Min.
Type Max. Unit of
m.
10k
80k
250
0.25
200
12
–23
0.6
4.88
9.8
230
500
50
23
11
+7
1.2
2.2
3300 3600 3930
Resistive trip threshold for PTC short-circuit
Tolerance of reference output voltage +10 VR, –10 VR
Current absorbed by reference outputs
Note: (1) depending on the switching time period set for the connected motor
1390 1500 1620
20
0.8
10
µ A
V dB
V mA
Hz
Hz ms
Ω
Ω
Ω
% ppm/°C bit bit mV mA
Ω
Ω
Ω
% mA
CAUTION
Avoid exceeding min. and max. input voltage values not to cause irreparable damages to the equipment.
NOTE
Reference outputs are electronically protected against temporary short-circuits.
After wiring the inverter, make sure that the output voltage is correct, as a persistent short-circuit may damage the equipment.
129/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.6. Digital Outputs (Terminals 24 to 34)
The Sinus Penta is provided with four digital outputs: one push-pull output, one open-collector output and two relay outputs. All outputs are opto-isolated; the push-pull output and the open-collector output are isolated by an optoisolator; relay outputs are isolated by their relays. Each output has a common terminal segregated from the others, thus allowing connecting it to different devices without creating any ground loop.
3.5.6.1. Push-Pull Output MDO1 and Wiring Diagrams (Terminals 24 to 26)
Push-Pull MDO1 output (terminal 25) may also be used as a frequency output thanks to its powerful passband. Below you will find the wiring diagrams relating to the control of PNP/NPN loads and the cascadeconnection of multiple inverters through frequency output and input.
Because supply line and common terminal of output MDO1 are isolated, you can use both 24V supply and auxiliary supply (24V or 48V).
Output MDO1 is active (positive voltage related to CMDO1) when it is controlled by the load control (symbol
displayed next to output MDO1, parameter M056). As a result, a load connected as a PNP output and powered between output MDO1 and common CMDO1 will activate, whereas a load connected as a NPN output between supply line +VMDO1 and output MDO1 will deactivate.
Cascade connection frequency output → frequency input from a master inverter to a slave inverter allows a high-resolution transfer (up to 16 bits) of a reference between the two inverters. This also provides disturbance immunity because data are digitally transferred and the control board grounding is galvanically isolated.
A single master inverter may also control several slave inverters. To do so, use a shielded cable to perform a star connection (a wire for each slave inverter will come from the output frequency).
Figure 70: MDO1 output wiring as PNP for relay control with internal power supply
130/
455
Figure 71: MDO1 output wiring as PNP for relay control with external power supply
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
CAUTION
NOTE
Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads (e.g. relay coils). Diode wiring is shown in the figure.
Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to power the output.
Figure 72: MDO1 output wiring as NPN for relay control with internal power supply
NOTE
Figure 73: MDO1 output wiring as NPN for relay control with external power supply
CAUTION
Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads (e.g. relay coils). Diode wiring is shown in the figure.
Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to power the output.
131/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 74: Cascade connection: FOUT frequency output
→ FINA or FINB frequency input
132/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.6.2. Open-collector MDO2 Output and Wiring Diagrams (Terminals 27-28)
Multifunction output MDO2 (terminal 27) is provided with common terminal CMDO2 (terminal 28), which is galvanically isolated from the other outputs. Output MDO2 may be used for PNP and NPN connected loads
(see wiring diagrams below).
Similarly to a closed contact, electrical conductibility is to be found on open-collector output between terminal
MDO2 and terminal CMDO2 when OC output is active, i.e. when symbol is displayed for output MDO2
(parameter M056). Both PNP and NPN connected loads are activated.
Power supply may result from the inverter isolated supply or from an auxiliary source (24V or 48V).
Figure 75: MDO2 output wiring as PNP for relay control with internal power supply
Figure 76: MDO2 output wiring as PNP for relay control with external power supply
CAUTION
NOTE
Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads (e.g. relay coils). Diode wiring is shown in the figure.
Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to feed the output.
133/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 77: MDO2 output wiring as NPN for relay control with internal power supply
Figure 78: MDO2 output wiring as NPN for relay control with external power supply
CAUTION
NOTE
Always use a freewheeling diode for inductive loads (e.g. relay coils). Diode wiring is shown in the figure.
Connect either isolated inverter supply or auxiliary supply to feed the output.
134/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.6.3. Relay Outputs (Terminals 29..34)
Two relay outputs are available with potential-free change-over contacts. Each output is equipped with three terminals: a normally closed (NC) terminal, a common terminal (C), and a normally open terminal (NO).
Relays may be configured as MDO3 and MDO4 outputs. When outputs MDO3 and MDO4 are active (symbol
displayed for MDO1, measure parameter M056), close the normally open contact and the common contact and open the normally closed contact.
CAUTION
Contacts may shut off up to 250VAC. Do not touch the terminal board or the control board circuits to avoid electric shock hazard when voltage exceeds
50VAC or 120VDC.
CAUTION
Never exceed max. voltage and max. current values allowed by relay contacts
(see relay specifications).
Use freewheeling diode for DC voltage inductive loads. Use antidisturbance filters for AC inductive loads.
CAUTION
NOTE
Like any multifunction output, relay outputs may be configured based on a
comparison to an analog value (see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide). In that
case, particularly if enabling delay time is set to zero, relays will cyclically energize/de-energize and this will strongly affect their durability. We suggest that output MDO1 or MDO2 be used, which is not affected by repeated energizing/de-energizing.
135/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.5.6.4. Technical Sheet for Digital Outputs
Specification
Voltage range for MDO1 and MDO2 outputs
Max. current to be switched for outputs MDO1 and MDO2
Voltage drop for output MDO1 (based on deactivated CMDO1 or based on activated +VMDO1)
Min.
20
Type
24
Max.
50
50
3
Unit of m.
V mA
V
Voltage drop for activated MDO2 output
2 V
Current leakage for deactivated MDO2 output
Duty-cycle for MDO1 output used as a frequency output at 100kHz
Isolation test voltage between CMDO1 (26) and CMDO2 (27) based on
GNDR (1) and GNDI (9)
40 50
4
60
500Vac, 50Hz, 1min.
µ A
%
Voltage and current limit for relay contacts MDO3, MDO4
Residual resistance with closed contact for outputs MDO3 and MDO4
Durability of relay contacts MDO3 and MDO4 from a mechanical and electrical point of view
Max. allowable frequency for relay outputs MDO3 and MDO4
CAUTION
5A, 250Vac
5A, 30Vdc
5x10
7
/10
5
30
30 mΩ oper. oper./s
Avoid exceeding min. and max. input voltage values not to cause irreparable damages to the equipment.
NOTE
NOTE
Digital outputs MDO1 and MDO2 are protected against transient short-circuits by a resettable fuse. After wiring the inverter, make sure that the output voltage is correct, as a persistent short-circuit may damage the equipment.
Isolated supply output is protected by a resettable fuse capable of preventing the inverter internal power supply unit from damaging due to a short-circuit.
Nevertheless, if a short-circuit occurs, the inverter could lock and stop the motor.
136/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.5.7. Analog Outputs (Terminals 10 to 13)
Three analog outputs are available: AO1 (terminal 10), AO2 (terminal 11) and AO3 (terminal 12), related to common terminal CMA (terminal 13). They can be set as voltage outputs or current outputs.
Each analog output is controlled by a DAC (digital to analog converter), that can be configured in order to output—as analog signals—three measured values chosen among the available values for each application
(see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
The operating mode, gain, offset and filtering time constant (if any) may be defined by the user. The inverter firmware allows four operating modes that must match with the setup of the configuration DIP-switches (see
Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
Type of acquisition set Hardware Full-scale value and notes for the inverter parameters
±10 V
0 ÷ 10 V
0 ÷ 20 mA
4 ÷ 20 mA
configuration for
SW2
Voltage output
Voltage output
Current output
Current output
-10V ÷ +10V
0÷10V
0mA ÷ 20mA
4mA ÷ 20mA
CAUTION
Never deliver input voltage to analog outputs. Do not exceed max. allowable current.
3.5.7.1. Technical Sheet for Analog Outputs
Specification
Load impedance with voltage outputs
Load impedance with current outputs
Max. capacitive load to be connected to voltage outputs
Offset cumulative error and typical gain related to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of gain error and offset
Digital resolution in voltage configuration
Digital resolution in current configuration
Value of voltage LSB
Value of current LSB
Stabilization time within 2% of the final value
Time period of output activation
NOTE
Min.
Type
Max. Unit of
m.
2000
11.1
22.2
1.11
500
500
10
1.5
Ω
Ω nF
%
300 ppm/°C
11
10 bit bit mV
µ A ms
µ s
Analog outputs configured as voltage outputs are controlled by operational amplifiers that are subject to fluctuations. Do not install filter capacitors on analog output supply mains. If noise is detected at the system input connected to the analog outputs, switch to current output mode.
137/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.6. Operating and Remoting the Keypad
For the parameter programming and view a display/keypad is located on the front part of the Sinus Penta drives. The display/keypad is fitted on the drive front part; press the side tabs to remove the display/keypad.
For more details, see the Remoting the Display/Keypad section below.
3.6.1. Indicator LEDs on the Display/Keypad
Eleven LEDs are located on the keypad, along with a 4-line, 16-character LCD display, a buzzer and 12 function keys. The display shows parameter values, diagnostic messages and the quantities processed by the inverter.
For any detail concerning menus and submenus, parameter programming, measurement selection and
messages displayed, please refer to the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide.
The figure below shows the location of the indicator LEDs and their functionality.
REF LED - Green
Reference for speed, frequency or torque = 0
Motor acceleration or deceleration
Reference on
RUN LED - Green
Motor not powered
Motor powered, but no torque (idle)
Motor powered and running
ALARM LED - Red
TX
Inverter OK
Alarm tripped
TX and RX LEDs - Green
R
No parameter transfer in progress
Download: waiting for confirmation
Upload: waiting for confirmation
Parameter downloading from keypad to inverter
Parameter uploading from inverter to keypad
FWD and REV LEDs – Green
FWD REV
Total reference = 0
Total reference frequency/ speed/torque being sent and is positive of is
Total reference of frequency/ speed/torque is being sent and is negative.
KEY
LED off
LED flashing
LED on (fixed)
LIMIT LED - Yellow
No active limit
Voltage or current limit active
BRAKE LED - Yellow
Normal operation
Either one is active:
-
-
DC current brake
IGBT braking
Ramp extension
L-CMD LED –
G
Commands sent from sources other than keypad
Commands sent both from keypad and terminal board
Commands sent from keypad only
L-REF LED - Green
Reference sent from
sources other than keypad
Reference sent both from keypad and terminal board
Reference sent from keypad only
Figure 79: Display/keypad
138/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.6.2. Function Keys
The table below details the display/keypad function keys:
Key
ESC
SAVE
ENTER
MENU
TX
RX
LOC
REM
RESET
START
STOP
JOG
Functions
Quits menus and sub-menus and confirms a new parameter value (when the editing mode is activated, the cursor starts flashing), which is not saved to non-volatile memory (the value is lost when the inverter is turned off). If the Operator mode is set up and the keypad is locked on the Keypad page, press ESC for at least 5 s to restart navigation.
Down arrow; scrolls through the menus and submenus, the pages in a submenu or the parameters in descending order. While programming, it decrements the parameter value.
Hold it down along with the increment key to access the next menu.
Up arrow; scrolls through the menus and submenus, the pages in a submenu or the parameters in ascending order. While programming, it increments the parameter value.
Accesses menus and submenus. In programming mode (cursor flashing) this key saves to non-volatile memory (EEPROM) the value of the parameter being altered. This prevents any parameter modification from being cleared in case of mains loss.
If pressed when the Keypad page is displayed, the SAVE/ENTER key allows displaying the
“Keypad Help” page, where the variables viewed in the previous page are detailed.
If pressed more than once, it scrolls through the menus: start page → access page for parameter alteration → ID SW page → keypad → start page, and so on.
Enters the pages for the parameter DOWNLOAD from the keypad to the inverter (TX) or allows parameter UPLOAD from the inverter to the keypad (RX); if pressed more than once, the TX|RX key allows selecting either operating mode. The active selection is highlighted by the page displayed; the relevant TX or RX LED starts flashing.
To confirm Upload/Download, press the Save/Enter key when the wanted selection is active.
If pressed once, reference and commands are forced via keypad; press it again to return to the prior configuration or to change the active reference in the Keypad page depending on
the preset type of Keypad page (see the Display menu in the Sinus Penta’s Programming
Resets the alarm tripped once the cause responsible for the alarm has disappeared. Press it for 8 seconds to reset the control board, thus allowing the microprocessors to be reinitialized and to activate R parameters with no need to shut off the inverter.
If enabled, it starts the motor (at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad).
If enabled, it stops the motor (at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad).
The Jog key is active only when at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad; if depressed, it enters the Jog reference set in the relevant parameter.
FWD REV
If enabled (at least one of the command sources is represented by the keypad), it reverses the sign of the overall reference. Press this key again to change the reference sign.
NOTE
Parameter increment or decrement (flashing cursor) is immediately effective or is enabled after quitting the programming mode (fixed cursor) depending on the parameter type. Numeric parameters activate as soon as they are altered; alphanumeric parameters activate after quitting the programming mode. Please
refer to the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide for any detail.
139/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.6.3. Setting the Operating Mode
The display/keypad allows selecting two different configuration modes. To do so, press the SAVE | ENTER key for a few seconds, or press TX | RX + SAVE | ENTER for a few seconds.
If the SAVE key is pressed, only the LCD contrast may be adjusted; press TX | RX + SAVE to adjust the display contrast, enable or disable the buzzer and turn on/off the display backlight.
3.6.3.1. Adjusting the Display Contrast
Press the SAVE | ENTER key for more than 5 seconds; *** TUNING *** is displayed; the indicator LEDs come on and configure as a 5-dot bar extending proportionally to the contrast value set. Press or adjust the display contrast. Press SAVE | ENTER for at least 2 seconds to store the new contrast setting.
to
3.6.3.2. Adjusting the Display Contrast, Back-light and Buzzer
Press TX | RX + SAVE | ENTER for more than 5 seconds. Press or parameters relating to the display/keypad. Press or
Press SAVE | ENTER to store the new parameter value to non-volatile memory.
The different parameters and their description are detailed in the table below.
Parameter Description
to scroll through seven
to decrement or increment the parameter value.
-
Possible values
SW Version
VERSION OF THE FIRMWARE IMPLEMENTED IN THE DISPLAY/KEYPAD (CANNOT BE
MODIFIED)
Language
Inactive parameter (please refer to the Programming Guide to set a new
dialog language)
Baudrate
4800
9600
19200
38400
Contrast value nnn
KEY
Buzzer
Back-light
REM
OFF
ON
REM
OFF
Baudrate in bps between the Penta and the display/keypad
Numeric value of the contrast register ranging from 0 (low) to 255 (high)
Buzzer beeps whenever a key is pressed
Buzzer controlled by the inverter (Inactive function)
Buzzer always off
LCD back-light always on
LCD back-light controlled by the inverter (Inactive function)
LCD back-light always off
Imposes scanning the addresses of multidrop inverters connected to the
Address
0
1÷247 display/keypad
MODBUS address of the inverter: allows selecting an inverter among multidrop inverters connected to one display/keypad
Once new parameter values are set, press the SAVE | ENTER key for more than two seconds to return to the inverter ordinary operation.
140/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.6.4. Remoting the Display/Keypad
The REMOTING KIT is required to remote the keypad. The remoting kit includes:
-
Plastic shell
-
Keypad mounting plate
-
Fastening brackets
-
Remoting wire (length: 5 m)
NOTE
The cable length can be 3m or 5m (state cable length when ordering the equipment).
Do the following:
1 – Pierce the holes as shown in the figure (template 138 x109 mm).
2 – Apply the self-adhesive mounting plate on the rear part of the plastic shell between the shell and the cabinet; make sure that holes coincide.
141/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3 – Fit the plastic shell in the relevant slot.
4 – Fasten the plastic shell using the brackets supplied and tighten the fastening screws. Four self-threaded screws are supplied to fasten the brackets to the mounting plate; four fastening screws are also supplied to fix the shell to the panel.
is used to connect the display/keypad to the inverter. Press the cable tab to disconnect it.
142/
455
Figure 80: Removing the display/keypad module
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6 – Connect the keypad to the inverter using the wire supplied. On the keypad side, the wire is provided with a telephone connector and a loop lug connected to the wire shielding braiding. Fasten the loop to the panel grounding using one of the mounting jig fastening screws. Tighten the screw in an uncoated area of the panel, to ensure it is electrically connected to the ground. Panel grounding must comply with the safety regulations in force.
7 – Fit the display/keypad to its housing (side tabs snap); make sure that the telephone connector is connected both to the keypad and to the inverter. Avoid stretching the keypad wire.
The remoting kit ensures degree of protection IP54 for the front panel.
Figure 81: Front/rear view of the display/keypad and its shell.
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
Never connect and disconnect the keypad when the inverter is on. Temporary overload may lock the inverter due to alarm trip.
Only use wires supplied by Elettronica Santerno for the keypad wiring. Wires with a different contactor arrangement will cause irreparable damages to the inverter and the display/keypad. A remoting wire with different specifications may cause disturbance and affect communications between the inverter and the display/keypad.
Properly connect the remoting wire by grounding its braiding as explained above. The remoting wire must not be parallel-connected to the power wires connecting the motor or feeding the inverter.
This will reduce disturbance between the inverter and the display/keypad connection to a minimum.
143/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.6.5. Using the Display/Keypad for Parameter Transfer
The display/keypad can be used for parameter transfer between two inverters. Do the following to transfer parameters from an inverter to the display/keypad: connect the display keypad to inverter #2 and download parameters from the display/keypad to the inverter. Follow the instructions given in section 3.6.4 to fit/remove
the display/keypad from the inverter. More details are given in the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide.
CAUTION
Never connect and disconnect the keypad when the inverter is on. Temporary overload may lock the inverter due to alarm trip.
CAUTION
Only use wires supplied by Elettronica Santerno for the keypad wiring. Wires with a different contactor arrangement will cause irreparable damages to the inverter and the display/keypad. A remoting wire with different specifications may cause disturbance and affect communications between the inverter and the display/keypad.
144/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.7. Serial Communications
3.7.1. General Features
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series may be connected to peripheral devices through a serial link; this enables both reading and writing of all parameters normally accessed through the display/keypad. Two-wire
RS485 is used, which ensures a better immunity to disturbance even on long cable paths, thus limiting communication errors.
The inverter will typically behave as a slave device (i.e. it only answers to queries sent by another device); a master device (typically a computer) is then needed to start serial communication. The inverter may be connected directly to a computer or a multidrop network of inverters controlled by a master computer (see
Figure 82: Example of multidrop and direct connection
The Sinus Penta is supplied with a connector which is equipped with 2 pins for each signal of the RS485 pair, thus allowing easier multidrop links with no need to connect two conductors to the same pin, and thus avoiding creating a star network, which is not recommended for this type of bus.
Any information sent to/from the inverter through the display/keypad unit may be obtained also via serial link using the RemoteDrive software offered by Elettronica Santerno. The RemoteDrive allows the following functions: image acquisition, keypad simulation, oscilloscope functions and multifunction tester, table compiler including operation data log, parameter setup and data reception-transmission-storage from and to a computer, scan function for the automatic detection of the connected inverters (up to 247
inverters may be connected). Please refer to Remote Drive DRIVE REMOTE
CONTROL - User Manual for the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series
manufactured by Elettronica Santerno.
display/keypad. When the display/keypad is not used, a master MODBUS device (such as a computer where the RemoteDrive is installed) can be connected to Serial Link 1 port through a DB9-RJ45 adaptor (see also
Remoting a Keypad Controlling Multiple Inverters).
145/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.7.2. Direct Connection
Electrical standard RS485 may be connected directly to the computer if this is provided with a special port of this type. In case your computer is provided with a serial port RS232-C or a USB port, a RS232-C/ RS485 converter or a USB/RS485 converter is required.
Elettronica Santerno may supply both converters as optional components.
Logic “1” (normally called a MARK) means that terminal TX/RX A is positive in respect to terminal TX/RX B
(vice versa for logic “0”, normally called a SPACE).
3.7.3. Multidrop Network Connection
Sinus Penta inverters may be connected to a network through electrical standard RS485, allowing a bus-type control of each device; up to 247 inverters may be interconnected depending on the link length and baud rate.
Each inverter has its own identification number, which can be set in the Serial Network menu as a unique code in the network connected to the PC.
3.7.3.1. Connection
For the connection to serial link 0 use the 9-pole, male D connector located on the control board (sizes
S05..S15) or on the inverter bottom besides the terminal board (sizes ≥ S20).
The D connector pins are the following.
PIN
1 – 3
2 – 4
5
6
7 – 8
9
FUNCTION
(TX/RX A) Differential input/output A (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Positive polarity in respect to pins 2 – 4 for one MARK. Signal D1 according to MODBUS-IDA association.
(TX/RX B) Differential input/output B (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Negative polarity in respect to pins 1 – 3 for one MARK. Signal D0 according to MODBUS-IDA association.
(GND) control board zero volt. Common according to MODBUS-IDA association.
(VTEST) Auxiliary supply input – (see Auxiliary Power Supply)
not connected
+ 5 V, max 100 mA for power supply of optional RS485/RS232 converter
The D-connector metal frame is connected to the grounding. Wire duplex cable braiding to the metal frame of the female connector to be connected to the inverter. To avoid obtaining a too high common voltage for driver RS485 of the master or the multidrop-connected devices, connect together terminals GND (if any) for all devices. This ensures equipotentiality for all signal circuits, thus providing the best operating conditions for drivers RS485; however, if devices are connected to each other with analog interfaces, this can create ground loops. If disturbance occurs when communication interfaces and analog interface operate at a time, use optional, galvanically isolated RS485 communications interface.
Otherwise, serial link 1 can be connected through RJ-45 connector. Pins of RJ-45 connector are the following:
PIN FUNCTION
1-2-4 + 5 V, max. 100mA for the power supply of external optional RS485/RS232 converter.
3
5
(TX/RX B) Differential input/output B (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Negative polarity in respect to pins 1 – 3 for one MARK. Signal D1 according to MODBUS-IDA association.
(TX/RX A) Differential input/output A (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Positive polarity in respect to pins 2 – 4 for one MARK. Signal D1 according to MODBUS-IDA association.
6-7-8 (GND) control board zero volt. Common according to MODBUS-IDA association.
146/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
The pin lay-out of RJ-45 connector is shown in the figure below:
SINUS PENTA
Figure 83: Pin lay-out of serial link 1 connector
MODBUS-IDA association (
www.modbus.org
) defines the type of wiring for MODBUS communications via serial link RS485 as a “2-wire cable”. The following specifications are recommended:
Type of cable
Min. cross-section of conductors
Max. length
Characteristic impedance
Standard colours
Shielded cable composed of balanced D1/D0 pair + common conductor
(“Common”)
AWG24 corresponding to 0.25mm
sections up to 0.75mm
2
2
. For long cable length, larger cross-
are recommended.
500 metres (based on the max. distance between two stations)
Better if exceeding 100Ω (120Ω is typically recommended)
Yellow/brown for D1/D0 pair, grey for “Common” signal
The figure below shows the reference wiring diagram recommended from MODBUS-IDA association for the connection of “2-wire” devices:
Figure 84: Recommended wiring diagram for “2-wire” MODBUS connection
Note that the network comprising the termination resistor and the polarization resistors is integrated into the
devices at both ends of the chain. The terminator must be inserted in those devices only.
147/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
Four-pair data transfer cables of Category 5 are normally used for serial links.
Although their usage is not recommended, cables of Category 5 can be used for short cable paths. Note that the colours of such cables are different from the colours defined by MODBUS-IDA association. One pair is used for D1/D0 signals, one pair is used as a “Common” conductor, while the remaining two pairs must not be connected to any other device, or must be connected to the “Common”.
All devices connected to the communication multidrop network should be grounded to the same conductor to minimize any difference of ground potentials between devices that can affect communication.
The common terminal for the supply of the inverter control board is isolated from grounding. If one or multiple inverters are connected to a communication device with a grounded common (typically a computer), a low-impedance path between control boards and grounding occurs. High-frequency disturbance could come from the inverter power components and interfere with the communication device operation.
If this happens, provide the communication device with a galvanically isolated interface, type RS485/RS232.
3.7.3.2. Line Terminators
Provide a linear wiring (not a star wiring) for multidrop line RS485. To do so, two pins for each line signal are provided on the inverter connector. The incoming line may be connected to pins 1 and 2, whereas the outgoing line may be connected to pins 3 and 4.
The first device in the multidrop connection will have only one outgoing line, while the last device will have only one incoming line. The line terminator is to be installed on the first device and the last device. In serial
Sinus Penta inverters.
The line master (computer) is typically placed at the beginning or at the end of a multidrop connection; in that case, the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer (or the only inverter in case of direct connection to the master computer) shall be enabled: DIP-switch SW3, selector switches 1 and 2 in position ON.
The line terminator of the other inverters in intermediate positions shall be disabled: DIP-switch SW3, selector switches 1 and 2 in position OFF.
NOTE
Communication does not take place or is adversely affected if multidrop terminators are not properly set, especially in case of a high baud rate. If more than two terminators are fitted, some drivers can enter the protection mode due to thermal overload, thus stopping dialoguing with some of the connected devices.
CAUTION
The line terminator in serial link 1, which is available on the keypad connector, is always ON and cannot be disabled. This avoids any multidrop connection of multiple inverters. A multidrop network can be used for point-to-point communications with the master computer or for the first/last inverter in a multidrop chain. If a multidrop network is connected to serial link 1 port, communications will not take place and the network-connected devices will be damaged by the large resistive load of the parallel-connected terminator resistors.
148/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3.7.4. How to Use Isolated Serial Board ES822 (Optional)
ES822 option board allows the connection to a serial link RS485 or RS232. ES822 board, to be installed inside the inverter, allows the inverter to be connected both to a computer through RS232—with no need to use additional devices—and to serial link RS485. Board ES822 also provides galvanic isolation between the serial link and the control board grounding of the inverter, thus avoiding ground loops and enhancing
The activation of ES822 results in the automatic switching of serial link 0, which is electrically suppressed from the standard serial connector of the inverter.
3.7.5. The Software
The serial communication protocol is MODBUS RTU standard.
Parameters are queried as they are read using the keys and the display. Parameter alteration is also managed along with the display/keypad. Note that the inverter will always consider the latest value set either via serial link or by the inverter.
The terminal board inputs may be controlled via the terminal board or the serial link, depending on the
condition of the relevant parameters (see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
However, the ENABLE-A and ENABLE-B commands are always to be sent via terminal board regardless of the inverter programming mode.
3.7.6. Serial Communications Ratings
Baud rate:
Data format:
Start bit:
Parity: (1)
Stop bit:
Protocol:
Supported functions: configurable between 1200 and 38,400 bps
(default value: 38,400 bps)
8 bits
1
NO, EVEN, ODD
2,1
MODBUS RTU
03 h (Read Holding Registers)
Device address:
Electric standard:
Inverter response delay:
10 h (Preset Multiple Registers) configurable between 1 and 247 (default value: 1)
RS485 configurable between 0 and 1000 ms (default
End of message timeout: value: 5 ms) configurable between 0 and 10,000 ms (default value: 0 ms)
Communications Watch Dog: (2) configurable between 0 and 65,000 s (default value: disabled)
(1) Ignored when receiving
(2) If set up, an alarm trips if no legal message is sent within the timeout period.
NOTE
For the parameters relating to the configuration of the serial communications, see
Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide.
149/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3.8. Auxiliary Power Supply
The VTEST auxiliary supply pin is located on the connector of serial port 0. If 9VDC voltage (in respect to
GND) is delivered to the VTEST input, the inverter control board activates, as well as the keypad and the option boards (if any). This mode is very useful when you need to:
1) read and write the inverter parameters with no need to apply AC 3-phase supply;
2) keep “ON” the control board, the keypad and the option boards in case of AC 3-phase supply loss
(backup functionality).
When auxiliary supply is applied and no AC 3-phase supply is delivered, the alarms relating to the power section are disabled and the motor cannot be started up.
The auxiliary supply input features are the following:
Features
Auxiliary supply voltage
Absorbed current
“Inrush” current at power on
CAUTION
Min.
7.5
Type
9
1.1
Max.
12
1.8
3
Unit of m.
VDC
A
A
The power supply unit voltage and current delivery capacity must meet the requirements of the test supply. Lower ratings than the supply test can cause the control board failure and the irreparable loss of the user-defined parameters. On the other hand, higher ratings can cause irreparable damage to the inverter control board. Switching power supply units installed in the control board are characterized by strong “inrush” current at power on. Make sure that the power supply unit being used is capable of delivering such current ratings.
Elettronica Santerno provides a suitable power supply unit as an option; see I/O Expansion Board
150/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
4. START UP
CAUTION
Make sure that the safety procedures are observed. See SAFETY
CAUTION
In particular, make sure that all installation instructions are observed. See
Installing and Operating the Equipment.
If the STO function integrated into the drive is to be used, follow the instructions
given in the Safe Torque Off Function - Application Manual.
The detailed start up procedures for IFD, VTC and FOC asynchronous motor control are given in the
This section covers the basic startup procedures for IFD, VTC, FOC asynchronous motor control configurations.
Any detail concerning startup procedures of the devices configured as “RGN” (regenerative inverter) is given
in the Guide to the Regenerative Application.
Any detail concerning startup procedures of the devices configured as “SYN” (application for synchronous
motors) is given in the Guide to the Synchronous Motor Application.
For more details on the equipment functionality, please consult Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide.
DANGER
DANGER
Before changing the equipment connections, shut off the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes to allow for the discharge of the heat sinks in the DC-link.
At startup, if the connected motor rotates in the wrong direction, send a low frequency reference in IFD mode and check to see if the direction of rotation is correct. In respect to its shaft, the motor normally rotates clockwise if the connection sequence is U, V, W and if a positive reference is set (FWD). Contact the motor manufacturer to check the preset direction of rotation of the motor.
CAUTION
CAUTION
When an alarm message is displayed, find the cause responsible for the alarm trip before restarting the equipment.
151/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5. TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Earthing system
TN-S, TN-C, TN-CS, TT (not corner earthed) systems
For IT (ungrounded) systems please contact
Elettronica Santerno
Power Range
• kW connected motor/voltage range
1.5~260kW 200÷240Vac, 3phase
2.2~1750kW 380÷415Vac, 3phase
3~2000kW 440÷460Vac, 3phase
3.7~2100kW 480÷500Vac, 3phase
3~2500kW
3~3000kW
525÷575Vac
, 3phase
660÷690Vac, 3phase
• Degree of protection/size
STAND ALONE: IP20 from Size S05 to Size S32,
IP00 from Size S41 to Size S90,
IP54 from Size S05 to Size S32
BOX: IP54
CABINET: IP24 and IP54.
Overvoltage category
III (refer to EN 61800-5-1)
MTBF
25,000 hours at 40°C and rated output current.
Specifications for motor wiring
• Motor voltage range/precision
0÷Vmains, ÷2%
• Current/torque to motor/time
105÷200% for 2 min. every 20 min. up to S30.
105÷200% for 1 min. every 10 min. from S32.
• Starting torque/max. time
240% for a short time
• Output frequency/resolution (*)
0÷1000 Hz, resolution 0.01 Hz
• Braking torque:
DC braking 30%*Cn
Braking while decelerating up to 20%*Cn (with no braking resistor)
Braking while decelerating up to 150%*Cn (with braking resistors)
• Carrier frequency with adjustable silent random modulation (for more details, please refer to the
Carrier Frequency Setting section and the Sinus
Mains
• VAC supply voltage/tolerance
2T → 200÷240 Vac, 3phase, –15% +10%
4T → 380÷500 Vac, 3phase, –15% +10%
5T → 500÷600 Vac, 3phase, –15% +10%
6T → 575÷690 Vac, 3phase, –15% +10%
Maximum voltage imbalance: ±3% of the rated supply voltage
(Class 3 according to CEI EN 61000-2-4).
• VDC supply voltage/tolerance
2T → 280÷340 Vdc, –15% +10%
4T → 530÷705 Vdc, –15% +10%
5T → 705÷845 Vdc, –15% +10%
6T → 815÷970 Vdc, –15% +10%
The DC voltage power supply for size S41, S42,
S51, S52, S60, S60P, S64, S74 and S84 requires an external precharge circuit of the DC bus capacitors.
• Supply frequency (Hz)/tolerance
50÷60Hz, ±20%
Environmental Requirements
• Ambient temperature
–10°C to +55°C
It might be necessary to apply 2% derating of the rated current for every degree beyond the stated temperatures depending on the inverter model and the application category (see
Temperatures Based On Application Category).
• Storage temperature
–25 ÷ +70°C
• Humidity
5 ÷ 95% (non-condensing)
• Altitude
Max. altitude for installation 2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
Above 1000 m, derate the rated current by 1% every 100 m.
• Vibrations
Lower than 9.8 m/sec
2
(= 1.0G)
• Installation environment
Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust, corrosive gases, vibrations, water sprinkling or dripping; do not install in salty environments.
• Operating atmospheric pressure
86 ÷ 106 kPa
• Cooling system
Forced air-cooling
NOTE (*)
The maximum output frequency is limited in respect to the preset carrier
frequency (for more details, please refer to the Programming Guide).
152/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Motor control methods
Frequency / speed setting resolution
Speed precision at constant rpm
Torque accuracy
Overload capacity
Starting torque
Torque boost
Operation method
Reference analog inputs / auxiliary inputs
Digital inputs
Multispeed
Ramps
Digital outputs
Auxiliary voltage
Reference voltage for potentiometer
Analog outputs
Alarms
Warning
Operating data
Serial link
Field bus
SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
PERFORMANCE AND FUNCTIONALITY
IFD = Voltage/Frequency with symmetrical PWM modulation
VTC = Vector Torque Control (Sensorless vector direct torque control)
FOC = Field adjustment with field regulation and torque for asynchronous motors
SYN = Vector for permanent magnet synchronous motors (PMSM)
Digital reference: 0.1 Hz (IFD control); 1 rpm (VTC control); 0.01 rpm (FOC control)
12-bit Analog reference: 4096 in respect to speed range
Open loop: ±0.5% of max. speed
Closed loop (when using an encoder): < 0.01% of max. speed
Open loop: <6% of rated torque
Closed loop (when using an encoder): <4% of the rated torque
Up to 2 times rated current for 120 sec.
Up to 200% Cn for 120 secs and 240% Cn for a short duration
Programmable for a rated torque increase
Operation via terminal board, keypad, MODBUS RTU serial interface, field bus interface
3 analog inputs to be configured as voltage/current inputs:
- 1 single-ended input, max. resolution 12 bits
- 2 differential inputs, max resolution 12 bits
Analog quantities from keypad, serial interface, field bus
7 configurable digital inputs; 2 preset inputs for the Safe Torque Off function (ENABLE-
A, ENABLE-B)
15 sets of programmable speed values ±32,000 rpm; first 3 sets with resolution 0.01 rpm (FOC control)
4 + 4 accel./decel. ramps, 0 to 6,500 secs; possibility to set user-defined patterns.
4 configurable digital outputs with possibility to set internal timers for activation/deactivation delay:
1 push-pull output, 20÷48 Vdc, 50 mA max.
1 open collector, NPN/PNP output, 5÷48 Vdc, 50 mA max
2 relay outputs with change-over contacts, 250 Vac, 30 Vdc, 5A
24 Vdc ±5%, 200 mA
+ 10 Vdc ± 0.8%, 10 mA
–10 Vdc ± 0.8%, 10 mA
3 configurable analog outputs, –10 ÷ 10 Vdc, 0 ÷ 10 Vdc, 0(4) ÷ 20 mA, resolution 9/11 bits
Inverter thermal protection, motor thermal protection, mains failure, overvoltage, undervoltage, overcurrent at constant speed or ground failure, overcurrent while accelerating, overcurrent while decelerating, overcurrent during speed search (IFD and
VTC SW only), auxiliary trip from digital input, serial communication failure, control board failure, precharge circuit failure, inverter overload conditions for long duration, unconnected motor, encoder (if any) failure, overspeed.
INVERTER OK, INVERTER ALARM, acceleration – constant rpm – deceleration, current/torque limiting, POWER DOWN, SPEED SEARCHING, DC braking, autotune.
Frequency/torque/speed reference, output frequency, motor speed, torque demand, generated torque, current to motor, voltage to motor, DC bus voltage, motor-absorbed power, digital input condition, digital output condition, trip log (last 5 alarms), operating time, auxiliary analog input value, PID reference, PID feedback, PID error value, PID regulator output, PID feedback with programmable multiplying factor.
Standard incorporated RS485 multidrop 247 drops
MODBUS RTU communication protocol
Profibus-DP®, PROFIdrive
Metasys
®
N2, BACnet
®
®
, DeviceNet®, CANopen®, Ethernet (MODBUS® TCP/IP),
with option boards.
EN 61800-5-1, STO function according to EN 61800-5-2 SIL 3, EN ISO 13849 PL d
EN 61800-2 and EN 60146-1-1
Compliance
153/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.1. Choosing the Product
The inverters of the Sinus Penta series are dimensioned based on the application allowable current and overload.
The Sinus Penta series is characterized by 3 current values:
-
Inom is the continuous current that can be delivered;
-
Imax is the max. current that can be delivered under overload conditions for a time period of 120s every 20 min or for a time period of 60s every 10 min based on the different inverter models;
-
Ipeak is the maximum current that can be delivered under overload conditions for a time period of 3s.
Each inverter model may be connected to different motor power sizes depending on load performance. Four types of torque/current overloads are available:
Overload
LIGHT
STANDARD
HEAVY
STRONG
(60/120s)
120%
140%
175%
200%
Up to
(3s)
144%
168%
210%
240%
Applicability
Light loads with constant/quadratic torque
(pumps, fans, etc.);
Standard loads with constant torque
(conveyors, mixers, extruders, etc.);
Heavy loads with constant torque
(lifts, presses, bridge cranes, mills, etc.);
Very heavy loads with constant torque
(spindles, axis control, etc.).
The table below indicates the overload class typically required for each application.
Dimensioning is not binding; the torque model required by the duty cycle of the connected product should be known.
154/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Application OVERLOAD
LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG
Atomizer, bottle washer, screw compressor (noload), damped axial fan, undamped axial fan, centrifugal damped fan, undamped centrifugal fan, high-pressure fan, bore pumps, centrifugal pumps, positive displacement pumps, dust collector, grinder, etc.
Slurry pump, ..
Agitator, centrifuge, piston compressor (noload), screw compressor (loaded), roller conveyor, cone crusher, rotary crusher, vertical impact crusher, debarker, edger, hydraulic power pack, mixer, rotary table, sanding machine, bandsaw, disk saw, separator, shredder, chopper, twister/spinner, industrial washer, palletizer, extruder, etc.
Conveyor belt, drier, slicer, tumbler, mechanical press, forming winding/unwinding machine, machine, shears, drawplate, calender, screw injection moulding machine, etc.
Piston compressor (loaded), conveyor screw, crusher jaw, mill, ball mill, hammer mill, roller mill, planer, pulper, vibrating screen, hoist and crane displacement, loom, etc.
*
* *
*
* *
*
Mandrel, axis control, lifting application, hydraulic power pack injection press, etc.
* *
The tables contained in the following pages state the power of the motors to be connected to Sinus Penta inverters based on their overload classes.
NOTE
Data contained in the tables below relate to standard 4-pole motors.
MAKE SURE THAT:
- The rated current of the connected motor is lower than Inom (tolerance: +5%).
- If multiple motors are controlled by one drive, the sum of their rated current values must not exceed Inom.
- The ratio between the inverter maximum current and the rated motor current is included in the overload class required.
155/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
EXAMPLE:
Application: Bridge crane
Motor used: 37kW
Rated current: 68A
Rated voltage: 400V
Required overload: 160%
Heavy application
Inverter ratings:
Inom: at least 68A
Imax: at least 68A x 1.6=102A
According to the table, Sinus Penta 0060 providing Inom=88A and Imax=112A is to be used for this type of application.
FIRE
HAZARD
When multiple motors are connected, it can happen that the inverter does not detect whether a motor enters a stall condition or exceeds power ratings. In that case, motors can be seriously damaged and fire hazard exists.
Always provide a failure detection system for each motor, independent of the inverter, in order to lock all motors when failures occur.
156/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.1. LIGHT Applications: Overload up to 120% (60/120s) or up to 144% (3s)
5.1.1.1. Technical Sheet for 2T and 4T Voltage Classes
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
Size Sinus Penta Model
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
200-240Vac
Applicable Motor Power
380-415Vac 440-460Vac 480-500Vac
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3s)
A A
A
kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A
0005 - -
-
4.5 6
9.0
5.5 7.5
9.7
6.5 9
10.2 10.5 11.5 14
0007 3 4
11.2
5.5 7.5
11.2
7.5 10
12.5
7.5 10
11.8 12.5 13.5 16
0008 3.7 5
13.2
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 15 16 19
0009 - -
-
7.5 10
14.5
9.2 12.5
16
9.2 12.5
14.3 16.5 17.5 19
0010 4 5.5
14.6
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 17 19 23
0011 - -
-
7.5 10
14.8
9.2 12.5
16
11 15
16.5 16.5 21 25
0013 4.5 6
15.7
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 19 21 25
0014 - -
-
7.5 10
14.8
9.2 12.5
16
11 15
16.5 16.5 25 30
0015 5.5 7.5
19.5
-
0016 7.5 10
25.7
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 23 25 30
-
- 27 30 36
0020 9.2 12.5
30
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 30 36 43
0016 - -
-
11 15
21
15 20
25
15 20
23.2 27 30 36
0017 - -
-
15 20
29
18.5 25
30
18.5 25
28 30 32 37
0020 - -
-
15 20
29
18.5 25
30
18.5 25
28 30 36 43
0023 11 15
36
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 38 42 51
0025 - -
-
22 30
41
22 30
36
22 30
33 41 48 58
0030 - -
-
22 30
41
22 30
36
25 35
37 41 56 67
0033 15 20
50
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 51 56 68
0034 - -
-
30 40
55
30 40
48
37 50
53 57 63 76
0036 - -
-
30 40
55
37 50
58
37 50
53 60 72 86
0037 18.5 25
61
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 65 72 83
0040 22 30
71
37 50
67
45 60
70
50 70
70 72 80 88
0049 25 35
80
45 60
80
50 65
75
55 75
78 80 96 115
0060 28 38
88
50 70
87
55 75
85
65 90
88 88 112 134
0067 30 40
96
55 75
98
65 90
100
75 100
103 103 118 142
0074 37 50
117
65 90
114
75 100
116
85 115
120 120 144 173
0086 45 60
135
75 100
133
90 125
135
90 125
127 135 155 186
0113 55 75
170
100 135
180
110 150
166
132 180
180 180 200 240
0129 65 90
195
110 150
191
125 170
192
140 190
195 195 215 258
0150 70 95
213
120 165
212
132 180
198
150 200
211 215 270 324
0162 75 100
231
132 180
228
150 200
230
175 238
240 240 290 324
(continued)
157/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
S41
S51
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
(continued)
0180 90 125
277
160 220
273
200 270
297
220 300
300 300 340 408
0202 110 150
332
200 270
341
220 300
326
250 340
337 345 420 504
0217 120 165
375
220 300
375
250 340
366
260 350
359 375 460 552
0260 132 180
390
250 340
421
280 380
410
300 410
418 425 560 672
0313 160 220
475
280 380
480
315 430
459
355 485
471 480 600 720
0367 185 250
550
315 430
528
375 510
540
400 550
544 550 680 792
0402 200 270
593
400 550
680
450 610
665
500 680
673 680 850 1020
SINUS
S60
SINUS
SINUS
0457 220 300
649
400 550
680
450 610
665
500 680
673 720 880 1056
0524 260 350
780
450 610
765
500 680
731
560 760
751 800 960 1152
S60P SINUS 0598P - -
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 900 1100 1152
S65
S75
S90
1)
1)
1)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0598 - -
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 900 1100 1320
0748 - -
-
560 760
939
630 860
939
710 970
960 1000 1300 1560
0831 - -
-
710 970
1200
800 1090
1160
900 1230
1184 1200 1440 1728
0964 - -
-
900 1230
1480
1000 1360
1431
1100 1500
1480 1480 1780 2136
1130 - -
-
1000 1360
1646
1170 1600
1700
1270 1730
1700 1700 2040 2448
1296 - -
-
1200 1650
2050
1400 1830
2000
1460 1990
2050 2100 2520 3024
1800 - -
-
1500 2000
2500
1750 2400
2500
1850 2500
2500 2600 3100 3720
2076 - -
-
1750 2400
2900
2000 2720
2900
2100 2900
2900 3000 3600 4000
Inverter supply voltage
200-240Vac;
280-340Vdc.
380-500Vac;
530-705Vdc.
1)
Input inductor and output inductor required.
5.1.1.2. Technical Sheet for 2T and 4T Voltage Classes – Parallel-connected Models
Size
Sinus Penta
Model
200-240Vac kW HP A
380-415Vac kW
Applicable Motor Power
HP A
Inom Imax
440-460Vac kW HP
480-500Vac
A kW HP A A A
S43
(2xS41)
SINUS 0523 260 350
780
450 610
765
500 680
731
560 760
751 800 960
S53
(2xS51)
S55
(3xS51)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0599
0749
0832
SINUS 0850
SINUS 0965
SINUS 1129
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 900 1100
560 760
939
630 860
939
710 970
960 1000 1300
710 970
1200
800 1090
1160
900 1230
1184 1200 1440
800
900
1090
1230
1000 1360
1334
1480
1646
900 1230
1000 1360
1170 1600
1287
1431
1700
1000 1360
1100 1500
1270 1730
1317 1340 1600
1480 1480 1780
1700 1700 2040
Inverter Power Supply
200-240Vac;
280-340Vdc.
380-500Vac;
530-705Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 120 seconds every 20 min up to S30, and for 60 seconds every 10 min for S41 and greater
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
158/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.1.3. Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes
Size Sinus Penta Model
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac 660-690Vac
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3s)
S12 5T
S14
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS kW HP A
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
7.5 10
9.2 12.5
11 15
0019 15
0021 18.5
20
25
20
25
0022 22 30
28
0024
0032
30
37
40
50
39
47
0042
0051
0062
0069
45
55
65
75
60
75
90
100
0076
0088
0131
0164
90 125
110 150
132 180
160 220
115
138
168
198
0181
0201
0218
0259
220
250
300
330
300
340
410
450
275
300
358
395
0290 355 485
420
0314 400 550
480
0368 450 610
532
0401 560 770
630
0457 630 860
720
0524 710 970
800
0598 800 1090
900
0748 900 1230
1000
0831 1000 1360
1145
0964 1270 1730
1480
1130 1460 1990
1700
1296 1750 2380
2100
1800 2000 2720
2400
2076 2500 3400
3000
55
70
83
95
5.7
7.6
10
12.5
14
kW
110
132
160
220
250
315
355
400
37
45
55
75
75
90
5.5
7.5
9.2
11
15
18.5
22
30
450
500
560
630
710
800
900
1000
1240
1530
1750
2100
2400
3000
HP A A A A
7.5
6.3 7 8.5 10
10
20
8.4 9 11 13
12.5
10.2 11 13.5 16
15
12.1 13 16 19
16.8 17 21 25
25
30
21
23
21
25
25
30
30
36
40
33 33 40 48
50
60
39
46
40
52
48
63
58
76
75
100
100
125
56
78
78
94
60
80
85
105
72
96
110
135
86
115
132
162
150
180
220
300
113
133
158
220
125
150
190
230
165
200
250
300
198
240
300
360
340
430
485
550
250
310
350
390
305
330
360
400
380
420
465
560
420
420
560
560
610
440 450 600 720
680
480 500 665 798
770
544 560 720 850
860
626 640 850 850
970
696 720 880 1056
1090
773 800 960 1152
1230
858 900 1100 1320
1360
954 1000 1300 1440
1690
1200 1200 1440 1440
2090
1480 1480 1780 2136
2380
1700 1700 2040 2448
2860
2100 2100 2520 2520
3300
2400 2600 3100 3600
4000
3000 3000 3600 3600
Inverter supply voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc.
1)
Input inductor and output inductor required.
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc.
159/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.1.1.4. Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes – Parallel-connected Models
Size Sinus Penta Model
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac 660-690Vac kW HP A kW HP
S44
(2xS42)
SINUS 0459 630 860
720
710 970
S54
(2xS52)
S56
(3xS52)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0526
0600
0750
0828
0960
1128
710
800
900
1000
1270
1460
970
1090
1230
1360
1730
1990
800
900
1000
1145
1480
1700
800
900
1000
1240
1530
1750
1090
1230
1360
1690
2090
2380
Inverter Supply Voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc.
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
A
696
773
858
954
1200
1480
1700
Inom Imax
A
720
800
900
1000
1200
1480
1700
A
880
960
1100
1300
1440
1780
2040
160/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.2. STANDARD Applications: Overload up to 140% (60/120s) or up to 168% (3s)
5.1.2.1. Technical Sheet for 2T and 4T Voltage Classes
Size
S05
Sinus Penta
Model
200-240Vac
SINUS 0015 4.5 6
15.7
-
SINUS 0016 5.5 7.5
19.5
-
Applicable Motor Power
380-415Vac kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A
SINUS 0005 - -
-
4
SINUS 0007 2.2 3
8.5
4.5
5.5
8.4
4.5 6
7.8
5.5 7.5
9.0 10.5 11.5 14
6
9.0
5.5 7.5
9.7
6.5 9
10.2 12.5 13.5 16
SINUS 0008 3
SINUS 0009 -
4
11.2
-
-
-
5.5
SINUS 0010 3.7 5
13.2
-
-
7.5
-
-
11.2
-
-
7.5
-
-
10
-
-
12.5
-
-
7.5
-
-
10
-
-
11.8 16.5
-
15
17
16
17.5
19
19
19
23
SINUS 0011 - -
-
7.5 10
14.8
9.2 12.5
15.6
9.2 12.5
14.3 16.5 21 25
SINUS 0013 4 5.5
14.6
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 19 21 25
SINUS 0014 - -
-
7.5 10
14.8
9.2 12.5
15.6
11 15
16.5 16.5 25 30
-
-
-
-
440-460Vac
-
-
-
-
-
-
480-500Vac
-
-
-
-
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3 s.)
23 25 30
-
- 27 30 36
SINUS 0020 7.5 10
25.7
-
SINUS 0016
SINUS 0017
SINUS 0020
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- -
-
- -
- 30 36 43
9.2 12.5
17.9
11 15
18.3
15 20
23.2 27 30 36
11 15
21
11 15
18.3
15 20
23.2 30 32 37
15 20
29
15 20
25
18.5 25
28 30 36 43
S12
S15
S20
SINUS 0023 9.2 12.5
30
SINUS 0025 - -
-
SINUS 0030 - -
-
SINUS 0033 11 15
36
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 38 42 51
18.5 25
35
18.5 25
30
22 30
33 41 48 58
22 30
41
22 30
36
25 35
37 41 56 67
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 51 56 68
SINUS 0034
SINUS 0036 -
SINUS 0037
-
15
-
-
20
-
-
50
25 35
46
30 40
48
30 40
44 57 63 76
30
-
40
-
55
-
30
-
40
48
-
-
37
-
50
53 60 72 86
-
- 65 72 83
SINUS 0040 18.5 25
61
30 40
55
37 50
58
40 55
58 72 80 88
SINUS 0049 22 30
71
37 50
67
45 60
70
45 60
64 80 96 115
SINUS 0060 25 35
80
45 60
80
55 75
85
55 75
78 88 112 134
SINUS 0067 30 40
96
55 75
98
60 80
91
65 90
88 103 118 142
SINUS 0074 37 50
117
65 90
114
70 95
107
75 100
103 120 144 173
SINUS 0086 40 55
127
75 100
133
75 100
116
85 115
120 135 155 186
S30
SINUS 0113 45 60
135
90 125
159
90 125
135
90 125
127 180 200 240
SINUS 0129 55 75
170
100 135
180
110 150
166
110 150
153 195 215 258
SINUS 0150 65 90
195
110 150
191
132 180
198
150 200
211 215 270 324
SINUS 0162 75 100
231
132 180
228
150 200
230
160 220
218 240 290 324
(continued)
161/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
(continued)
SINUS 0180 80 110
250
160 220
273
185 250
279
200 270
273 300 340 408
S41
SINUS 0202 90 125
277
200 270
341
220 300
326
250 340
337 345 420 504
SINUS 0217 110 150
332
220 300
375
250 340
375
260 350
359 375 460 552
SINUS 0260 132 180
390
250 340
421
280 380
410
300 410
418 425 560 672
SINUS 0313 150 200
458
280 380
480
315 430
459
355 485
471 480 600 720
S51 SINUS 0367 160 220
475
315 430
528
375 510
540
400 550
544 550 680 792
SINUS 0402 185 250
550
400 550
680
450 610
665
500 680
673 680 850 1020
S60
SINUS 0457 220 300
661
400 550
680
450 610
665
500 680
673 720 880 1056
SINUS 0524 260 350
780
450 610
765
500 680
731
560 770
751 800 960 1152
S60P SINUS 0598P
S65
1)
S75
1)
S90
1)
SINUS 0598 -
SINUS 0748 -
SINUS 0831 -
SINUS 0964
SINUS 1130 -
SINUS 1296
-
-
-
SINUS 1800 -
SINUS 2076 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 900 1100 1152
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 900 1100 1320
560 760
939
630 860
939
710 970
960 1000 1300 1560
630 860
1080
800 1090
1160
800 1090
1067 1200 1440 1728
800 1090
1334
900 1230
1287
1000 1360
1317 1480 1780 2136
900 1230
1480
1100 1500
1630
1170 1600
1570 1700 2040 2448
1200 1650
2050
1400 1830
2000
1460 1990
2050 2100 2520 3024
1400 1910
2400
1700 2300
2400
1750 2400
2400 2600 3100 3720
1750 2400
2900
2000 2720
2900
2100 2900
2900 3000 3600 4000
Inverter supply voltage
200-240Vac; 380-500Vac;
280-340Vdc.
1)
530-705Vdc.
Input inductor and output inductor required.
5.1.2.2. Technical Sheet for 2T and 4T Voltage Classes – Parallel-connected Models
Size
Sinus Penta
Model
200-240Vac kW HP A
Applicable Motor Power
380-415Vac kW HP A
440-460Vac kW HP A
480-500Vac kW HP A
Inom Imax
A A
S43
(2xS41)
SINUS 0523 260 350
780
450 610
765
500 680
731
560 770
751 800
S53
(2xS51)
S55
(3xS51)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0599
0749
0832
0850
SINUS 0965
SINUS 1129
-
-
-
-
-
-
960
-
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 900 1100
-
-
560 760
939
630 860
939
710 970
960 1000 1300
-
-
630 860
1080
800 1090
1160
800 1090
1067 1200 1440
-
-
710 970
1200
800 1090
1160
900 1230
1184 1340 1600
-
-
800 1090
1334
900 1230
1287
1000 1360
1317 1480 1780
-
-
900 1230
1480
1100 1500
1630
1170 1600
1570 1700 2040
Inverter supply voltage
200-240Vac;
280-340Vdc.
380-500Vac;
530-705Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 120s every 20 min up to S30, for 60s every 10 min for S41 and greater
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
162/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.2.3. Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes
Size
Sinus Penta
Model
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac 660-690Vac
S12 5T
S14
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
SINUS 0003
SINUS
0004
SINUS
0006
SINUS
0012
SINUS
0018
SINUS
0019
SINUS
0021
SINUS 0022
SINUS 0024
SINUS
0032
SINUS 0042
SINUS 0051
SINUS 0062
SINUS 0069
SINUS 0076
SINUS 0088
SINUS 0131
SINUS 0164
SINUS 0181
SINUS 0201
SINUS 0218
SINUS 0259
SINUS 0290
SINUS 0314
SINUS 0368 kW
4
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
11
15
22
25
37
45
55
65
75
90
110
132
160
220
250
300
330
355
400
450
S65
1)
SINUS 0401
SINUS 0457
SINUS 0524
SINUS 0598
450
560
630
710
SINUS 0748 900
S70
1)
SINUS 0831 1000
S75
1)
SINUS 0964 1180
S80
1)
SINUS
1130
1350
SINUS
1296
1750
SINUS 1800 2000
S90
1)
SINUS 2076 2500
HP
5.5
7.5
10
10
15
15
20
30
35
50
60
75
90
100
125
150
180
220
300
340
410
450
485
550
610
610
770
860
970
1230
1360
1610
1840
2380
2720
A
5.7
7.6
10
10
14
275
300
358
395
420
480
532
532
630
720
800
1000
70
83
95
115
135
168
198
14
20
28
32
47
55
1145
1369
1569
2100
2400
kW
4
5.5
7.5
9.2
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
315
315
400
450
450
500
630
630
710
900
1000 1360
1100
1410
1620
1850
2400
HP
5.5
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
180
220
270
340
430
430
550
610
610
680
860
860
970
1230
1500
1920
2210
2520
3300
3400
3000
3000 4000
Inverter supply 500-600Vac; 575-690Vac; voltage 705-845Vdc. 815-970Vdc.
1)
Input inductor and output inductor required.
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
16.8
21
23
33
39
46
A
4.8
6.3
8.4
10.2
12.1
56
77
95
440
440
480
626
626
696
858
954
250
310
310
390
113
133
158
198
1086
1369
1569
1800
2400
3000
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3 s.)
80
85
105
125
150
190
230
21
25
33
40
52
7
9
11
13
17
60
305
330
360
400
450
500
560
96
110
135
165
200
250
300
25
30
40
48
63
8.5
11
13.5
16
21
72
380
420
465
560
600
665
720
640
720
850
880
850
1056
800 960 1152
900 1100 1320
1000 1300 1440
1200 1440 1440
1480 1780 2136
1700 2040 2448
115
132
162
198
240
300
360
30
36
48
58
76
10
13
16
19
25
86
420
420
560
560
720
798
850
2100 2520 2520
2600 3100 3600
3000 3600 3600
163/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.1.2.1. Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes – Parallel-connected Models
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac 660-690Vac
Inom Imax
Size Sinus Penta Model kW HP A kW HP A A A
S44
(2xS42)
SINUS 0459 560 770
630
630 860
626 720 880
S54
(2xS52)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0526 630 860
720
0600 710 970
800
0750 900 1230
1000
0828 1000 1360
1145
710
900
1000
1100
970
696 800 960
1230
858 900 1100
1360
954 1000 1300
1500
1086 1200 1440
S56
(3xS52)
SINUS
SINUS
0960 1180 1610
1369
1128 1350 1840
1569
1410
1620
1920
2210
Inverter supply voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc.
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
1369
1569
1480
1700
1780
2040
164/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.3. HEAVY Applications: Overload up to 175% (60/120s) or up to 210% (3s)
5.1.3.1. Technical Sheet for 2T and 4T Voltage Classes
Size
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
Sinus Penta
Model
200-240Vac
Applicable Motor Power
380-415Vac 440-460Vac 480-500Vac
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3 s.) kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A
SINUS 0005 - -
-
3 4
6.4
3.7 5
6.6
4.5 6
7.2 10.5 11.5 14
SINUS 0007 1.8 2.5
7.3
4 5.5
8.4
4.5 6
7.8
5.5 7.5
9.0 12.5 13.5 16
SINUS 0008 2.2 3
8.5
-
SINUS 0009
SINUS 0010
SINUS 0011
-
3
-
-
-
4.5 6
9.0
5.5 7.5
9.7
7.5 10
11.8 16.5 17.5 19
4
11.2
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 17 19 23
-
-
SINUS 0013 3.7 5
13.2
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
15
19
16
5.5 7.5
11.2
7.5 10
12.5
9.2 12.5
14.3 16.5 21
21
19
25
25
SINUS 0014 - -
-
7.5 10
14.8
9.2 12.5
15.6
11 15
16.5 16.5 25
SINUS 0015 4 5.5
14.6
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 23 25
30
30
SINUS 0016 4.5 6
15.7
-
SINUS 0020 5.5 7.5
19.5
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
27
30
SINUS 0016 -
SINUS 0017 -
-
-
-
-
9.2 12.5
17.9
11 15
18.3
12.5 17
18.9 27
9.2 12.5
17.9
11 15
18.3
12.5 17
18.9 30
SINUS 0020 - -
-
11 15
21
15 20
25
15 20
23.2 30
SINUS 0023 7.5 10
25.7
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 38
SINUS 0025 -
SINUS 0030 -
-
-
-
-
15 20
29
18.5 25
30
18.5 25
28 41
18.5 25
SINUS 0033 11 15
36
- -
35
-
22
-
30
-
36
-
22
-
30
-
33
-
41
51
SINUS 0034 -
SINUS 0036 -
-
-
-
-
22 30
41
25 35
40
28 38
41 57
25
SINUS 0037 15 20
50
-
35
-
46
-
30
-
40
-
48
-
30
-
40
-
44
-
60
65
SINUS 0040 15 20
50
25 35
46
30 40
48
37 50
53 72
SINUS 0049 18.5 25
61
30 40
55
37 50
58
45 60
64 80
30
36
30
32
36
42
48
56
56
63
72
72
80
96
36
43
SINUS 0060 22 30
71
37 50
67
45 60
70
50 70
70 88 112 134
SINUS 0067 25 35
80
45 60
80
50 70
75
55 75
78 103 118 142
SINUS 0074 30 40
96
50 70
87
55 75
85
65 90
88 120 144 173
SINUS 0086 32 45
103
55 75
98
65 90
100
75 100
103 135 155 186
36
37
43
51
58
67
68
76
86
83
88
115
SINUS 0113 45 60
135
75 100
133
75 100
116
90 125
127 180 200 240
SINUS 0129 50 70
150
80 110
144
90 125
135
110 150
153 195 215 258
SINUS 0150 55 75
170
90 125
159
110 150
166
132 180
180 215 270 324
SINUS 0162 65 90
195
110 150
191
132 180
198
140 190
191 240 290 324
(continued)
165/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
(continued)
SINUS 0180 75 100
231
132 180
228
160 220
237
160 220
218 300
S41
SINUS 0202 80 110
250
150 200
264
185 250
279
200 270
273 345
SINUS 0217 110 150
332
185 250
321
220 300
326
220 300
300 375
SINUS 0260 110 150
332
200 270
341
260 350
390
280 380
393 425
340
420
460
560
408
504
552
672
SINUS 0313 132 180
390
220 300
375
260 350
390
300 400
413 480
S51 SINUS 0367 150 200
458
250 340
421
315 430
459
355 485
471 550
SINUS 0402 160 220
475
315 430
528
375 510
540
400 550
544 680
600
680
720
792
850 1020
S60
SINUS 0457 200 270
593
315 430
528
400 550
576
450 610
612 720
SINUS 0524 220 300
661
355 480
589
450 610
665
500 680
673 800
880 1056
960 1152
S60P SINUS 0598P - -
-
400 550
680
500 680
731
560 760
751 900 1100 1152
SINUS 0598 - -
-
400 550
680
500 680
731
560 760
751 900 1100 1320
S65
1)
SINUS 0748 - -
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 1000 1300 1560
SINUS 0831 - -
-
560 760
939
630 860
939
710 970
960 1200 1440 1728
S75
1)
SINUS
0964 -
-
-
710 970
1200
800 1090
1160
900 1230
1184 1480 1780 2136
SINUS
1130 -
-
-
800 1090
1334
900 1230
1287
1000 1360
1317 1700 2040 2448
SINUS
1296 -
-
-
1000 1360
1650
1100 1500
1630
1170 1600
1560 2100 2520 3024
S90
1)
SINUS 1800 - -
-
1200 1650
2050
1450 1970
2050
1500 2000
2050 2600 3100 3720
SINUS 2076 - -
-
1400 1910
2400
1700 2300
2400
1750 2400
2400 3000 3600 4000
Inverter supply voltage
200-240Vac; 380-500Vac;
280-340Vdc.
1)
530-705Vdc.
Input inductor and output inductor required.
5.1.3.2. Technical Sheet for Voltage Classes 2T and 4T – Parallel-connected Models
Size Sinus Penta Model
200-240Vac
Applicable Motor Power
380-415Vac 440-460Vac 480-500Vac kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A
Inom Imax
A A
S43
(2xS41)
SINUS 0523 220 300
661
355 480
589
450 610
665
500 680
673 800 960
S53
(2xS51)
S55
(3xS51)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0599
0749
0832
0850
0965
1129
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
400 550
680
500 680
731
560 760
751 900 1100
-
-
500 680
841
560 760
817
630 860
864 1000 1300
-
-
560 760
939
630 860
939
710 970
960 1200 1440
-
-
630 860
1080
710 970
1043
800 1090
1067 1340 1600
-
-
710 970
1200
800 1090
1160
900 1230
1184 1480 1780
-
-
800 1090
1334
900 1230
1287
1000 1360
1317 1700 2040
Inverter Supply Voltage
200-240Vac;
280-340Vdc.
380-500Vac;
530-705Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
and greater
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 120s every 20 min up to S30, for 60s every 10 min for S41
166/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.3.3. Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes
S12 5T
S14
S14
S22
S32
S42
SINUS 0003
SINUS 0004
SINUS 0006
SINUS 0012
SINUS 0018
SINUS 0019
SINUS 0021
SINUS 0022
SINUS 0024
SINUS 0032
SINUS 0042
SINUS 0051
SINUS 0062
SINUS 0069
SINUS 0076
SINUS 0088
SINUS 0131
SINUS 0164
SINUS 0181
SINUS 0201
SINUS 0218
SINUS 0259
SINUS 0290
SINUS 0314
S52
SINUS 0368
S65
1)
SINUS 0401
SINUS 0457
SINUS 0524
SINUS 0598
SINUS 0748
S70
1)
SINUS 0831
S75
1)
SINUS 0964
S80
1)
SINUS 1130
SINUS 1296
SINUS 1800
S90
1)
SINUS 2076
Size
Sinus Penta
Model kW
3
4
5.5
7.5
9.2
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
55
75
110
110
132
185
200
220
280
300
330
355
400
500
560
630
710
800
1000
1170
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac
HP
4
5.5
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
75
100
150
150
180
250
270
300
380
400
450
485
550
680
770
860
970
1090
1360
1600
A
4.4
5.7
7.6
10
12.5
55
70
70
225
240
275
336
95
135
135
168
14
20
25
28
39
47
358
395
420
473
585
630
720
800
900
1145
1360
660-690Vac
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3 s.) kW
4
4
7.5
7.5
11
HP
5.5
5.5
10
10
15
A
4.8
4.8
8.4
8.4
12.1
7
9
11
13
17
8.5
11
13.5
16
21
11
15
22
22
15
20
30
30
12.1
16.8
23
23
39
21
25
33
40
52
25
30
40
48
63
37
37
50
50
39 60 72 86
55
55
75
75
75
100
56
56
78
80
85
105
96
110
135
115
132
162
90
110
160
185
125
150
220
250
94
113
158
185
125
150
190
230
165
200
250
300
198
240
300
360
220
250
315
355
300
340
430
485
220
250
310
341
305
330
360
400
380
420
465
560
420
420
560
560
400 550
390 450 600 720
450 610
440 500 665 798
500 680
480 560 720 850
560
560
630
710
900
770
770
860
970
1230
1000 1360
544
544
626
696
858
954
640
720
800
1200
850 850
880 1056
960 1152
900 1100 1320
1000 1300 1440
1440 1440
1220 1660
1187 1480 1780 2136
1400 1910
1360 1700 2040 2448
30
36
48
58
76
10
13
16
19
25
1340
1750
2000
1830
2400
2720
1560
2050
2400
1610
2100
2190
2860
1560
2100
2100
2600
2520 2520
3100 3600
2400 3300
2400 3000 3600 3600
Inverter Supply Voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc
1)
Input inductor and output inductor required.
167/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.1.3.4. Technical Sheet for Voltage Classes 5T and 6T – Parallel -connected Models
Size Sinus Penta Model
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac 660-690Vac kW A A kW HP
S44
(2xS42)
SINUS 0459 500 680
585
560 770
S54
(2xS52)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0526
0600
0750
0828
0960
1128
560
630
710
800
770
860
970
1090
1000 1360
1170 1600
630
720
800
900
1145
1360
630
710
900
1000
1220
1400
860
970
1230
1360
1660
1910
S56
(3xS52)
Inverter supply voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc.
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
A
544
626
696
858
954
1187
1360
Inom Imax
A
720
800
900
1000
1200
1480
1700
A
880
960
1100
1300
1440
1780
2040
168/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.4. STRONG Applications: Overload up to 200% (60/120s) or up to 240% (3s)
5.1.4.1. Technical Sheet for 2T and 4T Voltage Classes
Size
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
Sinus Penta
Model
200-240Vac
Applicable Motor Power
380-415Vac 440-460Vac 480-500Vac
Inom Imax
Ipeak
(3s) kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A
SINUS 0005 - -
-
2.2 3
4.9
3
SINUS 0007 1.5 2
6.1
3 4
6.4
3.7
4
5
5.6
6.6
3.7
4.5
5
6
6.1 10.5
7.2 12.5
11.5
13.5
14
16
SINUS 0008 1.8 2.5
7.3
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 15 16 19
SINUS 0009 -
-
4
SINUS 0010 2.2
3
8.5
-
5.5
-
8.4
-
4.5
-
6
-
7.8
-
5.5 7.5
- -
9.0 16.5
- 17
17.5
19
19
23
SINUS 0011 - -
-
4.5 6
9.0
5.5 7.5
9.7
7.5 10
11.8 16.5 21 25
SINUS 0013 3 4
11.2
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 19 21 25
SINUS 0014 - -
-
5.5 7.5
11.2
7.5 10
12.5
9.2 12.5
14.3 16.5 25 30
SINUS 0015 3.7 5
13.2
-
SINUS 0016 4 5.5
14.6
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- 23 25 30
-
- 27 30 36
SINUS 0020 4.5 6
15.7
-
SINUS 0016 - -
-
7.5
-
10
-
14.8
- -
9.2 12.5
-
15.6
-
11
-
15
-
16.5
30
27
36
30
43
36
SINUS 0017 -
SINUS 0020 -
-
-
--
-
7.5 10
14.8
9.2 12.5
15.6
12.5 17
18.9 30 32 37
9.2 12.5
SINUS 0023 5.5 7.5
19.5
- -
17.9
-
11
-
15
-
18.3
-
12.5 17
- -
18.9
-
30
38
36
42
43
51
SINUS 0025 - -
-
11 15
21
15 20
25
15 20
23.2 41 48 58
SINUS 0030 -
SINUS 0033 7.5
-
10
-
25.7
15 20
29
18.5 25
30
18.5 25
28 41 56 67
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 51 56 68
SINUS 0034 - -
-
18.5 25
35
22 30
36
22 30
33 57 63 76
SINUS 0036 - -
-
22 30
41
25 35
40
28 38
41 60 72 86
SINUS 0037 11 15
36
- -
-
- -
-
- -
- 65 72 83
SINUS 0040 12.5 17
41
22 30
41
25 35
40
30 40
44 72 80 88
SINUS 0049 15 20
50
25 35
46
30 40
48
37 50
53 80 96 115
SINUS 0060 18.5 25
61
30 40
55
37 50
58
45 60
64 88 112 134
SINUS 0067 20 27
66
32 45
59
40 55
63
50 70
70 103 118 142
SINUS 0074 22 30
71
37 50
67
45 60
70
55 75
78 120 144 173
SINUS 0086 25 35
80
45 60
80
55 75
85
65 90
88 135 155 186
SINUS 0113 30 40
96
55 75
98
65 88
100
75 100
103 180 200 240
SINUS 0129 37 50
117
65 90
114
75 100
116
85 115
120 195 215 258
SINUS 0150 45 60
135
75 100
133
90 125
135
90 125
127 215 270 324
SINUS 0162 55 75
170
90 125
159
110 150
166
110 150
153 240 290 324
(continued)
169/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
(continued)
SINUS 0180 60 85
185
110 150
191
120 165
184
132 180
180 300 340 408
S41
SINUS 0202 65 90
195
132 180
228
150 200
230
160 220
218 345 420 504
SINUS 0217 75 100
231
150 200
260
160 220
245
185 250
257 375 460 552
S51
SINUS 0260 90 125
277
160 220
273
200 270
307
200 270
273 425 560 672
SINUS 0313 110 150
332
185 250
321
220 300
326
250 340
337 480 600 720
SINUS 0367 120 165
375
200 270
341
250 340
366
260 350
359 550 680 792
SINUS 0402 132 180
390
280 380
480
315 430
462
355 480
471 680 850 1020
S60
SINUS 0457 160
S60P SINUS 0598P -
220
SINUS 0524 185 250
550
315 430
528
375 510
540
400 550
544 800 960 1152
-
475
-
280 380
355 480
480
589
330 450
400 550
493
591
375 510
450 610
497 720 880 1056
612 900 1100 1152
S65
1)
SINUS
SINUS
0598
0748
-
-
-
-
-
-
355 480
589
400 550
591
450 610
612 900 1100 1320
400 550
680
500 680
731
560 760
751 1000 1300 1560
-
-
450 610
765
560 760
817
630 860
864 1200 1440 1728
S75
1)
SINUS 0831 -
SINUS
0964
-
SINUS
1130
-
SINUS
1296
-
SINUS 1800 -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
560 770
710 970
800 1090
939
1200
1334
710 970
800 1090
900 1230
1043
1160
1287
800 1090
900 1230
1000 1360
1067 1480 1780 2136
1184 1700 2040 2448
1317 2100 2520 3024
1000 1360
1650
1170 1600
1650
1200 1650
1650 2600 3100 3720
S90
1)
SINUS 2076 - -
-
1200 1650
2050
1450 1970
2050
1500 2000
2050 3000 3600 4000
Inverter supply voltage
200-240Vac; 380-500Vac;
280-340Vdc.
530-705Vdc.
1)
Input inductor and output inductor required.
5.1.4.2. Technical Sheet for Voltage Classes 2T and 4T – Parallel-connected Models
Applicable Motor Power
Size Sinus Penta Model
200-240Vac 380-415Vac 440-460Vac 480-500Vac
Inom Imax kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A kW HP A A A
S43
(2xS41)
SINUS 0523 185 250
550
315 430
528
375 510
540
400 550
544 800 960
S53
(2xS51)
S55
(3xS51)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0599
0749
0832
0850
0965
1129
- -
-
355 480
589
400 550
591
450 610
612 900 1100
- -
-
400 550
680
500 680
731
560 760
751 1000 1300
- -
-
450 610
765
560 760
817
630 860
864 1200 1440
- -
-
500 680
841
630 860
939
710 970
960 1340 1600
- -
-
560 770
939
710 970
1043
800 1090
1067 1480 1780
- -
-
710 970
1200
800 1090
1160
900 1230
1184 1700 2040
Inverter Supply Voltage
200-240Vac;
280-340Vdc.
380-500Vac;
530-705Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 120s every 20 min up to S30, for 60s every 10 min for S41 and greater
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
170/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.1.4.3. Technical Sheet for 5T and 6T Voltage Classes
Size
S12 5T
S14
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
S65
SINUS 0748
S70
1)
SINUS 0831
S90
1)
1)
Sinus Penta
Model
SINUS 0003
SINUS 0004
SINUS 0006
SINUS 0012
SINUS 0018
SINUS 0019
SINUS 0021
SINUS 0022 kW
3
4
4
5.5
7.5
9.2
11
15
SINUS 0024 18.5
SINUS 0032 25
SINUS 0042 30
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS 0401
SINUS 0457
SINUS 0524
SINUS 0598
SINUS
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
1800
37
45
45
55
75
90
110
160
160
200
220
250
280
315
355
400
450
560
630
710
1460
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac
HP
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
10
12.5
15
20
25
35
40
50
60
60
75
100
125
150
220
220
270
300
340
380
430
480
550
610
770
860
970
S75
1)
S80
1)
SINUS 0964 900 1230
SINUS 1130 1000 1360
SINUS 1296 1150 1570
1990
SINUS 2076 1750 2400
A
4.4
5.7
5.7
7.6
10
39
47
55
55
12.5
14
20
25
32
70
95
115
138
198
198
240
275
300
336
367
410
480
532
630
720
800
1000
1145
1337
1700
2050
kW
3
HP
4
A
3.7
4.8
A A
A
7 8.5 10
9 11 13
4
5.5
7.5
9.2
5.5
7.5
10
12.5
6.3
8.4
10.2
11
13
17
13.5
16
21
16
19
25
11
11
18.5
22
30
15
15
25
30
40
12
12
21
23
33
21
25
33
40
52
25
30
40
48
63
30
45
55
55
75
40
60
75
75
100
33
46
56
56
60
80
85
105
72
96
110
135
86
115
132
162
90
110
132
125
150
180
77
95
115
140
125
150
190
230
165
200
250
300
198
240
300
360
200
220
250
315
270
300
340
430
198
220
250
310
305
330
360
400
380
420
465
560
420
420
560
560
355 480
341 450 600 720
375 510
360 500 665 798
400
500
500
550
680
680
390
480
480
544
626
773
560
640
720
800
720
850
850
850
880 1056
960 1152
560
630
800
900
770
860
1090
1230
858
900 1100 1320
1000 1300 1440
1200 1440 1440
1000 1360
954 1480 1780 2136
1100 1500
1086 1700 2040 2448
1380 1880
1337 2100 2520 2520
1750 2380
1700 2600 3100 3600
30
36
48
58
76
2100
660-690Vac
2860
2100
Inom Imax
3000
Ipeak
(3s)
3600 3600
Inverter supply voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc
1)
Input inductor and output inductor required.
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc
171/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.1.4.4. Technical Sheet for Voltage Classes 5T and 6T – Parallel-connected Models
Size Sinus Penta Model
Applicable Motor Power
575Vac 660-690Vac kW HP A kW HP
S44
(2xS42)
SINUS 0459 400 550
480
500 680
S54
(2xS52)
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
SINUS
0526
0600
0750
0828
0960
1128
450
560
630
710
610
770
860
970
900 1230
1000 1360
532
630
720
800
1000
1145
560
630
800
900
1000
1100
770
860
1090
1230
1360
1500
S56
(3xS52)
Inverter Supply Voltage
500-600Vac;
705-845Vdc.
575-690Vac;
815-970Vdc.
See User Manual SINUS PENTA - Parallel-connected Models S41..S52
Key:
Inom
= continuous rated current of the inverter
Imax
= max. current produced by the inverter for 60 seconds every 10 min
Ipeak =
deliverable current for max. 3 seconds
A
480
544
626
773
858
954
1086
Inom Imax
A
720
800
900
1000
1200
1480
1700
A
880
960
1100
1300
1440
1780
2040
172/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.2. Carrier Frequency Setting
The continuous current (Inom) generated by the inverter in continuous operation type S1 at 40°C depends on carrier frequency. The higher the carrier frequency, the more the motor is silent; the control performance is enhanced, but this causes a greater heating of the inverter, thus affecting energy saving. Using long cables (especially shielded cables) for connecting the motor is not recommended when the carrier frequency is high.
The max. recommended carrier values that can be set in parameter C002 (Carrier Frequency menu) based on the continuous current delivered by the Sinus Penta are given in the tables below.
CAUTION
Larger combinations of carrier frequency and continuous output currents may trigger alarm A094 (Heat sink overtemperature).
For example, if a Penta S05 0014 4T with 11kHz carrier frequency is to be used, the max. continuous output current exceeding 0.70*Inom may trigger alarm A094.
CAUTION
The FOC and SYN control algorithms exploit the following:
• f carrier
max if f
• 8kHz
• C002 if f carrier carrier if f carrier
max < 8kHz (whatever the value in C002);
max > 8kHz and C002 < 8kHz;
max > 8kHz and C002 > 8kHz.
5.2.1. IP20 and IP00 Models – Class 2T-4T
Size Sinus Penta Model
Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency (kHz)
(parameters C001 and C002) based on the output current
Carrier
(kHz)
S05 4T
S05 2T
S12 4T
S12 2T
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0023
0033
0037
Inom
12.8
10
5
5
5
16
10
10
10
10
10
5
10
8
8
5
5
5
5
10
10
3
0.85*
10
10
10
6
6
Inom
10
10
10
10
10
16
12.8
8
8
8
16
10
10
10
10
10
8
0.70* 0.55*
10
10
10
10
10
Inom
10
10
10
10
10
16
16
16
16
16
16
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
8
Inom
10
10
10
10
10
16
16
11
11
11
16
10
10
10
10
10
10
Def. Max.
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 10
5 10
5 10
5 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
(continued)
173/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
(continued)
Size Sinus Penta Model
Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency (kHz)
(parameters C001 and C002) based on the output current
Carrier
(kHz)
0.85* 0.70* 0.55*
Inom Def. Max.
S15 2T/4T
S20 2T/4T
S30 2T/4T
S41 2T/4T
S51 2T/4T
S60 2T/4T
S60P 4T
S65 4T
S75 4T
S90 4T
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
0598P
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
5
3
6
4
4
3
4
3
10
10
10
5
3
2
5
3
2
5
4
2
4
4
4
4
4
4
2
2
Inom
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
4
4
8
5
6
6
5
4
8
6
10
10
10
5
4
3
5
5
3
Inom
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
4
4
16
10
10
10
6
6
7
6
10
10
10
10
6
5
5
5
5
Inom
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
4
4
16
12.8
10
10
6
6
8
8
10
10
10
10
6
6
5
5
5
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
3 16
3 12.8
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
2 10
2 10
2 8
2 8
2 6
2 6
2 6
2 6
2 5
2 5
2 5
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
174/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.2.2. IP20 and IP00 Models – Class 5T-6T
Size Sinus Penta Model
Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency (kHz)
(parameters C001 and C002) based on the output current
Carrier
(kHz)
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14 5T/6T
S22 5T/6T
S32 5T/6T
S42 5T/6T
S52 5T/6T
S65 5T/6T
S70 5T/6T
S75 5T/6T
S80 5T/6T
S90 5T/6T
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Inom
5
5
5
4
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
3
5
4
4
3
4
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
2
2
4
4
3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.85*
Inom
3
2
2
4
3
3
4
4
3
3
5
5
4
4
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
3 5
3 5
3 5
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
2 2
0.70*
Inom
4
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
3
4
4
4
2
2
2
0.55*
Inom
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
2
2
2
4
4
4
4
2
2
2
Def.
Max.
175/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.2.3. IP54 Models – Class 2T-4T
Size
S05 4T
S05 2T
S12 4T
S12 2T
S15 2T/4T
S20 2T/4T
Sinus Penta
Model
Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency (kHz)
(parameters C001 and C002) based on the output current
Carrier
(kHz)
0.85* 0.70* 0.55*
Inom Def. Max.
Inom Inom Inom
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0016
0017
12.8
10
5
5
5
16
10
10
10
10
10
10
8
16
12.8
8
8
8
16
10
10
10
10
10
Unavailable model as IP54
10
10
16
16
11
11
11
16
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
16
16
16
16
16
16
10
10
10
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 16
5 10
5 10
5 10
5 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
8
5
5
3
3
10
10
3
5
3
10
10
10
5
4
10
6
6
6
6
10
10
8
8
5
10
10
10
5
8
10
8
8
10
8
10
10
10
16
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
16
12.8
10
10
10
10
10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 16
3 12.8
3 10
3 10
3 10
3 10
2 10
S30 2T/4T
0129
0150
0162
3
4
3
6
5
4
10
7
6
10
8
8
2 10
2 8
2 8
176/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.2.4. IP54 Models – Class 5T-6T
Size
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14 5T/6T
S22 5T/6T
S32 5T/6T
Sinus Penta
Model
Maximum Recommended Carrier Frequency (kHz)
(parameters C001 and C002) based on the output current
Carrier
(kHz)
0.85* 0.70* 0.55*
Inom Def.
Max.
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
5
5
5
4
3
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
5
4
4
3
4
4
3
2
Inom Inom
4
4
3
5
5
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Unavailable model as IP54
5
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
Inom
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
2 4
2 4
2 4
2 4
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
3 5
177/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
5.3. Operating Temperatures Based On Application Category
Size
S05 2T
S12 2T
S05 4T
S12 4T
S15
S20
S30
NOTE
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
The tables below relate to operating current values equal to or lower than the current rating stated in the relevant application sheet.
SINUS PENTA
Model
APPLICATION - CLASS 2T-4T
LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG
Maximum allowable operating temperature (°C) without derating.
45
40
45
40
45
40
45
40
45
45
45
40
45
40
40
40
45
40
40
45
50
40
50
50
50
50
45
50
45
40
45
40
45
40
40
40
45
40
40
40
40
40
40
45
40
40
50
50
40
40
40
50
45
40
50
50
50
45
Apply 2% derating of the rated current for every degree over but not exceeding 55°C maximum.
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
45
50
50
50
50
50
45
50
45
40
50
50
45
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
55
50
50
50
50
50
55
50
55
55
55
55
55
50
50
50
50
55
50
50
50
50
50
50
55
50
55
50
55
50
(continued)
178/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
(continued)
Size
S41
S51
S60
S60P
S65
S75
S90
SINUS PENTA Model
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
0598P
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
APPLICATION – CLASSES 2T-4T
LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG
Maximum allowable operating temperature (°C) without
40
50
45
40
40
50
50
45
50
45
50
50
40
45
45
40
45
40
derating.
Apply 2% derating of the rated current for every degree over but not exceeding 55°C maximum.
40
50
45
40
40
50
50
45
50
45
50
50
40
45
50
50
45
40
50
50
50
45
50
50
45
50
50
55
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
55
55
50
50
55
55
55
55
50
55
55
50
55
55
50
55
50
179/
455
SINUS PENTA
Size
S12 5T
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
INSTALLATION GUIDE
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0181
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
SINUS PENTA
Model
APPLICATION
– CLASS 5T-6T
LIGHT STANDARD HEAVY STRONG
Maximum allowable operating temperature (°C) without derating.
40
50
50
50
40
50
50
45
40
50
40
45
40
50
50
45
45
40
50
45
40
50
45
40
50
45
45
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
50
50
50
45
40
50
45
40
50
50
45
40
50
45
40
45
40
50
50
45
45
50
50
45
40
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
40
50
50
50
Apply 2% derating of the rated current for every degree over but not exceeding 55°C maximum.
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
55
50
50
55
55
55
55
50
50
55
55
55
55
50
55
55
55
55
50
55
50
55
50
55
50
55
50
50
50
55
50
55
55
55
50
55
50
50
55
55
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
45
50
45
50
45
50
50
45
45
50
50
50
45
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
180/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
5.4. Short-circuit Currents
The Short Circuit Current is referred to the maximum Drive power. All the Motor Drive models are rated for Standard Fault Current values in accordance with UL508C and based on an Internal Solid State
Short Circuit protection whose operation and whose manufacturing process complies UL508C.
CLASS 2T-4T
Size
S05 2T
S12 2T
S05 4T
S12 4T
S15
S20
S30
S41
S51
S60
S64/S65
S74/S75
S84/S90
SINUS PENTA
Model
All models
All models
All models
0016..0030
0034..0036
All models
All models
All models
0180..0217
0260
0313..0367
0402
All models
All models
0964..1130
1296
All models
Short Circuit
Current kA
5
5
5
5
10
30
30
42
42
10
10
10
18
85
150
200
200
CLASS 5T-6T
Size
S12 5T
S14 6T
S22
S32
S42
S52
S64/S65
S64/S70
S74/S75
S74/S80
S84/S90
Model
All models
0003..0022
0024..0032
All models
0076
0088..0164
0181..0201
0218..0259
0290
0314..0401
All models
All models
All models
All models
All models
Short Circuit
Current kA
5
5
10
10
10
18
18
30
30
42
85
150
150
200
200
181/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6. ACCESSORIES
6.1. Supply Unit for Sinus Penta S41..S52 (SU465)
The supply unit SU45 is required for the 12-phase power supply for Sinus Penta drives S41..S52 (see
section 12-pulse Connection for Modular Inverters).
The SU465 is to be installed as described below.
Please refer to the Transport and Handling and Unpacking sections.
The SU465 may be utilized as a 12-phase rectifier for the following Sinus Penta sizes:
1. S41
2. S42
3. S51
4. S52
Alternatively, it may be used as a standard rectifier.
The voltage input must range from 200Vac to 690Vac; the maximum allowable current for the SU465 is
465A.
An 18-pulse connection may be obtained by using N.2 supply units SU465.
The supply unit may also be used as a stand-alone supply unit. Please refer to the specific manual
The SU465 is an Open Type device featuring IP00 degree of protection suitable for installation inside a cabinet featuring at least IP3X degree of protection.
6.1.1. Delivery Check
Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to its front nameplate (see figure below).
If the equipment is damaged, contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned.
If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered, please contact the supplier as soon as possible.
If the equipment is stored before being started, make sure that temperatures range from –25°C ÷ +70°C and that relative humidity is <95% (non-condensing).
The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect. The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages due to the equipment transportation or unpacking. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses; wrong installation; improper conditions of temperature, humidity, or the use of corrosive substances. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages.
The supply unit SU465 is covered by a two-year guarantee starting from the date of delivery.
6.1.2. Installing and Operating the SU465
Please refer to the general instructions given in section Installing and Operating the Equipment.
182/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.1.3. SU465 Nameplate
SINUS PENTA
Figure 85: Nameplate for SU465
1. Model:
2. Input voltage:
3. Input frequency:
4. Input current:
5. Output voltage:
6. Output current:
7. Nominal power:
8. Degree of protection:
SU465
200-690Vac
50-60Hz
380A nominal current
282-975Vdc
465A nominal 580A maximum
453kVA
IP20
183/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.1.4. SU465 Operating Mode
The SU465 may operate as follows:
• In parallel to a 12-phase converter (this solution reduces the harmonic contents to the power supply mains):
M
Figure 86: The SU465 in 12-phase configuration
• As a supply unit for a conversion unit:
Figure 87: The SU465 as a supply unit of a conversion unit
6.1.4.1. SU465 Operation as a 12-phase Supply Unit
The 12-phase supply unit is controlled directly by the Penta drive. When operating as an additional rectifier bridge for the 12-phase connection, the following diagnostics functions are performed by the driver board of the Penta drive:
• Phase detection and measurement
• Heatsink overtemperature measurement and alarm
• Precharge control
184/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.1.4.2. SU465 Operation as a Stand-alone Supply Unit
The SU465 may also be utilized as a stand-alone supply unit. If this is the case, the supply unit is to be controlled by an external device performing the following:
-
Send the thyristor firing command
-
Deliver +24V/20W per unit
And receiving the following via voltage-free relay contacts:
-
Precharge status
-
Thermoswitch status
When multiple supply units are connected in parallel, consider 5% derating in respect to the rated current.
6.1.5. System Requirements
As the input current is automatically controlled, the system must meet the following requirements:
•
• The three-phase transformer must be: o
Symmetrical o
With Dy11d0 or Dy5d0 vector unit o
The secondary output voltages must range:
Within 5% of relative variation at full load
Within 0.5% under no-load conditions o
The short-circuit current must be Vsc>4%
• Wiring to the transformer, the supply unit and the drive shall be as close as possible in terms of cable length and cable cross-section.
6.1.6. Technical Specifications
Electrical specifications:
Overvoltage category III
(according to EN 61800-5-1)
MODEL
Rated input current (A)
Supply voltage
SU465
380
Mechanical specifications:
200-690Vac
Rated output current (A)
465
Maximum output current (A)
580
Output voltage
0-975Vdc
Dissipated power
(at rated current)
(W)
1160
MODEL
Degree of protection
Sound pressure
(dB)
SU465
(*) NEMA1 when using the special optional kit
IP00(*) 57
185/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.1.7. Installing the SU465
6.1.7.1. Environmental Requirements for the SU465 Installation, Storage and Transport
Maximum surrounding air temperature
–10 to +40°C with no derating from +40°C to +55°C with 2% derating of the rated current for each degree beyond +40°C
Ambient temperatures for storage and transport
–25°C to +70°C.
Installation environment
Altitude
Operating ambient humidity
Storage ambient humidity
Ambient humidity during transport
Pollution degree 2 or better (according to EN 61800-5-1).
Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust, corrosive gases, vibrations, water sprinkling or dripping
(depending on IP ratings); do not install in salty environments.
Max. altitude for installation 2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
Above 1000 m, derate the rated current by 1% every 100 m.
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 25g/m
3
, non- condensing and nonfreezing (class 3k3 according to EN 50178).
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 25g/m
3
, non-condensing and nonfreezing (class 1k3 according to EN 50178).
Max. 95%; up to 60g/m
3
, condensation may appear when the equipment is not running (class 2k3 according to EN 50178).
Storage and operating atmospheric pressure
Atmospheric pressure during transport
CAUTION
From 86 to 106 kPa (classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN 50178).
From 70 to 106 kPa (class 2k3 according to EN 50178).
Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life. Do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above-mentioned ambient conditions.
186/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.1.7.2. Mounting the SU465
The SU465 must be installed on the left of the drive in upright position inside a cabinet. The mechanical dimensions and fixing points are given in the figures below.
If the braking unit or an additional supply unit is installed, those units may be installed side by side.
The minimum allowable side clearance is 150mm and 100mm top and bottom.
W
Dimensions (mm)
257
H
550
D
398.5
X
170
Fixing point distance (mm)
Y
515
D1
12
D2
6
Type of screws
M8-M10
Weight
(kg)
36.6
Figure 88: Dimensions and fixing points for the SU465
187/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.1.7.3. IP21 Kit
The SU465 may be provided with a special safety kit against top-down water dripping to get IP21 degree of protection. Consequently, the side dimensions become 30mm.
188/
455
Figure 89: Overall dimensions when using IP21 kit
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.1.7.4. Through-panel Kit
The supply unit may be provided with the special through-panel kit for the segregation of the air flows.
W
Dimensions (mm)
325
H
683
D
398.5
X
250
Fixing point distance (mm)
Y
650
X1
293
Y1
400
Type of screws
M8-M10
Weight
(kg)
2
Figure 90: Dimensions and fixing points when using the through-panel kit for the SU465
189/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.1.7.5. NEMA1 Kit
The SU465 may be provided with the special NEMA1 kit against accidental contacts.
This optional kit is to be installed directly on the supply unit case and provides protection against accidental contacts with the power terminals in the supply unit.
Figure 91: NEMA1 kit and kit installation on the SU465
The NEMA1 kit is provided with N.3 removable plates that may be drilled to suit the installer’s needs in terms of cable paths to the mains and the unit to be power supplied.
The installer is responsible for the utilization of safe materials able to preserve the equipment’s degree of protection. It is recommended that the cables do not enter into contact with sharp metal parts that may jeopardize isolation.
Kit dimensions (mm)
W
187
H
298
D
248
SU465 length +
NEMA1 kit
H
765
Type of screws for mounting
M8
Weight
(kg)
3.4
190/
455
Figure 92: Overall dimensions when installing the NEMA1 kit
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.1.7.6. Power Terminals and Signal Terminals Layout
Power Wiring
The SU465 is to be connected to the drive as follows:
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
Terminal
R
S
T
+
–
Type
Bar
Bar
Bar
Bar
Bar
Tightening
Torque
(Nm)
30
30
30
30
30
Connection cable cross-section mm
2
NOTES
(AWG/kcmils)
240mm
2
(500kcmils) To be connected to phase R of the transformer
240mm
240mm
2
2
(500kcmils) To be connected to phase S of the transformer
240mm
240mm
2
2
(500kcmils) To be connected to phase T of the transformer
(500kcmils) To be connected to terminal 47/+ of the drive
(500kcmils) To be connected to terminal 49/– of the drive
Figure 93: Power terminals
CAUTION
When the SU465 is used as a 12-phase rectifier, bars 47/D and 47/+ in drives
S41-42-51-52 are to be short-circuited.
CAUTION
When the SU465 is used as a supply unit, bars 47/D and 47/+ in the drive are to be disconnected by removing the default bridge.
191/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
DANGER
DUAL POWER SUPPLY: The SU465 may be both AC supplied (input) and
DC supplied (output) thanks to the parallel connection to the drive.
Disconnect both sources (input AC power supply and parallel connection to the drive) before operating on the equipment.
DANGER
Once both AC power supply and DC power supply have been isolated, wait at least 20 minutes before operating on the DC-links to give the capacitors time to discharge.
192/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.1.7.7. Signal Connections
Each supply unit is provided with two DB9 connectors for the connection of the control signals. By way of
signals from the drive to be power supplied. Connector CN2 features a similar signal set for the cascade connection of an additional supply unit.
Connector CN1 – Connect terminal board M1 to the drive via a shielded DB9 cable, AWG26, provided with male DB9 terminal on the drive side and female DB9 terminal on the SU465.
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5.1
N.
1
2
3
4
Vrs
Vst
Name
12PHU
PREC_M
Description
12-ph UNIT FITTED
Thyristor firing precharge (master)
Vrs phase readout
Vst phase readout
0-24V
0-24V
±
±
I/Os
5V analog
5V analog
NOTES
+24V available
0V n/available
+24V firing failed;
0V: firing successful
Vrs/200 for 2T-4T
Vrs/250 for 5T-6T
Vrs/200 for 2T-4T
Vrs/250 for 5T-6T
5
6
7
8
VBOK
+24V
0V
PT_M
ON/OFF command for thyristor firing
0-24V +24V for thyristor firing
24Vdc power supply
0V
Thermoswitch
(master)
NTC readout (master)
20W (in common with the drive 24V power supply)
Control board zero volt
0-24V
+24V thermoswitch open;
0V: thermoswitch OK
NTC 10k polarized at 5V with 6k81
9 NTC_M
Connector CN2 – If required, connect terminal board M2 to the additional shielded DB9 connector, at least
AWG26, with a male DB9 connector on the first SU465 and a DB9 female on the second SU465.
DECISIVE VOLTAGE CLASS A ACCORDING TO EN 61800-5.1
N.
1
2
3
4
5
Name
18PHU
PREC_S
-
-
VBOK
Description
18-ph UNIT FITTED
Thyristor firing precharge (slave)
ON/OFF command for thyristor firing
0-24V
0-24V
0-24V
I/Os NOTES
+24V available
0V n/available
+24V firing failed;
0V: firing successful
Not connected
Not connected
+24V for thyristor firing
6
7
8
+24V
0V
PT_S
24Vdc power supply
0V
ON/OFF command for thyristor firing
24Vdc power supply
Thermoswitch (slave) 0-24V
+24V thermoswitch open;
0V: thermoswitch OK
NTC 10k polarized at 5V with 6k81
9 NTC_S
NTC readout (slave)
In the event of a 18-phase or more connection, an external 24V supply unit connected to pins 6 and 7 is required. 20W power is required for each additional unit.
193/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
The connection in parallel of more than one supply unit requires configuring the ES840/1 control board by changing the default settings of special-purpose jumpers. Those settings are given in the table below, based on the position of the supply unit in the device chain (first position, intermediate position, end position).
SU465
in first position
SU465 in intermediate position
SU465 in end position
J1
J2
J3
J4
J5
J6
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Figure 94: Position of the jumpers in the ES840/1 board
The configuration of jumpers J7-J8 depends on the operating voltage of the SU465.
J7
J8
2T-4T 5T-6T
1-2
1-2
2-3
2-3
194/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 95: Signal terminal board
Figure 96: Example of a 9-pin shielded cable for signal connection
195/
455
SINUS PENTA
6.1.8. Wiring the SU465
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 97: S41–S52 connections with 12-ph and 18-ph SU465
196/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.1.9. Cross-sections of the Power Cables and Sizes of the Protective Devices when the SU465 is Installed
The minimum requirements of the inverter cables and the protective devices needed to protect the system against short-circuits are given in the tables below. It is however recommended that the applicable regulations in force be observed; also check if voltage drops occur for cable links longer than 100m.
For the largest inverter sizes, special links with multiple conductors are provided for each phase. For example, 2x150 in the column relating to the cable cross-section means that two 150mm
2
parallel conductors are required for each phase.
Multiple conductors shall have the same length and must run parallel to each other, thus ensuring even current delivery at any frequency value. Paths having the same length but a different shape deliver uneven current at high frequency.
Also, do not exceed the tightening torque for the terminals to the bar connections. For connections to bars, the tightening torque relates to the bolt tightening the cable lug to the copper bar. The cross-section values given in the tables below apply to copper cables.
The links between the motor and the Penta drive must have the same lengths and must follow the same paths. Use 3-phase cables where possible.
Dimensioning depends on the configuration of the SU465 (12-phase connection or power supply unit – rectifier).
6.1.9.1. 12-phase Application
2T-4T
2T-4T
5T-6T
5T-6T
S41
S51
S42
S52
SINUS
PENTA
Model
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
165
180
200
225
250
280
320
150
175
190
215
240
275
340
155
Rated
Inverter
Current
Tightening
Torque
Cable Crosssection to
Mains and
Motor Side
A mm
2
Nm
10
10
10
10
10
(AWG/kcmils)
95 (4/0AWG)
95 (4/0AWG)
120 (250kcmils)
120 (250kcmils)
120 (250kcmils)
25-30 150 (300kcmils)
25-30 240 (500kcmils)
30
95 (4/0AWG)
30
95 (4/0AWG)
30
120 (250kcmils)
30
30
30
30
30
120 (250kcmils)
150 (300kcmils)
185 (400kcmils)
240 (500kcmils)
240 (500kcmils)
Fast Fuses
(700V) +
Disc.
Switch
A
200
250
250
315
400
400
450
200
250
250
315
400
400
500
200
Magnetic
Circuit
Breaker
A
200
250
250
400
400
400
400
160
200
250
400
400
400
400
200
AC1
Contactor
A
250
250
250
275
400
400
450
160
250
250
275
275
400
450
250
197/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.1.9.2. Supply Unit Application
Voltage Class
Rated
Inverter
Current
Tightening
Torque
Cable Cross-section to Mains and Motor
Side
Fast Fuses
(700V) +
Disc. Switch
Magnetic
Circuit
Breaker
AC1
Contactor
2T-4T-5T-6T
A
465
Nm
50
mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
2x150 (2x300kcmils)
A
500
A
630
A
500
6.1.10. Earth Bonding of the SU465
For the earth bonding of the SU465 and the transformer for the 12-phase application, please refer to the
general instructions given in section Inverter and Motor Ground Connection.
6.1.11. Scheduled Maintenance of the SU465
6.1.12. Inductors to be Applied to the Sinus Penta and the SU465
Dimensioning depends on the configuration of the SU465 (12-phase connection or power supply unit – rectifier).
6.1.12.1. 12-phase Application
Voltage
Class
2T-4T
2T-4T
5T-6T
5T-6T
Sinus Penta
Size
S41
S51
S42
S52
Sinus Penta
Model
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
INPUT THREE-PHASE AC
INDUCTOR
IM0126244
0.09mH–252Arms
IM0126282
0.063mH–360Arms
IM0127274
0.12mH–325Arms
IM0127330
0.096mH–415Arms
198/
455
6.1.12.2. Supply Unit Application
CAUTION
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if the supply unit SU465 is utilized as a rectifier (precharge circuit for DC-bus capacitors upstream of the DC voltage supply terminals).
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2. Resistive Braking
When a large braking torque is required or the load connected to the motor is pulled (as for instance in lifting applications), the power regenerated by the motor is to be dissipated. This can be obtained either by dissipating energy to braking resistors (in that case a braking module is required), or by powering the inverter via the DC-bus using a system able to deliver energy to the mains. Both solutions are available.
The first solution is described below; for the second solution, please refer to the technical documentation
pertaining to the Regenerative Inverter (see the Guide to the Regenerative Application).
The braking modules are integrated into the Sinus Penta up to S32 included; for greater sizes, the braking modules are to be externally installed. The resistors allowing dissipating the energy regenerated by the inverter are to be connected to the braking modules.
From size S05 to size S32, Sinus Penta inverters are supplied with a built-in braking module. The braking
also for the description of the suitable braking resistors.
When choosing the braking resistor, consider the following:
• drive supply voltage (voltage class),
• the braking resistor Ohm value
• the rated power of the resistor.
The voltage class and the Ohm value determine the instant power dissipated in the braking resistor and are relating to the motor power (see note below); the rated power determines the mean power to be dissipated in the braking resistor and is relating to the duty cycle of the equipment, i.e. to the resistor activation time in respect to the duty cycle full time (the duty cycle of the resistor is equal to the motor braking time divided by the equipment duty cycle).
It is not possible to connect resistors with a Ohm value lower than the min. value acknowledged by the inverter.
NOTE
The braking power required to reduce the speed of a rotating body is proportional to the total moment of inertia of the rotating mass, to the speed variation, to the absolute speed and is inversely proportional to the deceleration time required.
The following pages contain application tables stating the resistors to be used depending on the inverter model, the application requirements and the supply voltage. The braking resistor power is given as an approximate empirical value; the correct dimensioning of the braking resistor is based on the equipment duty cycle and the power regenerated during the braking stage.
199/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.2.1. Braking Resistors
NOTE
The wire cross-sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor.
HOT
SURFACE
CAUTION
The braking resistor case may reach 200°C based on the operating cycle.
The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty-cycle; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heatsensitive equipment or objects.
Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables.
CAUTION
6.2.1.1. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 2T
Min.
Size Model
Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
Type
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
25.0
25.0
25.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
15.0
10.0
10.0
7.5
5.0
5.0
5.0
4.2
4.2
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
56Ω-350W
2*56Ω-350W
2*56Ω-350W
2*56Ω-350W
2*56Ω-350W
3*56Ω-350W
3*56Ω-350W
15Ω-1100W
10Ω-1500W
10Ω-1500W
2*15Ω-1100W
5Ω-4000W
5Ω-4000W
5Ω-4000W
5Ω-4000W
5Ω-4000W
3.3Ω-8000W
3.3Ω-8000W
3.3Ω-8000W
3.3Ω-8000W
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
B - Two or multiple parallel-connected resistors
BRAKING RESISTORS
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
IP55
IP55
IP54
IP54
IP55
IP20
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
CAUTION
Value
(
Ω)
18.7
15
10
10
7.5
5.0
56
28
28
28
28
18.7
5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 450/700V.
Wire crosssection mm2 (AWG)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
200/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2.1.2. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 2T
BRAKING RESISTORS
Size
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
Model
0007
0008
0010
0013
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
Type of connection:
Min.
Applicable
10.0
7.5
5
5.0
5.0
4.2
4.2
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
Resistor
(
Ω)
25.0
25.0
25.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
18.0
15.0
10.0
Type
2*100Ω-350W
2*56Ω-350W
2*56Ω-350W
4*100Ω-350W
4*100Ω-350W
25Ω-1800W
25Ω-1800W
15Ω-2200W
2*25Ω-1800W
2*25Ω-1800W
2*15Ω-2200W
5Ω-4000W
5Ω-8000W
5Ω-8000W
5Ω-8000W
5Ω-8000W
3.3Ω-12000W
3.3Ω-12000W
3.3Ω-12000W
3.3Ω-12000W
Degree of
Protection
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Type of
Connection
B
B
B
B
B
A
A
A
B
B
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω)
50
28
28
25
25
25
25
15
12.5
12.5
7.5
5
5
5
5
5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
4(12)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
6(10)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
A - One resistor
B - Two or multiple parallel-connected resistors
CAUTION
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 450/700V.
201/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.2.1.3. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% Class 2T
BRAKING RESISTORS
Size Model Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
Type
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω)
S05
0007
0008
0010
0013
25.0
25.0
25.0
18.0
18.0
50Ω-1100W
25Ω-1800W
25Ω-1800W
25Ω-4000W
S12
S15
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
18.0
18.0
15.0
10.0
10.0
6.6
6.6
5.0
25Ω-4000W
25Ω-4000W
20Ω-4000W
20Ω-4000W
10Ω-8000W
10Ω-8000W
6.6Ω-12000W
6.6Ω-12000W
6.6Ω-12000W
S20
S30
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
5.0
4.2
4.2
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
2*10Ω-8000W
2*10Ω-8000W
2*10Ω-8000W
2*6.6Ω-12000W
2*6.6Ω-12000W
3*10Ω-12000W
3*10Ω-12000W
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
B - Two or multiple parallel-connected resistors
CAUTION
IP55
IP54
IP54
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
50
25
25
25
25
25
20
20
10
10
6.6
6.6
6.6
5
5
5
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 450/700V.
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
4(12)
6(10)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
10(8)
10(8)
202/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2.1.4. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 4T
BRAKING RESISTORS
Size Model
S05
S12
S15
S20
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
S30
0150
0162
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
10
10
10
7.5
7.5
6
6
5
20
20
20
15
40
40
40
20
50
50
50
50
50
5
CAUTION
Type
75Ω-550W
75Ω-550W
50Ω-1100W
50Ω-1100W
50Ω-1100W
50Ω-1500W
50Ω-1500W
50Ω-1500W
25Ω-1800W
25Ω-1800W
20Ω-4000W
20Ω-4000W
15Ω-4000W
15Ω-4000W
10Ω-8000W
10Ω-8000W
10Ω-8000W
10Ω-8000W
6.6Ω-12000W
6.6Ω-12000W
5Ω-16000W
5Ω-16000W
Degree of
Protection
IP33
IP33
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω)
10
6.6
6.6
5
15
10
10
10
25
20
20
15
50
50
50
25
75
75
50
50
50
5
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
6(10)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
6(10)
16(6)
203/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.2.1.5. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 4T
BRAKING RESISTORS
Size Model
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
Type
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω)
S05
0005
0007
0009
S12
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
S15
S20
0036
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
S30
0150
0162
Type of connection:
50
50
50
50
50
40
40
40
20
20
20
20
15
10
10
10
7.5
7.5
6
6
5
5
50Ω-1100W
50Ω-1100W
50Ω-1100W
50Ω-1500W
50Ω-1500W
50Ω-2200W
50Ω-2200W
50Ω-4000W
25Ω-4000W
25Ω-4000W
20Ω-4000W
20Ω-4000W
15Ω-8000W
10Ω-12000W
10Ω-12000W
10Ω-12000W
10Ω-16000W
10Ω-16000W
2*3.3Ω-8000W
2*3.3Ω-8000W
2*10Ω-12000W
2*10Ω-12000W
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP54
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP23
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
B
B
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25
20
20
15
10
10
10
10
10
6.6
6.6
5
5
A - One resistor
B - Two or multiple parallel-connected resistors
C - Two series-connected resistors
CAUTION
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
2.5(14)
6(10)
6(10)
6(10)
6(10)
10(8)
204/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2.1.6. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 4T
BRAKING RESISTORS
Size Model
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
Type
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω)
S05
0005
0007
0009
50
50
50
50Ω-4000W
50Ω-4000W
50Ω-4000W
S12
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
50
50
40
40
40
20
20
20
50Ω-4000W
50Ω-4000W
50Ω-8000W
50Ω-8000W
50Ω-8000W
20Ω-12000W
20Ω-12000W
20Ω-16000W
S15
S20
0036
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
20
15
10
10
10
7.5
7.5
6
20Ω-16000W
15Ω-24000W
15Ω-24000W
10Ω-24000W
10Ω-24000W
2*15Ω-24000W
2*15Ω-24000W
6Ω-64000W
S30
0129
0150
6
5
6Ω-64000W
5Ω-64000W
0162
5 5Ω-64000W
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
B - Two or multiple parallel-connected resistors
CAUTION
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
A
A
A
A
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
20
20
20
20
15
15
10
10
7.5
7.5
6
6
5
5
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
Wire cross-
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
35(2)
35(2)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
section mm
2
(AWG)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
4(12)
10(8)
10(8)
205/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.2.1.7. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 5T
BRAKING RESISTOR
Size Model
S14
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
S22
0062
0069
0076
0088
S32
0131
0164
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
40
25
25
20
12
12
120
120
60
60
60
40
12
12
8
8
5
5
CAUTION
Type
250Ω-1100W
180Ω-1100W
120Ω-1800W
100Ω-2200W
82Ω-4000W
60Ω-4000W
45Ω-4000W
45Ω-4000W
30Ω-4000W
22Ω-8000W
22Ω-8000W
18Ω-8000W
15Ω-12000W
12Ω-12000W
10Ω-12000W
8.2Ω-16000W
6.6Ω-24000W
5Ω-24000W
Degree of
Protection
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP20
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω)
250
180
120
100
82
60
45
45
30
22
22
18
15
12
10
8.2
6.6
5
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
206/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2.1.8. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 5T
BRAKING RESISTOR
Size Model
S14
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
S22
0062
0069
0076
0088
S32
0131
0164
Type of connection:
A- One resistor
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
40
25
25
20
12
12
120
120
60
60
60
40
12
12
8
8
5
5
CAUTION
Type
250Ω-1500W
180Ω-1500W
120Ω-4000W
100Ω-4000W
82Ω-4000W
60Ω-4000W
45Ω-8000W
45Ω-8000W
30Ω-8000W
22Ω-12000W
22Ω-12000W
18Ω-12000W
15Ω-16000W
12Ω-16000W
10Ω-24000W
8.2Ω-24000W
6.6Ω-32000W
5Ω-48000W
Degree of
Protection
IP55
IP55
IP20
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω)
250
180
120
100
82
60
45
45
30
22
22
18
15
12
10
8.2
6.6
5
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
25(3)
25(3)
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
207/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.2.1.9. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 5T
BRAKING RESISTOR
Size Model
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
Type
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω)
S14
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
120
120
60
60
60
40
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
40
25
25
20
12
12
S22
S32
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
12
12
8
8
5
0164
5
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
B - Two series-connected resistors
CAUTION
250Ω-2200W
180Ω-4000W
120Ω-4000W
100Ω-4000W
82Ω-8000W
60Ω-8000W
45Ω-12000W
45Ω-12000W
30Ω-16000W
22Ω-16000W
22Ω-24000W
18Ω-24000W
15Ω-32000W
12Ω-48000W
10Ω-48000W
8.2Ω-64000W
6.6Ω-64000W
2x10Ω-48000W
IP55
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP20
IP23
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
250
180
120
100
82
60
45
45
30
22
22
18
15
12
10
8.2
6.6
5
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
25(3)
25(3)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
208/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2.1.10. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 6T
BRAKING RESISTOR
Size Model
S14
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
S22
0062
0069
0076
0088
S32
0131
0164
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
50
30
30
25
15
15
150
150
80
80
80
50
15
15
10
10
6
6
CAUTION
Type
250Ω-1500W
180Ω-2200W
150Ω-2200W
120Ω-4000W
82Ω-4000W
60Ω-4000W
60Ω-4000W
45Ω-4000W
30Ω-8000W
30Ω-8000W
22Ω-8000W
18Ω-12000W
15Ω-12000W
15Ω-12000W
10Ω-16000W
10Ω-24000W
6.6Ω-24000W
6Ω-32000W
Degree of
Protection
IP55
IP55
IP55
IP20
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω)
60
60
45
30
30
22
18
250
180
150
120
82
15
15
10
10
6.6
6
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
209/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.2.1.11. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 6T
BRAKING RESISTOR
Size Model
S14
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
S22
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
S32
0131
0164
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
30
25
15
15
15
15
10
10
6
6
150
150
80
80
80
50
50
30
CAUTION
Type
250Ω-2200W
180Ω-4000W
150Ω-4000W
120Ω-4000W
82Ω-4000W
60Ω-4000W
60Ω-8000W
45Ω-8000W
30Ω-8000W
30Ω-12000W
22Ω-12000W
18Ω-16000W
15Ω-16000W
15Ω-16000W
10Ω-24000W
10Ω-32000W
6.6Ω-48000W
6Ω-48000W
Degree of
Protection
IP55
IP20
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω)
250
180
150
120
82
60
60
45
30
30
22
18
15
15
10
10
6.6
6
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
16(6)
16(6)
25(3)
25(3)
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
210/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.2.1.12. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 6T
BRAKING RESISTOR
Size Model
Min. Applicable
Resistor (
Ω)
Type
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω)
S14
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
150
150
80
80
80
50
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
50
30
30
25
15
15
S22
S32
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
15
15
10
10
6
0164
6
Type of connection:
A - One resistor
C - Two series-connected resistors
CAUTION
250Ω-4000W
180Ω-4000W
150Ω-4000W
120Ω-8000W
82Ω-8000W
60Ω-8000W
60Ω-12000W
45Ω-16000W
30Ω-16000W
30Ω-24000W
22Ω-24000W
18Ω-32000W
15Ω-48000W
15Ω-48000W
10Ω-64000W
10Ω-64000W
2x3Ω-48000W
2x3Ω-48000W
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP20
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
250
180
150
120
82
60
60
45
30
30
22
18
15
15
10
10
6
6
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
Wire crosssection mm
2
(AWG)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
25(3)
25(3)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
211/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3. Braking Unit (BU200 2T-4T) for S41-S51 and S60-S60P
An external braking unit is available for sizes S60 2T-4T from S41 to S60P.
The BU200 is an Open Type Equipment – degree of protection IP00 – that can be installed inside another enclosure featuring degree of protection IP3X as a minimum requirement.
6.3.1. Delivery Check
Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to its front nameplate (see figure below).
If the equipment is damaged, contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned.
If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered, please contact the supplier as soon as possible.
If the equipment is stored before being started, make sure that temperatures range from –25°C ÷ +70°C and that relative humidity is <95% (non-condensing).
The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect. The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages due to the equipment transportation or unpacking. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses; wrong installation; improper conditions of temperature, humidity, or the use of corrosive substances. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings and is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages.
The braking unit BU200 is covered by a two-year guarantee starting from the date of delivery.
212/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.1.1. Nameplate for BU200 2T-4T
4
3
2
SINUS PENTA
6
Figure 98: Nameplate for BU200 2T-4T
Numbered items in the figure above:
1. Model:
2. Voltage class:
3. Supply ratings:
4. Output current:
5.
6.
Min. load:
Cable cross-section:
BU200 – braking unit 2T-4T
List of applicable voltage classes
200÷800 Vdc (DC supply voltage produced by the inverter terminals)
80A (average) – continuous average current in output cables
130A (max.) – max. current in output cables (may be held for the time given in column “Max. Duration of Continuous Operation” in the resistors tables below)
Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals (see application tables below)
Dimensioning of the power cables
1
5
213/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.2. Operation
The basic size of the braking unit can be used with a braking resistor avoiding exceeding a max. instant current of 130 A, corresponding to a maximum braking power of approx. 97.5 kW (class 4T) and to an average power of 60 kW (class 4T). For applications requiring higher braking power values, multiple braking units can be parallel-connected in order to obtain a greater braking power based on the number of braking units.
To ensure that the overall braking power is evenly distributed to all braking units, configure one braking unit in MASTER mode and the remaining braking units in SLAVE mode, and connect the output signal of the
MASTER unit (terminal 8 in connector M1) to the forcing input for all SLAVE braking units (terminal 4 in connector M1).
6.3.2.1. Configuration Jumpers
Jumpers located on the control board for BU200 are used for the configuration of the braking unit.
Their positions and functions are as follows:
Jumper Function
J1
J2
If on, it configures the SLAVE operating mode
If on, it configures the MASTER operating mode
NOTE
Either one of the two jumpers must always be “on”. Avoid enabling both jumpers at a time.
Jumper Function
J3
J4
J5
J6
To be activated for class 4T inverters and mains voltage [380 Vac to 480 Vac]
To be activated for class 2T inverters and mains voltage [200 Vac to 240 Vac]
To be activated for class 4T inverters and mains voltage [481 Vac to 500 Vac]
To be activated for special adjustment requirements
NOTE
One of the four jumpers must always be “ON”. Avoid enabling two or more jumpers at a time.
J J
J J J
J
214/
455
Figure 99: Positions of BU200 configuration jumpers
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
DANGER
CAUTION
Before changing jumper positions, remove voltage from the equipment and wait at least 20 minutes.
Never
set jumpers to a voltage value lower than the inverter supply voltage. This will avoid continuous activation of the braking unit.
6.3.2.2. Adjusting Trimmers
Four trimmers are installed on the inverter control board. Depending on the jumper configuration, each trimmer allows the fine-tuning of the braking unit voltage threshold trip.
Jumper-trimmer matching is as follows:
Mains voltage [Vac] Jumper Trimmer
Minimum braking voltage [Vdc]
339
Rated braking voltage [Vdc]
200÷240 (2T)
380÷480 (4T)
481÷500 (4T)
230÷500
J4
J3
J5
J6
RV3
RV2
RV4
RV5
700
730
464
364
764
783
650
Maximum braking voltage [Vdc]
426
826
861
810
CAUTION
The maximum values in the table above are theoretical values for special applications only. Their use must be authorized by Elettronica Santerno. For standard applications, never change the factory-set rated value.
Rv Rv Rv
Rv
Figure 100: Positions of BU200 adjusting trimmers
215/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.2.3. Indicator LEDs
The indicator LEDs below are located on the front part of the braking units:
OK LED
Normally “on”; the equipment is running smoothly. This LED turns off due to overcurrent or power circuit failure.
B LED
Normally off”; this LED turns on when the braking unit activates.
TMAX LED
Normally “off”; this LED turns on when the thermoswitch located on the heat sink of the braking unit trips; if overtemperature protection trips, the equipment is locked until temperature drops below the alarm threshold.
B
TMAX
OK
Figure 101: Position of the Indicator LEDs
6.3.3. Ratings
SIZE
Max.
Braking
Current (A)
Average
Braking
Current (A)
INVERTER SUPPLY VOLTAGE and JUMPER POSITIONS
200-240Vac
(class 2T)
J4
380-480Vac
(class 4T)
J3
481-500Vac
(class 4T)
J5
BU200
130 80 3
MIN. BRAKING RESISTOR (
Ω)
6 6
216/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.3.4. Installing the BU200
6.3.4.1. Environmental Requirements for the BU200 Installation, Storage and Transport
Maximum surrounding air temperature
–10 to +40°C with no derating from +40°C to +55°C with a 2% derating of the rated current for each degree beyond +40°C.
Ambient temperatures for storage and transport
–25°C to +70°C.
Installation environment
Altitude
Operating ambient humidity
Storage ambient humidity
Ambient humidity during transport
Pollution degree 2 or better (according to EN 61800-5-1).
Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust, corrosive gases, vibrations, water sprinkling or dripping
(depending on IP ratings); do not install in salty environments.
Max. altitude for installation 2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
Above 1000 m, derate the rated current by 1% every 100 m.
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 25g/m
3
, non- condensing and nonfreezing (class 3k3 according to EN 50178).
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 25g/m
3
, non-condensing and nonfreezing (class 1k3 according to EN 50178).
Max. 95%; up to 60g/m
3
, condensation may appear when the equipment is not running (class 2k3 according to EN 50178).
Storage and operating atmospheric pressure
Atmospheric pressure during transport
CAUTION
From 86 to 106 kPa (classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN 50178).
From 70 to 106 kPa (class 2k3 according to EN 50178).
Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life. Do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above-mentioned ambient conditions.
6.3.4.2. Cooling System and Dissipated Power
The braking unit is provided with a heat sink reaching a max. temperature of 80°C.
Make sure that the bearing surface for the braking unit is capable of withstanding high temperatures. Max. dissipated power is approx. 150 W and depends on the braking cycle required for the operating conditions of the load connected to the motor.
CAUTION
The max. temperature alarm for the braking unit shall be used as a digital signal to control the inverter stop.
217/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.4.3. Mounting
-
The braking unit (BU200) must be installed in an upright position inside a cabinet;
-
Make sure to allow a min. clearance of 5 cm on both types and 10 cm on top and bottom; use cableglands to maintain IP20 rating;
-
Fix the BU200 with four MA4 screws.
W
139
Dimensions (mm)
H
247
D
196
Distance between fixing points
(mm)
X
120
Y
237
Type of screws
M4
Weight (kg)
4
218/
455
Figure 102: Dimensions and fixing points of BU200
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.3.4.4. Lay-Out of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals
Remove the cover of the braking unit to gain access to its terminal blocks. Just loosen the four fixing screws of the cover located on the front side and on the bottom side of the braking unit.
Loosen the fastening screws to slide off the cover from above.
Power terminals consist of copper bars, that can be reached through the three front holes.
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
Terminal
+
B
N.
20
21
Type of terminal
Copper bar
Copper bar
– 22
Terminal block M1:
Copper bar
Cable cross-section
(mm
2
)
25
See Resistors table
25
Connection
Inverter DC side connected to terminal +
Connection to braking resistor
Inverter DC side connected to terminal –
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
N. Name Description Notes Features Cable crosssection (mm
2
)
M1 : 1
M1 : 2
M1 : 3
M1 : 4
M1 : 8
M1 : 9
M1 :10
Not used
Signal zero volt
Modulation input (0÷10
V)
Logic input for signal sent from Master
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
M1 : 5
M1 : 6
M1 : 7
0VE
Vin
Sin
Mout
RL-NO
RL-C
RL-NC
Digital output for Slave command signal
Not used
Not used
Control board zero volt
To be used for special applications Rin=10kΩ
The SLAVE brakes if a signal > 6 V is sent
High level output when the Master is braking
Max. 30V
PNP output (0-15V)
NO contact of
“thermoswitch on” relay The relay energizes
Common of the contact of “thermoswitch on” relay
NC contact of
“thermoswitch on” relay when an overtemperature alarm trips for
BU200
250Vac, 5A
30Vdc, 5A
0.5÷1
0.5÷1
0.5÷1
0.5÷1
0.5÷1
0.5÷1
0.5÷1
Figure 103: Terminals in BU200
219/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.4.5. Wiring
The braking unit must be connected to the inverter and the braking resistor.
The braking unit is connected directly to the inverter terminals (or copper bars for sizes greater than S32) of the DC voltage output, while the braking resistor must be connected to the inverter on one side and to the braking unit on the other side.
The wiring diagram is shown in the figure below:
Figure 104: Connecting one BU200 to the inverter
NOTE
NOTE
The braking resistor must be connected between terminal B of BU200 and terminal + of the inverter. In that way, no sudden variation in braking current occurs in the supply line between the inverter and BU200. In order to minimize electromagnetic radiated emissions when BU200 is operating, the loop obtained from the wiring connecting terminal + of the inverter, the braking resistor, terminals B and – of BU200 and terminal – of the inverter should be as short as possible.
We recommend installing a 50A fuse with DC voltage of at least 700 Vdc (type
URDC SIBA series, NH1 fuse) provided with a safety contact.
CAUTION
Link the safety contact of the fuse being used with the external alarm of BU200.
6.3.4.6. Master – Slave Connection
The Master-Slave connection must be used when multiple braking units are connected to the same inverter.
An additional connection must be done between the Master output signal (terminal 8 in M1) and the Slave input signal (terminal 4 in M1); zero volt of the signal connector in the Master module (terminal 2 in M1) must be connected to zero volt of the signal connector in the Slave module (terminal 2 in M1).
The connection of more than two modules must always be done by configuring one module like a master and the other modules like slaves. Use configuration jumpers accordingly.
The max. temperature alarm of the braking unit must be used as a digital signal to control the inverter stop.
All contacts (voltage-free contacts) in all braking modules may be series-connected as shown in the diagram below:
220/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 105: Master – Slave multiple connection
NOTE
NEVER connect signal zero volt (terminal 2 in M1) to zero volt of the inverter power supply voltage (–).
NOTE
We recommend installing a 50A fuse with DC current of at least 700 Vdc (type
URDC SIBA series, NH1 fuse) provided with a safety contact.
CAUTION
Link the safety contact of the fuse being used with the external alarm of BU200.
6.3.5. Earth Bonding of the BU200
6.3.6. Scheduled Maintenance of the BU200
For the scheduled maintenance of the BU200, please refer to the general instructions given in section
Inverter Scheduled Maintenance.
DANGER
Once power supply has been cut off from the drive connected to the BU200, wait at least 20 minutes before operating on the DC circuits to give the capacitors time to discharge.
221/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.7. Braking Resistors for BU200 2T
Refer to the tables below for the connection of the braking resistors.
NOTE
The wire cross-sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor.
CAUTION
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 450/700V.
HOT
SURFACE
CAUTION
CAUTION
Based on the functioning cycle, the surface of the braking resistors may reach 200°C.
The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty-cycle; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heatsensitive equipment or objects.
Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables.
6.3.7.1. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 2T
Size
S41
S51
S60
Braking Resistors
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
4
5
5
6
6
2
2
3
3
4
5
5
6
6
2
2
3
3
Q.ty
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
Power
(kW)
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Degree of
Protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Type of connection
M
M
N
N
O
P
P
Q
Q
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
1.65
1.65
1.1
1.1
0.82
0.66
0.66
0.55
0.55
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
10(8)
222/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.3.7.2. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 2T
Braking Resistors
Size
S41
S51
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
4
5
5
6
6
2
2
3
3
Q.ty
4
5
5
6
6
2
2
3
3
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
3.3
Power
(kW)
12
12
12
12
12
8
8
12
12
Degree of
Protection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Type of connection
M
M
N
N
O
P
P
Q
Q
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
1.65
1.65
1.1
1.1
0.82
0.66
0.66
0.55
0.55
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
S60
6.3.7.3. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 2T
Braking Resistors
Braking
Sinus
Unit
Size Penta
Model
Resistors to be used
Type of
Q.ty
4
5
5
6
6
2
2
3
3
Q.ty
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
Degree of
Protection connection
S41
S51
S60
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
8
10
10
12
12
4
4
6
6
Power
(kW)
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
Y
W
W
Z
Z
V
V
X
X
M-Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
Value
(
Ω)
1.65
1.65
1.1
1.1
0.82
0.66
0.66
0.55
0.55
N-Three units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
O-Four units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
P-Five units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
Q-Six units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
Wire Crosssection mm
2
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
(AWG/kcmils)
V-Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel-connected braking resistors
X-Three units, each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel-connected braking resistors
Y-Four units, each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel-connected braking resistors
W-Five units, each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel-connected braking resistors
Z-Six units, each of them including a braking module connected to two parallel-connected braking resistors
223/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.3.8. Braking Resistors for BU200 4T
NOTE
CAUTION
The wire cross-sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor.
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
HOT
SURFACE
CAUTION
CAUTION
Based on the functioning cycle, the surface of the braking resistors may reach 200°C.
The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty-cycle; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heatsensitive equipment or objects.
Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables.
6.3.8.1. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 4T
Braking Resistors
Size
S41
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367 S51
0402
0457
S60
0524
S60P 0598P
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
3
4
4
4
2
2
3
3
5
6
Q.ty
3
4
4
4
2
2
3
3
5
6
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
Power
(kW)
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
12
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
M
M
N
N
N
O
O
O
P
Q
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
3.3
3.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.32
1.1
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
224/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.3.8.2. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 4T
Braking Resistors
Size
S41
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
S51 0367
0402
0457
S60
0524
S60P 0598P
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
3
4
4
4
2
2
3
3
5
6
Q.ty
3
4
4
4
2
2
3
3
5
6
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
6.6
Power
(kW)
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
N
O
O
O
P
M
M
N
N
Q
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
3.3
3.3
2.2
2.2
2.2
1.65
1.65
1.65
1.32
1.1
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
6.3.8.3. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 4T
Braking Resistors
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Resistors to be used
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω)
Q.ty
Q.ty
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
Power
(kW)
S41
S51
S60
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
S60P 0598P
5
6
7
7
3
3
4
4
8
8
5
6
7
7
3
3
4
4
8
8
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
24
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
N
N
O
R
S
S
O
P
Q
R
M-Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
N-Three units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
O-Four units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
P-Five units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
Q-Six units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
R-Seven units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
S-Eight units, each of them including a braking module connected to its braking resistor
3.3
3.3
2.5
2.5
2.0
1.7
1.4
1.4
1.25
1.25
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
16(6)
225/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.4. Braking Units for S42–S52 (BU600 5T-6T)
A braking unit is available for sizes S42–S52 (BU600 5T-6T). This braking unit must not be used for inverter sizes other than the ones above.
The BU600 is an Open Type Equipment – degree of protection IP00 – that can be installed inside another enclosure featuring degree of protection IP3X as a minimum requirement.
6.4.1. Delivery Check
Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part (see figure below). If the equipment is damaged, contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned. If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered, please contact the supplier as soon as possible.
If the equipment is stored before being started, make sure that temperatures range from –25°C to +70°C and that relative humidity is <95% (non-condensing).
The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect. The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred while shipping or unpacking the equipment. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses; wrong installation; improper conditions of temperature, humidity, or the use of corrosive substances. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings. The manufacturer is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages.
The braking unit is covered by a two-year guarantee starting from the date of delivery.
6.4.1.1. Nameplate for BU600 5T-6T
1
2
3
4
1. Model:
2. Supply ratings:
3. Output current:
4. Min. load:
226/
455
Figure 106: Nameplate for BU600 5T-6T
BU600 – Braking module 5T-6T
DC supply voltage deriving directly from the inverter terminals: 400 to 1200
Vdc for BU600 5-6T
300A (average) – continuous average current in output cables
600A (max.) – max. current in output cables (may be held for all the time given in column “Max. Duration of Continuous Operation” in the resistors tables below)
Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals (see application tables below)
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.4.2. Operating Mode
The braking module is powered and controlled directly by the inverter.
The signals on terminal M1 of the braking module are to be connected to the signals on the BRAKE connector of the inverter using the cable supplied.
Figure 107
: BRAKE connector supplied with the Sinus Penta
Figure 108: Cable connecting the Sinus Penta to braking unit BU600
227/
455
SINUS PENTA
The following diagnostic LEDs are provided:
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 109: Diagnostic LEDs
+24V, –24V:
Both “on” when the braking unit is powered on
DSP RUN [*]:
“On” when the on-board microcontroller is on
BRAKE ON:
“On” when the braking IGBT is ON
TYPE OF FAULT [*]:
Code of the active fault
BRAKE FAULT:
“On” when a fault occurs; it turns off only when the RESET input in terminal board M2 is activated.
OTBR FAULT:
“On” when the thermoswitch trips (it comes on in conjunction with the BRAKE FAULT LED).
It turns off when the fault condition is reset.
OTBU FAULT:
IGBT thermal protection tripped (it comes on in conjunction with the BRAKE FAULT LED). It turns off when the fault condition is reset.
[*] NOTE
This function is not available.
228/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.4.3. Specifications
MODEL
BU600 5T-6T
BU600 5T-6T
Max. Braking
Current
(A)
600
600
6.4.4. Installing the BU600
Average
Braking
Current
(A)
300
300
Penta Supply Voltage
500-600Vac
600-690Vac
Min. Braking
Resistor
(
Ω)
1.6
1.8
Power
Dissipated
(at Average
Braking
Current)
(W)
700
700
6.4.4.1. Environmental Requirements for the BU600 Installation, Storage and Transport
Maximum surrounding air temperature
–10 to +40°C with no derating
From +40°C to +55°C with a 2% derating of the rated current for each degree beyond +40°C.
Ambient temperatures for storage and transport
–25°C to +70°C
Installation environment
Pollution degree 2 or better (according to EN 61800-5-1).
Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust, corrosive gases, vibrations, water sprinkling or dripping; do not install in salty environments.
Altitude
Operating ambient humidity
Storage ambient humidity
Ambient humidity during transport
Storage and operating atmospheric pressure
Atmospheric pressure during transport
Max. altitude for installation 2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica
Santerno.
Above 1000 m, derate the rated current by 1% every 100 m.
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 25g/m
3
, non-condensing and non-freezing (class 3k3 according to EN 50178).
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3 to 25g/m
3
, non-condensing and non-freezing (class 1k3 according to EN 50178).
Max. 95%, up to 60g/m the equipment is not running (class 2k3 according to EN
50178).
3
; condensation may appear when
From 86 to 106 kPa (classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN
50178).
From 70 to 106 kPa (class 2k3 according to EN 50178).
CAUTION
Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life. Do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above-mentioned ambient conditions.
229/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.4.4.2. Mounting the Braking Unit
The braking unit BU600/BU700 must be installed in upright position on the left of the inverter inside a cabinet. Its overall dimensions and fixing points are given in the figure below.
W
248
Dimensions (mm)
H
881.5
D
399
X
170
Fixing Points (mm)
Y
845
D1
12
D2
24
Type of
Screws
M8-M10
Weight
(kg)
72
230/
455
Figure 110: Dimensions and fixing points of braking unit BU600
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.4.4.3. Lay-Out of Power Terminals and Signal Terminals
Power connections
Link the braking module to the inverter and to the braking resistor as described below.
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
Tightening Connection Bar Cross-
Terminal Type Torque
(Nm) section mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
NOTES
+
B
–
Bus bar
Bus bar
Bus bar
30
30
30
240
(500kcmils)
See Resistors Table
240
(500kcmils)
To be connected to terminal 47/+ of the inverter and to one terminal of the braking resistor
To be connected to the remaining terminal of the braking resistor
To be connected to terminal 49/– of the inverter
Figure 111: Power terminals
231/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Signal connections
Terminals M1
– Connect to the inverter using the cable supplied.
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
N. Name Description I/O Features NOTES
Cable Crosssection Fitting the Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
1 BRAKE
2 0V
3 BRERR
4
5
6
BU
SLAVE
0V
Braking module signal command
Ground
Not available
Braking module fitted
Not available
Ground
0-24V (active at
+24V)
0V
-
0-24V (0V with braking module fitted)
-
0V
7 CANL
8 CANH
Terminals M2
Not available
-
-
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
to be connected to terminal
1 in the brake terminals of the inverter using the cable supplied to be connected to terminal
2 in the brake terminals of the inverter using the cable supplied
- to be connected to terminal
4 in the brake terminals of the inverter using the cable supplied
- to be connected to terminal
6 in the brake terminals of the inverter using the cable supplied
-
-
N. Name Description I/O Features NOTES
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
-
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
-
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
-
-
Cable Crosssection Fitting the Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
9 24VE
Auxiliary 24V voltage generated internally to the braking module
24V 100mA
Available to send the
Reset signal
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
10 RESET
Braking module fault reset command
0-24V (active at
24V)
To be connected to
+24VE by means of a push-button for fault reset
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
11 24VE
Auxiliary 24V voltage generated internally to the braking module
24V 10mA
To be connected to the thermoswitch in the braking resistor
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
12 PTR
Input for the braking resistor thermoswitch
0-24V (with +24V braking resistor
OK)
To be connected to the thermoswitch in the braking resistor
0.25÷1.5mm
2
(AWG 24-16)
Tightening
Torque
(Nm)
0.22-0.25
0.22-0.25
-
0.22-0.25
-
0.22-0.25
-
-
Tightening
Torque
(Nm)
0.22-0.25
0.22-0.25
0.22-0.25
0.22-0.25
232/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Terminals M3
(unavailable functions)
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
N. Name Description I/O Features
13
14
RL1-NC
RL1-C
15 RL1-NO
N/A
N/A
N/A
Terminals M4
(unavailable functions)
-
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1.
NOTES
-
I/O Features NOTES N. Name
16 RL2-NC
17 RL2-C
18 RL2-NO
Description
N/A
N/A
N/A
- -
SINUS PENTA
Cable Crosssection Fitting the
Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
-
-
-
Tightening
Torque
(Nm)
-
-
-
Cable Crosssection Fitting the
Terminal mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
-
-
-
Tightening
Torque
(Nm)
-
-
-
Figure 112: Signal terminals
1. Serial port [*]
2. M1 - BRAKE terminals
3. M2 - Reset signal
4. M3 - [*]
5. M4 - [*]
NOTE [*]
Unavailable function.
233/
455
SINUS PENTA
6.4.4.4. Wiring Diagram
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 113: Wiring diagram for S42-S52 with braking unit BU600
6.4.5. Earth Bonding of the BU600
6.4.6. Scheduled Maintenance of the BU600
For the scheduled maintenance of the BU600, please refer to the general instructions given in section
Inverter Scheduled Maintenance.
DANGER
Once power supply has been cut off from the drive connected to the BU600, wait at least 20 minutes before operating on the DC circuits to give the capacitors time to discharge.
234/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.4.7. Braking Resistors to be applied to BU600 5T-6T
NOTE
The wire cross-sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor.
HOT
SURFACE
CAUTION
CAUTION
Based on the functioning cycle, the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200°C.
The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty-cycle; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heatsensitive equipment or objects.
Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables.
6.4.7.1. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 5T
Braking Resistors
SIZE Model
Braking
Unit
S42
S52
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
Power
(kW)
4.2
3.6
3.6
3
3
2.4
2.4
1.8
32
48
48
64
32
32
32
32
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
4.2
3.6
3.6
3.0
3.0
2.4
2.4
1.8
25(3)
35(2)
35(2)
35(2)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
6.4.7.2. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 5T
Braking Resistors
SIZE Model
Braking
Unit
S42
S52
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
2
2
2
2
1
1
2
2
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
4.2
3.6
6
6
6
5
5
3.6
Power
(kW)
32
48
48
64
48
64
32
32
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
4.2
3.6
3.0
3.0
3.0
2.5
2.5
1.8
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
25(3)
25(3)
25(3)
35(2)
35(2)
50(1/0)
235/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.4.7.3. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 5T
Braking Resistors
Braking
Unit
SIZE Model
Q.ty
S42
S52
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Type of connection:
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
4.2
3.6
3.6
3
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.8
Power
(kW)
48
48
64
64
32
48
48
48
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Value
(
Ω
)
4.2
3.6
3.6
3.0
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.8
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG/kcmils)
35(2)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
A - One resistor
B - Two or more parallel-connected resistors
D - Four resistors (parallel connection of two series of two resistors)
CAUTION
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
6.4.7.4. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 6T
Braking Resistor
SIZE Model
Braking
Unit
S42
S52
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
5
3.6
3.6
3.6
3
2.4
2.4
1.8
Power
(kW)
48
48
64
64
32
32
32
48
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
5.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
3.0
2.4
2.4
1.8
25(3)
35(2)
35(2)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
120(250)
236/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.4.7.5. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 6T
Braking Resistor
SIZE Model
Braking
Unit
S42
S52
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
2
Resistors to be used
Recomm ended
Value (
Ω)
5
3.6
3.6
6.6
6
5
5
3.6
Power
(kW)
48
48
64
64
48
64
64
48
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
4.2
3.6
3.6
3.3
3.0
2.5
2.5
1.8
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
25(3)
35(2)
35(2)
50(1/0)
70(2/0)
6.4.7.6. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 6T
Braking Resistor
Braking
Unit
SIZE Model
S42
S52
0181
0201
0218
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
Type of connection:
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
Resistors to be used
Recomm ended
Value (
Ω)
5.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.8
2.4
2.4
1.8
Power
(kW)
64
64
64
64
32
48
48
48
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
Value
(
Ω
)
5.0
3.6
3.6
3.6
2.8
2.4
2.4
1.8
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
25(3)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
120(250)
120(250)
A - One resistor
B - Two or more parallel-connected resistors
D - Four resistors (parallel connection of two series of two resistors)
CAUTION
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
237/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5. Braking Unit BU1440 for Modular Inverters 4T and 5T-6T
A braking unit to be applied to modular inverters only is available. The inverter size must be equal to or larger than S65.
The BU1440 is an Open Type Equipment – degree of protection IP00 – that can be installed inside another enclosure featuring degree of protection IP3X as a minimum requirement.
6.5.1. Delivery Check
Make sure that the equipment is not damaged and that it complies with the equipment you ordered by referring to the nameplate located on the inverter front part (see figure below). If the equipment is damaged, contact the supplier or the insurance company concerned. If the equipment does not comply with the one you ordered, please contact the supplier as soon as possible.
If the equipment is stored before being started, make sure that temperatures range from –25°C to +70°C and that relative humidity is <95% (non-condensing).
The equipment guarantee covers any manufacturing defect. The manufacturer has no responsibility for possible damages occurred while shipping or unpacking the equipment. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible damages or faults caused by improper and irrational uses; wrong installation; improper conditions of temperature, humidity, or the use of corrosive substances. The manufacturer is not responsible for possible faults due to the equipment operation at values exceeding the equipment ratings. The manufacturer is not responsible for consequential and accidental damages.
The braking unit is covered by a 12-month guarantee starting from the date of delivery.
6.5.1.1. Nameplate for BU1440 4T
3
2
4
1. Model:
2. Supply ratings:
3. Output current:
4. Min. load:
238/
455
Figure 114: Nameplate for BU1440 4T
BU1440 – Braking module 4T
DC supply voltage deriving directly from the inverter terminals: 200 to 800
Vdc for BU1440 4T; 600÷1200 Vdc for BU1440 5T-6T
800A (average) – continuous average current in output cables
1600A (max.) – max. current in output cables (may be held for all the time given in column “Max. Duration of Continuous Operation” in the resistors tables below)
Minimum value of the resistor to be connected to the output terminals (see application tables below)
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.5.2. Operation
Each size of the braking unit can be used with a braking resistor avoiding exceeding the max. instant current stated in its specifications.
The braking unit is controlled directly by the control unit. Braking units cannot be parallel-connected when applied to modular inverters.
6.5.3. Ratings
SIZE
BU1440-4T
BU1440-5T
BU1440-6T
Max. braking current (A)
1600
1600
1600
6.5.4. Installing the BU1440
Average braking current (A)
800
800
800
Inverter supply voltage
380-500Vac
500-600Vac
600-690Vac
Min. braking resistor
(
Ω)
0.48
0.58
0.69
Dissipated power
(at average braking current)
(W)
1800
2100
2200
6.5.4.1. Environmental Requirements for the BU1440 Installation, Storage and Transport
Maximum surrounding air temperature
Ambient temperatures for storage and transport
Installation environment
Altitude
Operating ambient humidity
Storage ambient humidity
Ambient humidity during transport
Storage and operating atmospheric pressure
Atmospheric pressure during transport
–10 to +40°C with no derating
From +40°C to +55°C with a 2% derating of the rated current for each degree beyond +40°C.
–25°C to +70°C
Pollution degree 2 or better (according to EN 61800-5-1).
Do not install in direct sunlight and in places exposed to conductive dust, corrosive gases, vibrations, water sprinkling or dripping; do not install in salty environments.
Max. altitude for installation 2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica
Santerno.
Above 1000 m, derate the rated current by 1% every 100 m.
From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m
3
to 25g/m
3
, non-condensing and non-freezing (class 3k3 according to EN 50178)
3 to 25g/m
3
, non-condensing and From 5% to 95%, from 1g/m non-freezing (class 1k3 according to EN 50178).
Max. 95%, up to 60g/m
3
; condensation may appear when the equipment is not running (class 2k3 according to EN
50178)
From 86 to 106 kPa (classes 3k3 and 1k4 according to EN
50178)
From 70 to 106 kPa (class 2k3 according to EN 50178)
CAUTION
Ambient conditions strongly affect the inverter life. Do not install the equipment in places that do not have the above-mentioned ambient conditions.
239/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.4.2. Mounting the Braking Unit
Install braking unit BU1440 for modular inverters in an upright position inside a cabinet, next to the other inverter modules. Its overall dimensions are the same as those of an inverter arm. For more details, please refer to the paragraph relating to the mechanical installation of the modular inverters.
Dimensions (mm) Fixing points (mm) Screws
Weight
(kg)
W
230
H
1400
D
480
X
120
Y
237
D1
11
D2
25
M10 110
240/
455
Figure 115: Dimensions and fixing points of BU1440
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.5.4.3. Wiring Diagram
Power connections
The braking unit must be connected to the inverter and the braking resistor.
The connection to the inverter is direct through 60*10mm copper plates connecting the different inverter modules. The braking resistor is connected to the + bar and to the braking unit.
Also connect the single-phase 230Vac supply of the cooling fan.
Figure 116: External power connections for modular inverters S65-S70 provided with BU1440
NOTE
Power supply unit n.2 (power supply 2) is available for size S70.
241/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 117: External power connections for modular inverters S75-S80 provided with BU1440
Power supply unit n. 3 is available for size S80.
NOTE
242/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Signal connections
CAUTION
Make sure that the control device is properly set-up when using the braking arm. When ordering the inverter, always state the inverter configuration you want to obtain.
Because the braking arm is controlled directly by the control device, the following wiring is required:
-
connect +24V supply of gate unit ES841 of the braking unit through a pair of unipolar wires (AWG17-
18 - 1mm
2
)
-
connect braking IGBT to the fault IGBT signal through 2 optical fibres (diameter: 1mm) made of plastic (typical attenuation coefficient: 0.22dB/m) provided with Agilent HFBR-4503/4513 connectors.
The wiring diagram is as follows:
Wire
Signal Type of wiring Component Board Connector Component Board Connector marking
+24VD Driver board ES841 power supply
0VD Driver board ES841 power supply
Brake IGBT command
Brake IGBT fault
Unipolar wire
1mm
2
Unipolar wire
1mm
2
Single optical fibre
Single optical fibre
24V-GB
G-B
FA-B
Phase W
Phase W
Control unit
Control unit
ES841
ES841
ES842
ES842
MR1-3
MR1-4
OP-4
OP-3
Braking unit
Braking unit
ES841
ES841
Braking unit ES841
Braking unit ES841
MR1-1
MR1-2
OP5
OP3
CAUTION
Do not remove the cap of connector OP4 in ES841 control board of the the braking module.
Figure 118: ES841 Unit gate board for the braking unit
243/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
1. OP1: Green LED – Board OK
2. MR1: 24V gate unit supply
3. OP2: Red LED - Board faulty[*]
4. OP3: IGBT Fault [*]
5. OP4-OP5: IGBT gate commands. OP4 MUST BE SEALED – DO NOT CONNECT
6. CN3: MUST NOT BE CONNECTED
NOTE [*]
The “IGBT Fault” signal, if the OP2 LED remains OFF, indicates that the thermoswitch has tripped.
Figure 119
: Connection points on ES842 for the braking unit optical fibres
7. OP4: Gate command for IGBT Brake
8. OP3: IGBT Fault Signal
The figure below shows the internal wiring of inverters S65-S70 provided with a braking unit.
244/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 120: Internal wiring of inverters S65-S70 provided with a braking unit
6.5.5. Earth Bonding of the BU1440
6.5.6. Scheduled Maintenance of the BU1440
245/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
DANGER
Once power supply has been cut off from the drive connected to the BU1440, wait at least 20 minutes before operating on the DC circuits to give the capacitors time to discharge.
246/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.5.7. Braking Resistors for BU1440 4T
NOTE
The wire cross-sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor.
HOT
SURFACE
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
Based on the functioning cycle, the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200°C.
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty-cycle; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heatsensitive equipment or objects.
Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables.
6.5.7.1. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 4T
SIZE
S65
S75
S90
Braking Resistor
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Q.ty
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
2
4
4
4
1
1
2
2
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
1.2
1.2
1.6
1.2
1.2
1.8
1.6
1.2
Power
(kW)
64
32
48
48
64
64
48
48
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
B
V
V
V
A
A
B
B
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection
2 mm (AWG or kcmils)
1.2
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.45
0.4
0.3
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
95(4/0)
120(250)
120(250)
247/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.7.2. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 4T
SIZE
S65
S75
S90
Braking Resistor
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
4
4
6
8
2
2
3
4
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
1.8
2.4
2.4
Power
(kW)
64
64
48
64
64
64
48
64
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
B
B
B
B
B
V
V
V
1.2
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.45
0.4
0.3
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
6.5.7.3. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 4T
Braking Resistor
SIZE
S65
S75
S90
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Q.ty
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
Q.ty
8
12
12
16
4
4
6
8
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2
1.4
1.2
1.2
Power
(kW)
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
D
D
E
F
F
ME
ME
MF
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
1.2
1.2
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.47
0.4
0.3
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
A - ONE RESISTOR
B - TWO OR MULTIPLE PARALLEL-CONNECTED RESISTORS
C - Two series-connected resistors
D - Four resistors (parallel-connection of two series of two resistors)
E - Six resistors (parallel-connection of three series of two resistors)
F - Eight resistors (parallel-connection of four series of two resistors)
V - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to two or more parallel-connected braking resistors
ME - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to six braking resistors (parallelconnection of three series of two resistors)
MF - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to eight braking resistors (parallelconnection of four series of two resistors)
248/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.5.8. Braking Resistors for BU1440 5T-6T
NOTE
The wire cross-sections given in the table relate to one wire per braking resistor.
HOT
SURFACE
CAUTION
CAUTION
Based on the functioning cycle, the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200°C.
The power dissipated by the braking resistors may be the same as the rated power of the connected motor multiplied by the braking duty-cycle; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heatsensitive equipment or objects.
Do not connect to the inverter any braking resistor with an Ohm value lower than the value given in the tables.
6.5.8.1. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 5T
SIZE
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
Braking Resistor
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Q.ty
2
3
3
3
1
2
2
2
4
6
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
1.6
2.8
2.4
2.1
1.8
2.4
1.8
1.6
1.8
2.4
Power
(kW)
64
48
64
64
64
48
48
48
64
48
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
B
B
B
B
A
B
B
B
V
V
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
1.6
1.4
1.2
1.05
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.53
0.45
0.4
95(1/0)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
50(1/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
50(1/0)
249/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.8.2. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 5T
S70
S75
S80
S90
SIZE
S65
Braking Resistor
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Q.ty
3
4
6
6
2
3
3
3
6
8
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
3.6
4.2
3.6
2.8
2.4
2.8
3.6
3
2.4
2.8
Power
(kW)
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
V
V
1.8
1.4
1.2
0.93
0.8
0.7
0.6
0.5
0.4
0.35
Value
(
Ω)
Wire Crosssection
2 mm (AWG or kcmils)
95(4/0)
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
70(2/0)
50(1/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
70(2/0)
6.5.8.3. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 5T
Braking Resistor
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
SIZE
Resistors to be used
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Q.ty
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Q.ty
8
10
12
14
6
6
8
8
16
20
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
2.4
2.1
2.4
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
1.8
A - One resistor
B - Two or more parallel-connected resistors
Power
(kW)
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
D - Four resistors (parallel-connection of two series of two resistors)
E - Six resistors (parallel-connection of three series of two resistors)
F - Eight resistors (parallel-connection of four series of two resistors)
G - Ten resistors (parallel-connection of five series of two resistors)
Degree of
Protection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
Type of
Connection
E
E
F
F
F
G
H
I
MF
MG
Value
(
Ω
)
1.6
1.4
1.2
0.9
0.9
0.7
0.6
0.51
0.45
0.35
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
70(4/0)
95(4/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
H - Twelve resistors (parallel-connection of six series of two resistors)
I - Fourteen resistors (parallel-connection of seven series of two resistors)
V - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to two or more parallel-connected braking resistors
MF - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to eight braking resistors (parallelconnection of four series of two resistors)
MG - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to ten braking resistors (parallelconnection of five series of two resistors)
250/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
HOT
SURFACE
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. Based on the duty-cycle, the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200°C. The minimum rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
6.5.8.4. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 10% - Class 6T
SIZE
S65
S70
S75
S80
S90
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
Q.ty
2
3
4
4
2
2
2
2
4
6
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
3.6
2.8
2.8
2.4
1.8
2.4
2.4
2.1
1.8
2.4
Power
(kW)
64
64
64
64
48
48
48
48
64
64
Braking Resistor
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
B
B
V
V
B
B
B
B
V
V
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
1.8
1.4
1.4
1.2
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.52
0.45
0.4
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
120(250)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
120(250)
70(2/0)
6.5.8.5. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 20% - Class 6T
S70
S75
S80
S90
SIZE
S65
Braking Resistor
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
1296
1800
2076
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
Q.ty
4
6
8
8
3
3
3
3
8
12
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
5
4.2
4.2
3.6
3.6
1.2
1.2
1.2
3.6
1.2
Ω)
Power
(kW)
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
B
B
B
B
B
E
MD
MD
V
ME
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
1.7
1.4
1.4
1.2
0.9
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.45
0.4
50(1/0)
50(1/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
120(250)
120(250)
120(250)
70(2/0)
120(250)
251/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.8.6. Applications with DUTY CYCLE 50% - Class 6T
Braking Resistor
Size
Sinus
Penta
Model
Braking
Unit
Q.ty
Resistors to be used
Recommended
Value (
Ω)
Power
(kW)
Degree of
Protection
Type of
Connection
Value
(
Ω
)
Wire Crosssection mm
2
(AWG or kcmils)
S65
S70
S75
0457
0524
0598
0748
0831
0964
1130
S80 1296
1800
S90
2076
A - One resistor
1
1
2
2
1
1
1
1
2
2
10
12
16
16
6
8
8
8
20
24
2.4
2.8
2.8
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4
2.1
2.4
2.4
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
64
B - Two or more parallel-connected resistors
D - Four resistors (parallel-connection of two series of two resistors)
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
IP23
E-Six resistors (parallel-connection of three series of two resistors)
F - Eight resistors (parallel-connection of four series of two resistors)
G
H
MF
MF
E
F
F
F
MG
MH
1.6
1.4
1.4
1.2
0.96
0.8
0.6
0.52
0.48
0.4
95(4/0)
70(2/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
70(2/0)
95(4/0)
95(4/0)
70(2/0)
120(250)
G - Ten resistors (parallel-connection of five series of two resistors)
H - Twelve resistors (parallel-connection of six series of two resistors)
V - Two units, each of them including a braking resistor connected to two or more parallel-connected braking resistors
MD - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to four braking resistors (parallelconnection of two series of two resistors)
MF - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to eight braking resistors (parallelconnection of four series of two resistors)
MG - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to ten braking resistors (parallelconnection of five series of two resistors)
MH - Two units, each of them including a braking module connected to twelve braking resistors (parallelconnection of six series of two resistors)
HOT
SURFACE
The cables of the braking resistors shall have insulation features and heatresistance features suitable for the application. Based on the duty-cycle, the surface of the braking resistor may reach 200°C. The min. rated voltage of the cables must be 0.6/1kV.
252/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.5.9. Available Braking Resistors
The specifications given for each resistor model also include the mean power to be dissipated and the max. operating time, depending on the inverter voltage class.
Based on these values, parameters C211 and C212 (concerning braking features) in the Resistor Braking
menu can be set up. (See relevant section in the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide).
The max. operating time set in C211 is factory-set in order not to exceed the allowable time for each resistor model (see section below).
Parameter C212 represents the max. duty-cycle of the resistor and is to be set to a value lower than or equal to the value stated in the dimensioning table (see sections above).
HOT
SURFACE
Braking resistors may reach temperatures higher than 200°C.
FIRE
HAZARD
CAUTION
For parameters C211 and C212, do not set values exceeding the max. allowable values stated in the tables above. Failure to do so will cause irreparable damage to the braking resistors; also, fire hazard exists.
Braking resistors may dissipate up to 50% of the rated power of the connected motor; use a proper air-cooling system. Do not install braking resistors near heat-sensitive equipment or objects.
6.5.9.1. 350W Models (IP55)
Figure 121: Overall dimensions, 350W resistor
253/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Type Weight (g)
Average Power to be
Dissipated
(W)
Max. Duration of Continuous
Operation for 200-240Vac (s)*
56Ω/350W
RE2643560
100Ω/350W
RE2644100
400
400
350
350
3.5
6
(*)
Max. value to be set in parameter C211 for single resistors or parallel-connected configurations. Duration is longer for different configurations (two or more series-connected resistors).
When setting the braking duty cycle in C212, make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded.
6.5.9.2. 550W Models (IP33)
Figure 122: Overall dimensions for 550W braking resistor
Type L (mm) D (mm)
Weight
(g)
Mean power to be dissipated
(W)
Max. duration of continuous operation for
380-500Vac (s)*
75Ω/550W
RE3063750
195 174 500 550 4
(*)
Max. value to be set in parameter C211 for single resistors or parallel-connected configurations. Duration is longer for different configurations (two or more series-connected resistors).
When setting the braking duty cycle in C212, make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded.
254/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.9.3. IP54 Models from 1100W to 2200W
SINUS PENTA
Figure 123: Overall dimensions for braking resistors from 1100W to 2200W
255/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
RESISTOR
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
L
(mm)
I
(mm)
P
(mm)
Average
Weight power that
(g) can be dissipated
(W)
Max. duration of continuous operation at 200-
240Vac
(s) (*) at 380-
500Vac at 500-
575Vac at 660-
690Vac
15Ω/1100W
RE3083150
20Ω/1100W
RE3083200
50Ω/1100W
RE3083500
180Ω/1100W
RE3084180
250Ω/1100W
RE3084250
10Ω/1500W
RE3093100
39Ω/1500W
RE3093390
50Ω/1500W
RE3093500
180Ω/1500W
RE3094180
250Ω/1500W
RE3094250
25Ω/1800W
RE3103250
120Ω/1800W
RE3104120
250Ω/1800W
RE3104250
15Ω/2200W
RE3113150
50Ω/2200W
RE3113500
75Ω/2200W
RE3113750
100Ω/2200W
RE3114100
150Ω/2200W
RE3114150
180Ω/2200W
RE3114180
250Ω/2200W
RE3114250
95 30 320 80-84 240 1250
120 40 320 107-
120 40 380 107-
190 67 380 177-
240 2750
300 3000
300 7000
950
1100
1300
2000
3
4
11
Not limited
3
12
16
Not limited
9
Not limited
8
29
Not limited
3
10
14
3
4
14
20
3
11
24
3
7
11
14
22
26
36
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
6
9
Not applicable
4
6
Not applicable
Not applicable
8
12
6
8
Not applicable
7
14
4
10
Not applicable
4
6
9
13
16
22
3
4
6
9
11
15
(*)
Max. value to be set in parameter C211 for single resistors or parallel-connected configurations. Duration is longer for different configurations (two or more series-connected resistors).
When setting the braking duty cycle in C212, make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded.
256/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.9.4. IP20 Models from 4kW-8kW-12kW
SINUS PENTA
Figure 124: Overall dimensions for braking resistors 4kW, 8kW, 12kW
257/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Average
P
(mm)
Weight power that can be
(g) dissipated
(W)
Max. duration of continuous operation
(s)
(*)
RESISTOR
A
(mm)
B
(mm)
L
(mm)
I
(mm) at 200-
240Vac at
380-
500Vac at 500-
575Vac at 660-
690Vac
5Ω/4kW
RE3482500
15Ω/4kW
RE3483150
20Ω/4kW
RE3483200
25Ω/4kW
RE3483250
39Ω/4kW
RE3483390
50Ω/4kW
RE3483500
60Ω/4kW
RE3483600
82Ω/4kW
RE3483820
100Ω/4kW
RE3484100
120Ω/4kW
RE3484120
150Ω/4kW
RE3484150
180Ω/4kW
RE3484180
250Ω/4kW
RE3484250
3.3Ω/8kW
RE3762330
5Ω/8kW
RE3762500
10Ω/8kW
RE3763100
45Ω/8kW
RE3763450
82Ω/8kW
RE3763820
120Ω/8kW
RE3764120
3.3Ω/12kW
RE4022330
6.6Ω/12kW
RE4022660
10Ω/12kW
RE4023100
45Ω/12kW
RE4023450
620 600 100 250 40 5.5
620 600 160 250 60 10.6
4000
8000
620 600 200 250 80 13.7 12000
7
21
28
35
Not limited
9
14
28
Not limited
14
28
42
Not limited
5
7
8
13
17
21
29
35
42
Not limited
7
32
Not limited
7
10
48
Not applicable
Not applicable
4
5
8
11
13
18
22
26
33
39
Not limited
Not applicable
4
19
36
Not limited
Not applicable
4
6
29
3
3
5
7
9
12
15
18
22
27
37
3
13
24
36
3
4
20
(*)
Max. value to be set in parameter C211 for single resistors or parallel-connected configurations. Duration is longer for different configurations (two or more series-connected resistors).
When setting the braking duty cycle in C212, make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded.
CAUTION
Because the metal frame of the braking resistor can reach high temperatures, appropriate cables capable of withstanding high temperatures must be used.
258/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.5.9.5. IP23 Boxes from 4kW to 64kW
SINUS PENTA
Figure 125: Overall dimensions of IP23 Box resistors
Figure 126: Position of electrical connections in box resistors
Remove the grids to gain access to wiring terminals (loosen fastening screws).
NOTE
The figure shows 20Ω/12kW resistor. In certain models, remove both panels to gain access to the wiring terminals.
CAUTION
Because the metal frame of the braking resistor can reach high temperatures, appropriate cables capable of withstanding high temperatures must be used.
259/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
12Ω/12kW
RE4053120
15Ω/12kW
RE4053150
18Ω/12kW
RE4053180
20Ω/12kW
RE4053200
22Ω/12kW
RE4053220
30Ω/12kW
RE4053300
45Ω/12kW
RE4053450
60Ω/12kW
RE4053600
30Ω/4kW
RE3503300
45Ω/4kW
RE3503450
50Ω/4kW
RE3503500
60Ω/4kW
RE3503600
82Ω/4kW
RE3503820
100Ω/4kW
RE3504100
120Ω/4kW
RE3504120
150Ω/4kW
RE3504150
180Ω/4kW
RE3504180
15Ω/8kW
RE3783150
18Ω/8kW
RE3783180
22Ω/8kW
RE3783220
30Ω/8kW
RE3783300
45Ω/8kW
RE3783450
50Ω/8kW
RE3783500
60Ω/8kW
RE3783600
82Ω/8kW
RE3783820
10Ω/12kW
RE4053100
650 530 710 320 375 20
650 530 710 380 375 23
650 530 710 460 375 34
260/
455
RESISTOR
P P1 P2 L H
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Weight
(kg)
4000
8000
12000
Max. duration of continuous operation (s) (*) at
200-240Vac
85
at
380-500Vac
21
at
500-575Vac
13
at
660-690Vac
9
128 32
35
19
22
13
15 not limited
42
58
71
85 not limited
53
66
79
26
36
44
36
45
54
18
24
30
85 not limited
85 not limited
25
32
38
42
46
21
25
31
42
64
71
85 not limited
21
64
96 not limited
15
19
23
26
29
39
59
79
13
15
19
26
39
44
53
72
13 not applicable
10
13
18
27
30
36
49
9
10
13
16
18
19
27
40
54
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
RESISTOR
P P1 P2 L H
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Weight
(kg)
3.6Ω/16kW
RE4162360
5Ω/16kW
RE4162500
6.6Ω/16kW
RE4162660
8.2Ω/16kW
RE4162820
10Ω/16kW
RE4163100
12Ω/16kW
RE4163120
15Ω/16kW
RE4163150
18Ω/16kW
RE4163180
20Ω/16kW
RE4163200
22Ω/16kW
RE4163220
30Ω/16kW
RE4163300
45Ω/16kW
RE4163450
3Ω/24kW
RE4292300
5Ω/24kW
RE4292500
6.6Ω/24kW
RE4292660
8.2Ω/24kW
RE4292820
10Ω/24kW
RE4293100
15Ω/24kW
RE4293150
18Ω/24kW
RE4293180
22Ω/24kW
RE4293220
30Ω/24kW
RE4293300
650 530 710 550 375
650 530 710 750 375
40
54
16000
24000
Max. duration of continuous operation (s) (*) at at
200-240Vac 380-500Vac at
500-575Vac at
660-690Vac
40
57
75
28
34
42
10
14
18
23 not applicable not applicable
11
14
18
9
12
21
27
14
18 not limited
50
85
51
57
62
85
31
35
39
53
21
24
26
36 not limited
12
21
79 not applicable
13
54 not applicable
9
28 17 11 not limited
34
42
64
76
93 not limited
21
27
40
47
58
79
14
18
27
32
39
54
261/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
P P1 P2 L H
RESISTOR
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Weight
(kg)
1.8Ω/32kW
RE4362180
2.4Ω/32kW
RE4362240
2.8Ω/32kW
RE4362280
3Ω/32kW
RE4362300
3.6Ω/32kW
RE4362360
4.2Ω/32kW
RE4362420
5Ω/32kW
RE4362500
6Ω/32kW
RE4362600
6.6Ω/32kW
RE4362660
10Ω/32kW
RE4363100
15Ω/32kW
RE4363150
18Ω/32kW
RE4363180
0.45Ω/48W
RE4461450
0.6Ω/48kW
RE4461600
0.8Ω/48kW
RE4461800
1.2Ω/48kW
RE4462120
1.4Ω/48kW
RE4462140
1.6Ω/48kW
RE4462160
2.1Ω/48kW
RE4462210
2.4Ω/48kW
RE4462240
2.8Ω/48kW
RE4462280
3Ω/48kW
RE4462300
3.6Ω/48kW
RE4462360
4.2Ω/48kW
RE4462420
5Ω/48kW
RE4462500
650 530 710 990 375 68 32000
650 530 710 750 730 101 48000
40
47
54
15
20
27
Max. duration of continuous operation (s) (*) at
200-240Vac at
380-500Vac at
500-575Vac at
660-690Vac
60 16
54 13 not applicable
63 15 not applicable
68 17 10
82 20 12
96
114
23
28
34
37
14
17
21
23
10
12
14
15 not limited 56
85
102
35
53
63
24
36
43 not applicable
10
11
13 not applicable not applicable
71
81
95 not limited
17
20
23
25
30
35
42
11
12
14
16
19
22
26
10
10
13
15
18
262/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Max. duration of continuous operation (s) (*)
RESISTOR
P P1 P2 L H
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
Weight
(kg) at
200-240Vac at
380-500Vac at
500-575Vac at
660-690Vac
6Ω/48kW
RE4462600
6.6Ω/48kW
RE4462660
10Ω/48kW
RE4463100
12Ω/48kW
RE4463120
15Ω/48kW
RE4463150
0.3Ω/64kW
RE4561300
0.45Ω/64W
RE4561450
0.6Ω/64kW
RE4561600
0.8Ω/64kW
RE4561800
1.2Ω/64kW
RE4562120
1.4Ω/64kW
RE4562140
1.6Ω/64kW
RE4562160
1.8Ω/64kW
RE4562180
2.1Ω/64kW
RE4562210
2.4Ω/64kW
RE4562240
2.8Ω/64kW
RE4562280
3Ω/64kW
RE4562300
3.6Ω/64kW
RE4562360
4.2Ω/64kW
RE4562420
5Ω/64kW
RE4552500
6Ω/64kW
RE4562600
6.6Ω/64kW
RE4562660
8.2Ω/64kW
RE4562820
10Ω/64kW
RE4563100
650 530 710 750 730 101
650 530 710 990 730 128
48000 not limited
64000
13
20
27
36
54
63
72
81
95
109 not limited
51
56
85 not limited not applicable
13
15
18
20
23
27
31
34
40
47
56
68
75
93 not limited
31
35
53
63
79 not applicable
10
11
12
14
17
19
21
25
29
35
42
46
58
70
21
23
36
43
54 not applicable
10
10
11
13
14
17
20
24
29
31
39
48
(*)
Max. value to be set in parameter C211 for single resistors or parallel-connected configurations. Duration is longer for different configurations (two or more series-connected resistors).
When setting the braking duty cycle in C212, make sure that the maximum power dissipated from the braking resistor being used is not exceeded.
263/
455
SINUS PENTA
6.6. Keypad Remoting Kits
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.6.1. Remoting the Keypad on the Cabinet
The inverter keypad may be remoted. A special kit is supplied, which includes the following:
-
plastic frame allowing installing the keypad on the front wall of the cabinet,
-
keypad jig allowing installing the keypad on the front door of the cabinet,
-
seal between keypad frame and cabinet,
-
remoting cable (length: 5 m).
If the kit supplied is properly assembled, degree of protection IP54 is obtained for the front panel in the cabinet.
For any details on how to remote the keypad, please refer to Operating and Remoting the Keypad.
6.6.2. Remoting a Keypad Controlling Multiple Inverters
The keypad remoting kit is used to connect a standard Sinus Penta keypad to one or multiple inverters manufactured by Elettronica Santerno via an RS485 link using protocol MODBUS RTU. The keypad can then communicate with one device at a time and will become the network master, thus avoiding communicating with any other master devices (e.g. PLCs).
The keypad automatically detects which device it is connected to. If multiple devices are connected, you can select the device to be used from a selection list.
NOTE
The devices connected to the same network must have different addresses.
Otherwise, no communication is possible.
NOTE
The sections below state the applicability of the keypad remoting kit to the products manufactured by Elettronica Santerno.
6.6.2.1. Kit Component Parts
The kit for the keypad used via serial link RS485 includes the following component parts:
N.1 Interface converter provided with one RJ45 plug on one side, and with a 9-pole, female sub-D connector on the other side.
N.1 ES914 board power supply unit, for separate supply from standard keypad (see ES914 Power
DESCRIPTION
Adaptor kit for keypad connection via RS485
PART NUMBER
ZZ0101850
264/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.6.2.2. Operating Conditions
Operating temperature:
Relative humidity:
Max. operating altitude:
Max. consumption over 9 V power supply:
Max. baud rate:
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
300 mA
38.400 bps
6.6.2.3. Connecting the Keypad
Inverter-side connection: use a 9-pole, male D connector. To gain access to the D connector, just remove the cover on top of the inverter (size S05..S15), or remove the cover from the inverter bottom, located next to the control terminals (size ≥ S20). If multiple inverters are connected to the same network, use a connector having the same features as the connector installed on the inverter.
The connector pins are detailed in the table below.
PIN FUNCTION
1 – 3 (TX/RX A) Differential input/output A (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Positive polarity in respect to pins 2 – 4 for one MARK.
2 – 4 (TX/RX B) Differential input/output B (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Negative polarity
5
6
9 in respect to pins 1 – 3 for one MARK.
(GND) control board zero volt
(VTEST) Test supply input – do not connect
7 – 8 Not connected
+ 5 V, max. 100 mA power supply
NOTE
The metal frame of the connector is connected to the inverter grounding.
Connect the braiding of the twisted pair data cable to the metal frame of the female connector to be connected to the inverter.
Connector RJ 45 must be connected to the keypad.
This connector has the following connections:
PIN
4
6
FUNCTION
(TX/RX A) Differential input/output A (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Positive polarity in respect to pin 6 for one MARK.
(TX/RX B) Differential input/output B (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Negative polarity in respect to pin 4 for one MARK.
1-2-3 (GND) keypad zero volt.
5-7-8 + 5 V, max. 100 mA power supply
265/
455
SINUS PENTA
The figure below shows the wiring diagram:
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 127: Wiring diagram of the keypad remoting kit controlling multiple inverters
6.6.2.4. The Communications Protocol
Standard MODBUS RTU protocol is used for communications.
Set the values below for the inverter/keypad; please refer to the Programming Manual of the inverter being
used for the setup of the relevant parameters (see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide):
Setting values to the inverter
Baud rate:
Data format:
Start bit:
Parity:
Stop bit:
Protocol:
Device address:
Electric standard:
Inverter response delay:
End of message timeout:
Setting values to the keypad
38.400 bps
8 bits
1
NO
2
MODBUS RTU configurable between 1 and 247 to avoid conflicts (default address is 1)
RS485
5 ms
2 ms
Device address: configurable between 0 and 247 (default address is 1)
In order to scan the connected inverters, set the device address to 0 for the keypad. The keypad can communicate with one device at a time, based on the address that has been set up.
CAUTION
If different parameter values are set, communication errors between the inverter and the keypad may occur.
266/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.6.2.5. Connection
Remove voltage from the inverter(s). Then proceed as follows:
Disconnect the keypad installed on the inverter (if any)
Please refer to the Installation Manual of the inverter being used.
Connect the cable to the interface converter and the keypad
Connect connector DB9 to the inverter or to network RS485. The converter side with telephone connector
RJ45 must be already connected to the keypad.
Check that communication is correct
Turn on one of the inverters connected to the network. The keypad shows POWER ON. To scan the inverters connected to the network, set the device address on the keypad to 0. The list of the connected devices appears on the display/keypad. Select the device to be used to start communicating with the keypad, using all functionalities offered by the connected device. Please refer to the User Manual of the device being used for the operation of the keypad connected to the device.
Segregate the keypad power supply using the power supply unit
Connect the power supply unit supply output to the proper plug and set the toggle to ON.
267/
455
SINUS PENTA
6.7. Inductors
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.7.1. Input Inductors
We suggest that a three-phase inductor, or a DC-BUS DC inductor be installed on the supply line to obtain the following benefits:
- limit input current peaks on the input circuit of the inverter and value di/dt due to the input rectifier and to the capacitive load of the capacitors set;
- reducing supply harmonic current;
- increasing power factor, thus reducing line current;
- increasing the duration of line capacitors inside the inverter.
Figure 128: Wiring diagram for optional inductors
Harmonic currents
The shapes of the different waves (current or voltage) may be expressed as the sum of the basic frequency (50 or 60Hz) and its multiples. In balanced, three-phase systems, only odd harmonic current exists, as even current is neutralized by symmetrical considerations.
Harmonic current is generated by non-linear loads absorbing nonsinusoidal current. Typical sources of this type are bridge rectifiers
(power electronics), switching power supply units and fluorescent lamps.
Three-phase rectifiers absorb line current with a harmonic content n=6K±1 with K=1,2,3,… (e.g. 5th,7th,11th,13th,17th,19th, etc.). Harmonic current amplitude decreases when frequency increases. Harmonic current carries no active power; it is additional current carried by electrical cables. Typical effects are: conductor overload, power factor decrease and measurement systems instability.
Voltage generated by current flowing in the transformer inductor may also damage other appliances or interfere with mains-synchronized switching equipment.
268/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Solving the problem
Harmonic current amplitude decreases when frequency increases; as a result, reducing high-amplitude components determines the filtering of low-frequency components. The better way is to increase lowfrequency impedance by installing an inductor. Power drive systems with no mains-side inductor generate larger harmonic currents than power drives which do have an inductor.
The inductor may be installed both on AC-side, as a 3-phase inductor on the supply line, and on DC-side, as a single-phase inductor installed between the rectifier bridge and the capacitor bank inside the inverter. Even greater benefits are obtained if an inductor is installed both on AC-side and on DC-side.
Unlike DC inductors, AC inductors filter high-frequency components as well as low-frequency components with greater efficiency.
CAUTION
A DC inductor can be connected to inverters sizes S15, S20, S30. This must be
specified when ordering the equipment (see Power Terminals Modified for a DC
CAUTION
No DC inductor can be installed in S05(4T) inverters.
CAUTION
When a DC inductor is used, it can happen that no braking resistor can be connected when an external braking unit is connected, and vice versa (see
Power Terminals Modified for a DC Inductor).
Harmonic currents in the inverter power supply
The amplitude of harmonic currents and their incidence on the mains voltage is strongly affected by the features of the mains where the equipment is installed. The ratings given in this manual fit most applications.
For special requirements, please contact Elettronica Santerno’s Customer service.
For more details and for analytical calculations based on the configuration of the grid connection you can use the Easy Harmonics application from
Elettronica Santerno.
269/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
80%
70%
60%
With no inductor
With AC inductor
50%
With DC inductor
40%
30%
20%
10%
5 th
7
th
11
th
13
th
17
th
19
th
23
rd
25
th
Figure 129
: Amplitude of harmonic currents (approximate values)
CAUTION
Use the input inductor under the following circumstances: mains instability; converters installed for DC motors; loads generating strong voltage variations at startup; power factor correction systems.
Use the input inductor under the following circumstances:
CAUTION
when Penta drives up to size S12 included are connected to grids with a shortcircuit power greater than 500kVA; with Penta drives from size S15 to size S60P when the short-circuit power is 20 fold the inverter power; when using parallel-connected inverters; with Penta drives size S65 or greater, unless the inverter or the inverters are powered via a dedicated transformer; with modular inverters provided with multiple power supply units (sizes S70, S75,
S80 and S90).
The ratings of optional inductor recommended based on the inverter model are detailed in the section below.
270/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.2. Output Inductors (DU/DT Filters)
Installations requiring cable lengths over 100m between the inverter and the motor may cause overcurrent protections to frequently trip. This is due to the wire parasite capacity generating current pulses at the inverter output; those current pulses are generated from the high du/dt ratio of the inverter output voltage.
The current pulses may be limited by an inductor installed on the inverter output. Shielded cables even have a higher capacity and may cause problems with shorter cable lengths.
The maximum distance between the motor and the inverter is given as an example, as parasite capacity is also affected by the type of wiring path and wiring system. For instance, when several inverters and their connected motors are networked, segregating the inverter wires from the motor wires will avoid capacitive couplings between the wiring of each motor.
An adverse effect can also be the stress produced on the motor insulation due to the high du/dt ratio at the inverter output.
CAUTION
Using du/dt filters is always recommended when the motor cable length is over
100m (50m with shielded cables).
It is recommended that Sine Filters be used (see Sine Filters) for lengths
exceeding 300m (150m with shielded cables).
NOTE
When using parallel-connected motors, always consider the total length of the cables being used (sum of the cable length of each motor).
CAUTION
CAUTION
The output inductor is always required when using modular inverters and parallel-connected inverters.
The inductors stated in the tables below may be used when the inverter output frequency is not over 120Hz. For higher output frequency, a special inductor for the max. allowable operating frequency must be used. Please contact
Elettronica Santerno.
Figure 130: Output inductor wiring
271/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.7.3. Applying the Inductor to the Inverter
NOTE
IP54 rated 3-phase inductors are available for inverters up to S32 included.
S15
S20
S30
S41
S51
S60
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0524
6.7.3.1. Class 2T – AC and DC Inductors
SIZE
S05
Sinus
Penta
MODEL
0007
0008
0010
0015
0016
0020
INPUT AC 3-PHASE
INDUCTOR
IM0126044
1.27mH–17Arms
IM0126084
0.7mH–32Arms
DC INDUCTOR MODEL
IM0140104
5.1mH–17A/21Apeak
IM0140154
2.8mH–32.5A/40.5Apeak
S12
IM0126124
0.51mH – 43Arms
IM0126144
0.3mH–68Arms
IM0140204
2.0mH–47A/58.5Apeak
IM0140254
1.2mH–69A/87Apeak
IM0126164
0.24mH–92Arms
IM0126204
0.16mH–142Arms
IM0126244
0.09mH–252Arms
IM0126372
0.031mH–720Arms
IM0126404
0.023mH–945Arms
IM0140284 (*)
0.96mH–100A/160Apeak
IM0140304 (*)
0.64mH–160A/195Apeak
IM0140404 (*)
0.36mH–275A/345Apeak
IM0140664
0.09mH–830A/1040Apeak
IM0140754
0.092mH–
1040A/1300Apeak
IM0126282
(**)
0.063mH –360Arms
IM0126332
(**)
0.05 mH–455Arms
IM0140454
0.18mH–420A/520Apeak
IM0140604
0.14mH–520A/650Apeak
THREE-PHASE
OUTPUT AC
INDUCTOR
IM0126044
1.27mH–17Arms
IM0126084
0.7mH–32Arms
(3-phase)
IM0126124
0.51mH–43Arms
(3-phase)
IM0126144
0.32mH–68Arms
(3-phase)
IM0126164
0.24mH–92Arms
(3-phase)
IM0126204
0.16mH–142Arms
(3-phase)
IM0126244
0.09mH–252Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138200
0.070mH–360Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138250
0.035mH –440Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138300
0.025mH–700Arms
(3-phase)
IM0126404
0.023mH–945Arms
(3-phase)
MAX.
OUTPUT
FREQ. (Hz)
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
120
120
120
60
CAUTION (*)
For the inverter sizes S15, S20, S30, the DC inductors required are to be specified when ordering the equipment as they involve hardware modifications.
CAUTION (**)
Use the inductors described in section Inductors to be Applied to the Sinus
Penta and the SU465 for 12-phase power supply.
272/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.3.2. Class 4T – AC and DC Inductors
SIZE
Sinus
Penta
MODEL
INPUT AC 3-PHASE
INDUCTOR
IM0126004
2.0mH–11Arms
0005
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
S41
S51
0150
0162
0180
0202
0217
0260
0313
0367
0402
0457
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
S60
0524
S60P
0598P
0598
S65
0748
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
S75
0831
0964
1130
1296
S90
1800
2076
IM0126044
1.27mH–17Arms
IM0126084
0.7mH–32Arms
IM0126124
0.51mH–43Arms
IM0126144
0.3mH–68Arms
IM0126164
0.24mH–92Arms
IM0126204
0.16mH–142Arms
IM0126244
0.09mH–252Arms
IM0126282 (**)
0.063mH –360Arms
IM0126332 (**)
0.05 mH–455Arms
IM0126372 (**)
0.031mH–720Arms
IM0126404
0.023mH–945Arms
IM0126444
0.018mH–1260Arms
2 x IM0126404
0.023mH–945A
2 x IM0126444
0.018mH–1260A
3 x IM0126404
0.023mH–945Arms
3 x IM0126444
0.018mH–1260Arms
CAUTION (*)
DC INDUCTOR MODEL
Not applicable
IM0140154
2.8mH–32.5A
IM0140204
2.0mH–47A
IM0140254
1.2mH–69A
IM0140284 (*)
0.96mH–100A
IM0140304 (*)
0.64mH–160A
IM0140404 (*)
0.36mH–275A
IM0140454
0.18mH–420A
IM0140604
0.14mH–520A
IM0140664
0.09mH–830A
IM0140754
0.092mH–1040A
IM0140854 (*)
0.072mH–1470A
2 x IM0140754 (*)
0.092mH–1040A
2 x IM0140854 (*)
0.072mH– 1470A
3 x IM0140754 (*)
0.092mH–1040A
3 x IM0140854 (*)
0.072mH–1470A
OUTPUT 3-PHASE AC
INDUCTOR
IM0126004
2.0mH–11Arms
IM0126044
1.27mH–17Arms
IM0126084
0.7mH–32Arms
IM0126124
0.51mH–43Arms
IM0126144
0.32mH–68Arms
IM0126164
0.24mH–92Arms
IM0126204
0.16mH–142Arms
IM0126244
0.09mH–252Arms
IM0138200
0.070mH –360Arms
IM0138250
0.035mH –440Arms
IM0138300
0.025mH–700Arms
IM0126404
0.023mH–945Arms
IM0126444
0.018mH–1260Arms
6 x IM0141782
0.015mH–1250Arms
(single-phase)
9 x IM0141782
0.015mH–1250Arms
(single-phase)
MAX.
OUTPUT
FREQ.
(Hz)
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
120
120
120
60
60
60
60
For the inverter sizes S15, S20, S30 and modular inverters from S65 to
S90, the DC inductors required are to be specified when ordering the equipment as they involve hardware modifications.
CAUTION (**)
Use the inductors described in section Inductors to be Applied to the Sinus
Penta and the SU465 for 12-phase power supply.
273/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.7.3.3. Class 5T-6T – AC and DC Inductors
SIZE
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14
S22
S32
S42
S52
S65
S70
S75
0259
0290
0314
0368
0401
0457
0524
0598
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
Sinus
INPUT AC 3-
Penta
MODEL
PHASE INDUCTOR
DC INDUCTOR MODEL
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
IM0127042
6.4mH–6.5Arms
IM0127062
4.1mH–10.5Arms
IM0127082
2.6mH–16Arms
Please contact
Elettronica Santerno
0088
0131
0164
0181
0201
0218
IM0127102
1.8mH–23Arms
IM0127122
1.1mH–40Arms
IM0127142
0.7mH–57Arms
IM0127167
0.43mH–95Arms
IM0127202
0.29mH–140Arms
IM0127227
0.19mH–210Arms
IM0127274 (**)
0.12mH–325A
IM0127330 (**)
0.096mH–415Arms
IM0141404
1.2mH–110A
IM0141414
0.80mH–160A
IM0141424
0.66mH–240A
IM0141434
0.32mH–375A
IM0141554
0.27mH–475A
IM0127350 (**)
0.061mH–650Arms
IM0127404
0.040mH–945Arms
IM0141664
0.17mH–750A
IM0141804 (*)
0.160mH–1170A
0748
0831
0964
1130
S80
1296
S90
1800
2076
IM0127444
0.030mH–1260Arms
2 x IM0127364
0.058mH–662Arms
2 x IM0127404
0.040mH–945Arms
2 x IM0127444
0.030mH–1260Arms
3 x IM0127404
0.040mH–945Arms
3 x IM0127444
0.030mH–1260Arms
IM0141904 (*)
0.120mH–1290A
2 x IM0141704 (*)
0.232mH–830A
2 x IM0141804 (*)
0.160mH–1170A
3 x IM0141804 (*)
0.160mH–1170A
3 x IM0141904 (*)
0.120mH–1290A
CAUTION (*)
THREE-PHASE OUTPUT AC
INDUCTOR
IM0138000
1.5mH–9.5Arms (3-phase)
IM0138010
1.0mH–14Arms (3-phase)
IM0138020
0.8mH–18.5Arms (3-phase)
IM0138030
0.60mH–27Arms (3-phase)
IM0138040
0.42mH–43Arms (3-phase)
IM0138045
0.28mH–65Arms (3-phase)
IM0138050
0.17mH–105Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138100
0.11mH–165Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138150
0.075mH–240Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138200
0.070mH –360Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138250
0.035mH –440Arms
(3-phase)
IM0138300
0.025mH–700Arms
(3-phase)
IM0127404
0.040mH–945Arms
(3-phase)
IM0127444
0.030mH–1260Arms
(3-phase)
6 x IM0141782
0.015mH–1250Arms
(single-phase)
9 x IM0141782
0.015mH–1250Arms
(single-phase)
MAX. OUTPUT
FREQ. (Hz)
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
60
60
60
60
For the modular inverters from S65 to S90, the DC inductors required are to be specified when ordering the equipment as they involve hardware modifications.
CAUTION (**)
Use the inductors described in section Inductors to be Applied to the Sinus
Penta and the SU465 for 12-phase power supply.
274/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.4. Inductance Ratings
6.7.4.1. Class 2T-4T – AC 3-Phase Inductors
INDUCTOR
MODEL
TYPE
INDUCTANCE
RATINGS
mH
DIMENSIONS
FIXING
HOLES
WGT LOSSES
A TYPE L H P M E G mm kg
IM0126004 Input-output 2.00 11
IM0126044 Input-output 1.27 17
IM0126084 Input-output 0.70 32
IM0126124 Input-output 0.51 43
IM0126144 Input-output 0.30 68
IM0126164 Input-output 0.24 92
A 120 125 75 25 67 55
A 120 125 75 25 67 55
5
5
B 180 160 150 60 150 82 7x14
2.9
3
B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7x14 5.5
B 150 130 115 50 125 75 7x14 6
9
B 180 160 150 60 150 82 7x14 9.5
IM0126204 Input-output 0.16 142 B 240 210 175 80 200 107 7x14 17
IM0126244 Input-output 0.090 252 B 240 210 220 80 200 122 7x14 25
IM0126282 Input only 0.063 360 C 300 286 205 100 250 116 9x24 44
IM0126332 Input only 0.050 455 C 300 317 217 100 250 128 9x24 54
IM0126372 Input only 0.031 720 C 360 342 268 120 325 176 9x24 84
IM0126404 Input-output 0.023 945 C 300 320 240 100 250 143 9x24 67
IM0126444 Input-output 0.018 1260 C 360 375 280 120 250 200 12 82
342
350
410
700
752
1070
W
29
48
70
96
150
183
272
6.7.4.2. Class 5T-6T – AC 3-Phase Inductors
INDUCTOR
MODEL
IM0127042
IM0127062
IM0127082
IM0127102
IM0127122
IM0127142
IM0127167
IM0127202
IM0127227
IM0127274
INPUT/OUTPUT
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
INDUCTANCE
RATINGS
DIMENSIONS
FIXING
HOLES
WGT LOSSES
mH A TYPE L H P M E G mm kg
6.4 6.5 A 150 170 101 - 90 70 7x10 3
4.1 10.5 A 180 173 110 - 150 73 8.5x15 4.5
2.6
1.8
1.1
0.70
16
23
40
57
A 180 173 120 - 150 83 8.5x15 6.5
A 180 173 130 - 150 93 8.5x15 9
A 240 228 140 - 200 80 8x15 14
A 240 228 175 - 200 115 8x15 19
0.43 95 B 240 224 187 80 200 122 7x18 27
0.29 140 B 300 254 190 100 250 113 9x24 35
0.19 210 B 300 285 218 100 250 128 9x24 48
0.12 325 C 300 286 234 100 250 143 9x24 60
IM0127330 Input only 0.096 415 C 360 340 250 120 325 166 9x24 80
IM0127364 Input-output 0.058 662 C 360 310 275 120 325 166 9x24 79
W
22
28
45
52
96
122
160
240
260
490
610
IM0127350 Input only 0.061 650 C 360 411 298 120 240 220 9x24 113
746
920
IM0127404 Input-output 0.040 945 C 360 385 260 120 250 200 12 88 1193
IM0127444 Input-output 0.030 1260 C 420 440 290 140 300 200 12 110 1438
275/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
276/
455
Figure 131: Mechanical features of a 3-phase inductor
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.4.3. Class 2T-4T – DC Inductors
INDUCTOR
MODEL
USE
IM0140054 DC BUS
IM0140104 DC BUS
IM0140154 DC BUS
IM0140204 DC BUS
IM0140254 DC BUS
INDUCTANCE
RATINGS
mH
8.0
5.1
2.8
2.0
1.2
10.5
17
32.5
47
69
DIMENSIONS
FIXING
HOLE
A TYPE L H P M E G mm
A 110 125 100 60 90 65 7x10
A 110 125 100 60 90 65 7x10
A 120 140 160 60 100 100 7x10
A 160 240 160 80 120 97 7x14
A 160 240 160 80 120 97 7x14
IM0140284 DC BUS 0.96 100 A 170 240 205 80 155 122 7x18
WEIGHT LOSSES
IM0140304 DC BUS 0.64 160 A 240 260 200 120 150 121 9x24
IM0140404 DC BUS 0.36 275 A 260 290 200 130 150 138 9x24
IM0140454 DC BUS 0.18 420 B 240 380 220 120 205 156 9x24
IM0140604 DC BUS 0.14 520 B 240 380 235 120 205 159 9x24
IM0140664 DC BUS 0.090 830 B 260 395 270 130 225 172 9x24
IM0140754 DC BUS 0.092 1040 C 310 470 320 155 200 200 12
IM0140854 DC BUS 0.072 1470 C 330 540 320 165 250 200 12
35
49
57
75
114
152 kg
4.5
5
8
12
13
21
27
320
290
305
450
780
950
W
20
30
50
80
90
140
180
6.7.4.4. Class 5T-6T – DC Inductors
INDUCTOR
MODEL
IM0141404
IM0141414
IM0141424
IM0141434
IM0141554
IM0141664
IM0141704
IM0141804
IM0141904
USE
INDUCTANCE
RATINGS
DIMENSIONS
FIXING
HOLE
DC BUS
DC BUS
DC BUS
DC BUS mH A TYPE L H P M E G mm
1.2 110 A 170 205 205 80 155 122 7x18
0.80 160 A 200 260 215 100 150 111 9x24
0.66 240 A 240 340 260 120 205 166 9x24
DC BUS
DC BUS
0.32 375 B 240 380 235 120 205 159 9x24
0.27 475 B 240 380 265 120 205 179 9x24
0.17 750 B 260 395 295 130 225 197 9x24
DC BUS 0.232 830 C 330 550 340 165 250 200 12
DC BUS
DC BUS
0.16 1170 C 350 630 360 175 250 200 12
0.12 1290 C 350 630 360 175 250 200 12
WEIGHT LOSSES
kg
21
27
53
56
66
90
163
230
230
W
165
240
370
350
550
580
800
1200
1300
277/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
278/
455
Figure 132: Mechanical features of a DC inductor
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.4.5. Class 2T, 4T, 5T, 6T – 3-Phase DU/DT Inductors
INDUCTOR
MODEL
USE
INDUCTANCE
RATINGS
mH
IM0138000 Output only 1.5
A TYPE L H P M E G mm kg
9.5
IM0138010 Output only 1.0 14
IM0138020 Output only 0.80 18.5
IM0138030 Output only 0.60 27
IM0138040 Output only 0.42 43
IM0138045 Output only 0.28 65
IM0138050 Output only 0.17 105
IM0138100 Output only 0.11 165
IM0138150 Output only 0.075 240
IM0138200 Output only 0.070 360
IM0138250 Output only 0.035 440
IM0138300 Output only 0.025 700
DIMENSIONS
FIXING
HOLE
WGT LOSSES
Please contact Elettronica Santerno
A 300 259 192 100 250 123 9x24 39
A 300 258 198 100 250 123 9x24 42
A 300 321 208 100 250 123 9x24 52
B 360 401 269 120 250 200 12x25 77
B 360 401 268 120 250 200 12x25 75
B 360 411 279 120 250 200 12x25 93
W
270
305
410
650
710
875
L
L
H
H
E
M M
E
G
P
P
G
M M
P000979-B
DETAIL K
SCALE 1:2
Figure 133: Mechanical features of the 3-phase du/dt inductors
DETAIL J
SCALE 1:2
279/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SIZE
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
6.7.5. Class 2T – 3-Phase AC Inductors in IP54 Cabinet
Sinus Penta
MODEL
0007
0008
0010
0015
0016
0020
0023
0033
0037
0040
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
INDUCTOR
MODEL
ZZ0112020 Input-output
ZZ0112030
USE
Input-output
ZZ0112040 Input-output
ZZ0112045 Input-output
ZZ0112050
ZZ0112060
ZZ0112070
Input-output
Input-output
Input-output
MECHANICAL
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
A
WEIGHT LOSSES
kg
7
W
48
A
A
B
B
C
C
9.5
10
14
14.5
26
32.5
70
96
150
183
272
342
280/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.6. Class 4T – 3-Phase AC Inductors in IP54 Cabinet
SIZE
Sinus Penta
MODEL
INDUCTOR
MODEL
USE
ZZ0112010 Input-output
MECHANICAL
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
A
S05
S12
S15
S20
S30
0049
0060
0067
0074
0086
0113
0129
0150
0162
0005
0007
0009
0011
0014
0016
0017
0020
0025
0030
0034
0036
0040
ZZ0112020 Input-output
ZZ0112030 Input-output
ZZ0112040 Input-output
ZZ0112045 Input-output
ZZ0112050 Input-output
ZZ0112060 Input-output
ZZ0112070 Input-output
A
A
A
B
B
C
C
WEIGHT LOSSES
kg
6.5
W
29
7
9.5
10
14
14.5
26
32.5
48
70
96
150
183
272
342
281/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.7.7. Class 5T-6T – 3-Phase AC Inductors In IP54 Cabinet
SIZE
MECHANICAL
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14
S22
S32
Sinus Penta
MODEL
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
INDUCTOR
MODEL
ZZ0112110
ZZ0112120
ZZ0112130
ZZ0112140
ZZ0112150
ZZ0112160
ZZ0112170
ZZ0112180
ZZ0112190
USE
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
Input only
WEIGHT LOSSES
kg W
Please contact Elettronica Santerno
SIZE
MECHANICAL
DIMENSIONS
TYPE
WEIGHT LOSSES
kg W
S12 5T
S14 6T
S14
S22
S32
Sinus Penta
MODEL
0003
0004
0006
0012
0018
0019
0021
0022
0024
0032
0042
0051
0062
0069
0076
0088
0131
0164
INDUCTOR
MODEL
USE
ZZ0112115 Output only
ZZ0112125 Output only
ZZ0112135 Output only
ZZ0112145 Output only
ZZ0112155 Output only
ZZ0112165 Output only
ZZ0112175
ZZ0112185
ZZ0112195
Output only
Output only
Output only
Please contact Elettronica Santerno
282/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 134: Mechanical features of a 3-phase inductor for Class 2T-4T in IP54 cabinet
283/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.7.8. Output Single-Phase Inductors for Modular Inverters S75, S80, S90
6.7.8.1. AC single-phase Inductors – Class 4T-5T-6T
INDUCTOR
MODEL
IM0141782
USE
INDUCTOR
RATINGS
DIMENSIONS
FIXING
HOLE
mH A L H P P1 M E G mm
WEIGHT LOSSES
kg W
Output
S75, S80,
S90
0.015 1250 260 430 385 310 136 200 270 9x24 100 940
M
L
E
DETAIL A
SCALE 1 : 3
P
284/
455
P000980-B
Figure 135: Mechanical features of a single-phase output inductor
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.7.9. Sine Filters
The sine filter is a system component to be installed between the inverter and the motor to enhance the equipment performance:
a) The sine filter reduces the voltage peak in the motor terminals
: The overvoltage in the motor terminals may reach 100% under certain load conditions.
b) The sine filter reduces the motor losses
.
c) The sine filter reduces the motor noise
: The motor noise can be reduced of approx. 8 dBA because the high-frequency component of the current flowing in the motor and the cables is reduced. A noiseless motor is particularly suitable for residential environments.
d) The sine filter reduces the probability of EMC disturbance
: When the cables between the inverter and the motor are too long, the square-wave voltage produced by the inverter is a source of electromagnetic disturbance.
e) The sine filter allows controlling transformers:
“Normal” transformers can be powered directly from the inverter that do not need to be properly dimensioned to withstand the carrier frequency voltage.
f)
The inverter can be used as a voltage generator at constant voltage and constant
frequency.
CAUTION
Figure 136: Sine filter
It is recommended that sine filters manufactured by Elettronica Santerno be used.
See Sine Filters - User Manual
Please contact Elettronica Santerno if sine filters from other manufacturers are used, as it may be necessary to change Sinus Penta’s parameterization.
The sine filters may be damaged if the drive parameters are not set accordingly.
285/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.8. ES836/2 Encoder Board (Slot A)
Board for incremental, bidirectional encoder to be used as a speed feedback for inverters of the SINUS series. It allows the acquisition of encoders with power supply ranging from 5 to 15VDC (adjustable output voltage) with complementary outputs (line driver, push-pull, TTL outputs). It can also be connected to 24DC encoders with both complementary and single-ended push-pull or PNP/NPN outputs.
Figure 137: Encoder board (ES836/2)
6.8.1. Identification Data
Description
ES836/2
Encoder board
Part
Number
COMPATIBLE ENCODERS
POWER SUPPLY
ZZ0095834 5Vdc÷15Vdc, 24Vdc
OUTPUT
LINE DRIVER,
NPN, PNP, complementary PUSH-
PULL,
NPN, PNP, singleended PUSH-PULL
6.8.2. Environmental Requirements
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
286/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.8.3. Electrical Specifications
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
Ratings
Electrical Specifications
Min. Type Max. Unit
Encoder supply current, + 24 V, protected with resettable fuse
Electronically protected encoder supply current, +12V
200 mA
350 mA
Electronically protected encoder supply current, +5V
Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage (5V mode)
Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage (12V mode)
Input channels
4.4 5.0
900 mA
7.3 V
10.3 12.0 17.3 V
Three channels: A, B, and zero notch Z
Type of input signals
Voltage range for encoder input signals
Pulse max. frequency with noise filter “on”
Pulse max. frequency with noise filter “off”
Input impedance in NPN or PNP mode (external pull-up or pull-down resistors required)
Input impedance in push-pull or PNP and NPN mode when internal load resistors (at max. frequency) are connected
Input impedance in line-driver mode or complementary push-pull signals with internal load resistors activated via SW3 (at max. frequency) (see
Complementary or singleended
4 24 V
77kHz (1024pls @ 4500rpm )
155kHz (1024pls @ 9000rpm)
15k
3600
780
Ω
Ω
Ω
ISOLATION:
The encoder supply line and inputs are galvanically isolated from the inverter control board grounding for a
500 VAC/1 minute test. The encoder supply grounding is in common with control board digital inputs available in the terminal board.
287/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.8.4. Installing ES836/2 Encoder Board on the Inverter (Slot A)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. Remove the cover to gain access to the inverter control terminals. The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the left.
Figure 138: Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board
3. Fit the encoder board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector. Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied.
4. Configure the DIP-switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder. Check that the supply voltage delivered to the terminal output is correct.
5. Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
288/
455
Figure 139: Encoder board fastened to its slot
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.8.5. Terminals in Encoder Board
A 9-POLE TERMINAL BOARD IS LOCATED ON THE FRONT SIDE OF THE ENCODER BOARD FOR THE CONNECTION TO
THE ENCODER.
Terminal board, pitch 3.81 mm in two separate extractable sections (6-pole and 3-pole sections)
Terminal
1
2
3
4
5
6
CHA
CHA
CHB
CHB
CHZ
Signal Type and Features
Encoder input channel A true polarity
Encoder input channel A inverse polarity
Encoder input channel B true polarity
Encoder input channel B inverse polarity
Encoder input channel Z (zero notch) true polarity
Encoder input channel Z (zero notch) inverse polarity CHZ
7
8
9
+VE
GNDE
GNDE
Encoder supply output 5V...15V or 24V
Encoder supply ground
Encoder supply ground
For the encoder connection to the encoder board, see wiring diagrams on the following pages.
6.8.6. Configuration DIP-switches
Encoder board ES836/2 is provided with two DIP-switch banks to be set up depending on the type of connected encoder. The DIP-switches are located in the front left corner of the encoder board and are adjusted as shown in the figure below.
Figure 140: Positions of DIP-switches and their factory-setting
289/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
DIP-switch functionality and factory-settings are detailed in the table below.
Switch
(factoryOFF - open setting)
SW2.1 Channel B, NPN or PNP
SW2.2 Channel B with complementary signals
(default)
SW2.3 Channel B with no band limit
SW2.4 Channel Z, NPN or PNP
SW2.5 Channel Z with complementary signals
(default)
SW2.6 Channel Z with no band limit
SW1.1 12V Supply voltage (J1 in pos. 2-3)
SW1.2 Channel A, NPN or PNP
SW1.3 Channel A with complementary signals
(default)
SW1.4 Channel A with no band limit
SW3.1
SW3.2
SW3.3
Load resistors disabled
SW3.4
SW3.5
SW3.6
ON - closed
Channel B, Line driver or Push-Pull (default)
Channel B with only one single-ended signal
Channel B with band limit (default)
Channel Z, Line driver or Push-Pull (default)
Channel Z with only one single-ended signal
Channel Z with band limit (default)
5V Supply Voltage (J1 in pos. 2-3) (default)
Channel A, Line driver or Push-Pull (default)
Channel A with only one single-ended signal
Channel A with band limit (default)
Load resistors towards ground enabled for all encoder signals (required for 5V Line driver or
Push-pull encoders, especially if long cables are used – default setting)
CAUTION
Keep SW3 contacts “ON” only if a complementary Push-pull or Line-driver encoder is used (power supply: 5V or 12V). Otherwise, set contacts to OFF.
NOTE
Put ALL contacts in DIP-switch SW3 to ON or OFF. Different configurations may cause the malfunctioning of the encoder board.
6.8.7. Jumper Selecting the Type of Encoder Supply
Two-position jumper J1 installed on encoder board ES836/2 allows setting the encoder supply voltage. It is factory-set to pos. 2-3. Set jumper J1 to position 1-2 to select non-tuned, 24V encoder supply voltage. Set jumper J1 to position 2-3 to select tuned, 5/12V encoder supply voltage. Supply values of 5V or 12V are to be set through DIP-switch SW1.1 (see table above).
290/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.8.8. Adjusting Trimmer
Trimmer RV1 installed on ES836/2 allows adjusting the encoder supply voltage. This can compensate voltage drops in case of long distance between the encoder and the encoder board, or allows feeding an encoder with intermediate voltage values if compared to factory-set values.
Tuning procedure:
1. Put a tester on the encoder supply connector (encoder side of the connecting cable); make sure that the encoder is powered.
2. Rotate the trimmer clockwise to increase supply voltage. The trimmer is factory set to deliver 5V and
12V (depending on the DIP-switch selection) to the power supply terminals. For a power supply of
5V, supply may range from 4.4V to 7.3V; for a power supply of 12V, supply may range from 10.3V to
17.3V.
NOTE
Output voltage cannot be adjusted by trimmer RV1 (jumper J1 in pos. 1-2) for
24V power supply.
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
Power supply values exceeding the encoder ratings may damage the encoder.
Always use a tester to check voltage delivered from ES836 board before wiring.
Do not use the encoder supply output to power other devices. Failure to do so would increase the hazard of control interference and short-circuits with possible uncontrolled motor operation due to the lack of feedback.
The encoder supply output is isolated from the common terminal of the analog signals incoming to the terminals of the control board (CMA). Do not link the two common terminals together.
6.8.9. Encoder Wiring and Configuration
The figures below show how to connect and configure the DIP-switches for the most popular encoder types.
CAUTION
A wrong encoder-board connection may damage both the encoder and the board.
NOTE
In all the figures below, DIP-switches SW1.4, SW2.3, SW2.6 are set to ON, i.e.
77 kHz band limit is on. If a connected encoder requires a higher output frequency, set DIP-switches to OFF.
NOTE
The max. length of the encoder wire depends on the encoder outputs, not on the encoder board (ES836). Please refer to the encoder ratings.
NOTE
NOTE
DIP-switch SW1.1 is not shown in the figures below because its setting depends on the supply voltage required by the encoder. Refer to the DIP-switch setting table to set SW1.1.
Zero notch connection is optional and is required only for particular software applications. However, for those applications that do not require any zero notch, its connection does not affect the inverter operation. See Sinus Penta’s
Programming Guide for details.
291/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 141: LINE DRIVER or PUSH-PULL encoder with complementary outputs
CAUTION
Put SW3 contacts to ON only if a complementary Push-pull or Line driver encoder is used (power supply: 5V or 12V). If a 24V push-pull encoder is used, put contacts to OFF.
292/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 142: PUSH-PULL encoder with single-ended outputs
CAUTION
NOTE
Because settings required for a single-ended encoder deliver a reference voltage to terminals 2, 4, 6, the latter are not to be connected. Failures will occur if terminals 2, 4, 6 are connected to encoder conductors or to other conductors.
Only push-pull, single-ended encoders may be used, with an output voltage equal to the supply voltage. Only differential encoders may be connected if their output voltage is lower than the supply voltage.
293/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 143: PNP or NPN encoder with single-ended outputs and external load resistors
NOTE
NPN or PNP encoder outputs require a pull-up or pull-down resistive load to the supply or to the common. As load resistor ratings are defined by the manufacturer of the encoder, external wiring is required, as shown in the figure above. Connect the resistor common to the supply line for NPN encoders supply or to the common for PNP encoders.
294/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 144: PNP or NPN encoder with single-ended outputs and internal load resistors
NOTE
NOTE
Incorporated load resistors may be used only if NPN or PNP encoders are compatible with pull-up or pull-down external resistors (4.7kΩ).
NPN or PNP encoders cause pulse distortions due to a difference in ramp up and ramp down edges. Distortion depends on the load resistor ratings and the wire stray capacitance. PNP or NPN encoders should not be used for applications with an encoder output frequency exceeding a few kHz dozens. For such applications, use encoders with Push-Pull outputs, or better with a differential line-driver output.
295/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.8.10. Wiring the Encoder Cable
Use a shielded cable to connect the encoder to its control board; shielding should be grounded to both ends of the cable. Use the special clamp to fasten the encoder wire and ground the cable shielding to the inverter.
Figure 145: Wiring the encoder cable
Do not stretch the encoder wire along with the motor supply cable.
Connect the encoder directly to the inverter using a cable with no intermediate devices, such as terminals or return connectors.
Use a model of encoder suitable for your application (as for connection length and max. rev number).
Preferably use encoder models with complementary LINE-DRIVER or PUSH-PULL outputs. Noncomplementary PUSH-PULL, PNP or NPN open-collector outputs offer a lower immunity to noise.
The encoder electrical noise occurs as difficult speed adjustment or uneven operation of the inverter; in the worst cases, it can lead to the inverter stop due to overcurrent conditions.
296/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.9. ES913 Line Driver Encoder Board (Slot A)
Board for incremental, bidirectional encoder to be used as a speed feedback for the inverters of the SINUS series. It allows the acquisition of encoders with power supply ranging from 5 to 24VDC (adjustable output voltage) with line driver outputs.
Figure 146: ES913 Encoder board
6.9.1. Identification Data
Description
HTL Encoder board
Part Number
ZZ0095837
COMPATIBLE ENCODERS
POWER SUPPLY
5Vdc÷24Vdc
OUTPUT
LINE DRIVER
6.9.2. Environmental Requirements
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
297/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.9.3. Electrical Specifications
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1
Value
Electrical Specifications
Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Encoder supply current, + 24 V, protected with resettable fuse
Electronically protected encoder supply current, +12V
200 mA
400 mA
Electronically protected encoder supply current, +5V
Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage (5V mode)
Adjustment range for encoder supply voltage (12V mode)
Input channels
4.4 5.0
1000 mA
7.3 V
10.4 12.0 17.3 V
Three channels: A, B and zero notch Z
Complementary (line driver)
4 30 V
Type of input signals
Voltage range for encoder input signals
Pulse max. frequency with noise filter “On” 77kHz (1024pls @ 4500rpm)
Pulse max. frequency with noise filter “Off” 155kHz (1024pls @ 9000rpm)
ISOLATION:
The encoder supply line and inputs are galvanically isolated from the inverter control board grounding for a
500VAC test voltage for 1 minute. The encoder supply grounding is in common with control board digital inputs available in the terminal board.
298/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.9.4. Installing the Line Driver Board on the Inverter (Slot A)
DANGER
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
CAUTION
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
NOTE
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
1) Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2) Remove the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals. The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the left.
Figure 147: Position of slot A for the installation of the encoder board
Fit the encoder board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector.
Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied.
4) Configure the DIP-switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder. Check that the supply voltage delivered to the terminal output is correct.
5) Power on the inverter and set up parameters relating to the encoder feedback (see Sinus Penta’s
Programming Instructions manual).
Figure 148: Encoder board fastened to its slot
299/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.9.5. Terminals in the Line Driver Encoder Board
A 9-pole terminal board is located on the front side of the encoder board for the connection to the encoder.
Terminal board, pitch 3.81mm in two separate extractable sections (6-pole and 3-pole sections)
Terminal
1
2
3
4
5
Signal
CHA
CHA
CHB
CHB
CHZ
Type and Features
Encoder input channel A true polarity
Encoder input channel A inverse polarity
Encoder input channel B true polarity
Encoder input channel B inverse polarity
Encoder input channel Z (zero notch) true polarity
6 CHZ Encoder input channel Z (zero notch) inverse polarity
7
8
9
+VE
GNDE
GNDE
Encoder supply output 5V...15V or 24V
Encoder supply ground
Encoder supply ground
For the encoder connection to the encoder board, see wiring diagrams on the following pages.
6.9.6. Configuration DIP-switches
The encoder board (ES913) is provided with two DIP-switch banks. The DIP-switches are located in the front left corner of the board and are adjusted as shown in the figure below.
300/
455
Figure 149: Location of the configuration DIP-switches
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
SW1.1
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
SW1.3
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
DIP-switch functionality and factory-settings are detailed in the table below.
SW1.2
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Channel A band limit disabled
Min. channel A band limit
Average channel A band limit
Max. channel A band limit (default)
SW1.4
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Channel B band limit disabled
Min. channel B band limit
Average channel B band limit
Max. channel B band limit (default)
SW1.5
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
SW2.1
SW2.2
SW2.3
SW2.4
SW2.5
SW2.6
SW1.6
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
Channel Z band limit disabled
Min. channel Z band limit
Average channel Z band limit
Max. channel Z band limit (default)
Termination resistor between A and A# = 13.6kΩ (default)
Termination resistor between A and A# = 110Ω
(only for input signals at 5V)
Termination resistor between B and B # = 13.6kΩ (default)
Termination resistor between B and B # = 110Ω
(only for input signals at 5V)
Termination resistor between Z and Z# = 13.6kΩ (default)
Termination resistor between Z and Z# = 110Ω
(only for input signals at 5V)
Termination capacitor between A and A# off
Termination capacitor between A and A# = 110pF (default)
Termination capacitor between B and B# off
Termination capacitor between B and B# = 110pF (default)
Termination capacitor between Z and Z# off
Termination capacitor between Z and Z# = 110pF (default)
CAUTION
Do not select any termination resistor equal to 110Ω for encoder signal amplitude over 7.5V.
6.9.7. Encoder Supply Selection Jumper
Jumpers J1 and J2 select the encoder voltage supply among +5V, +12V, +24V:
Jumper J1
X
Open
Closed (default)
Jumper J2
2-3
1-2
1-2 (default)
Encoder Supply Voltage
+24V
+12V
+5V
301/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 150: Location of the jumpers selecting the encoder supply voltage
6.9.8. Adjusting Trimmer
Trimmer RV1 located on ES913 board allows adjusting the encoder supply voltage. This can compensate voltage drops in case of long distance between the encoder and the encoder board, or allows feeding an encoder with intermediate voltage values if compared to factory-set values.
Tuning procedure:
1. Put a tester on the encoder supply connector (encoder side of the connecting cable); make sure that the encoder is powered.
2. Rotate the trimmer clockwise to increase supply voltage. The trimmer is factory set to deliver 5V and
12V (depending on the DIP-switch selection) to the power supply terminals. For a power supply of
5V, supply may range from 4.4V to 7.3V; for a power supply of 12V, supply may range from 10.4V to
17.3V.
NOTE
CAUTION
CAUTION
CAUTION
The output voltage cannot be adjusted by trimmer RV1 (jumper J1 in pos. 1-2) for 24V power supply.
Power supply values exceeding the encoder ratings may damage the encoder.
Always use a tester to check voltage delivered from the ES913 board before wiring.
Do not use the encoder supply output to power other devices. Failure to do so will increase the hazard of control interference and short-circuits with possible uncontrolled motor operation due to the lack of feedback.
The encoder supply output is isolated from the common terminal of the analog signals incoming to the terminals of the control board (CMA). Do not link the two common terminals together.
302/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.10. ES822 Isolated Serial Board (Slot B)
The isolated serial board RS232/485 controlling Sinus Penta inverters allows connecting a computer through
RS232 interface or allows a multidrop connection of Modbus devices through RS485 interface. It provides galvanic isolation of interface signals relating to both the control board ground and the terminal board common of the control board.
Figure 151: ES822 board
6.10.1. Identification Data
Description
Isolated serial board - RS232/485
Part Number
ZZ0095850
6.10.2. Environmental Requirements
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
303/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.10.3. Electrical Features
WIRING:
Once ES822 board is fitted, connector RS485 installed on the inverter will automatically disable. D-type, 9pole male connector (RS485) or female connector (RS232-DTE) located on ES822 board activate depending on the position of J1.
Contacts of CN3, D-type, 9-pole male connector (RS485) are as follows:
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
PIN FUNCTION
1 - 3 (TX/RX A) Differential input/output A (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Positive polarity in respect to pins 2 – 4 for one MARK.
2 - 4 (TX/RX B) Differential input/output B (bidirectional) according to standard RS485. Negative polarity
5 in respect to pins 1 – 3 for one MARK.
(GND) control board zero volt
6 - 7 Not connected
8
9
(GND) control board zero volt
+5 V, max 100mA for the power supply of an auxiliary RS485/RS232 converter (if any)
Contacts of CN2, D-type, 9-pole female connector (RS232-DCE) are as follows:
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
PIN
1 - 9 Not connected
2
3
FUNCTION
(TX A) Output according to standard RS232
(RX A) Input according to standard RS232
5 (GND) zero volt
4 - 6 To be connected together for loopback DTR-DSR
7 - 8 To be connected together for loopback RTS-CTS
304/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
1.
2.
6.10.4. Installing ES822 Board on the Inverter (Slot B)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
Turn off the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
Remove the cover to access to the inverter control terminals. The fixing spacers for the encoder board and signal connector are located on the right.
Figure 152: Position of the slot for the installation of the serial isolated board
3.
4.
5.
Fit ES822 board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector.
Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied.
Configure DIP-switches and the jumper located on the encoder board based on the connected encoder.
Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
305/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.10.5. Jumper for RS232/RS485 Selection
Jumper J1 sets ES822 board to operate as RS485 interface or as RS232 interface. The corresponding positions are silk-screened on the board.
With a jumper between pins 1-2, CN3-(RS485) is enabled (default).
With a jumper between pins 2-3, CN2-(RS232) is enabled.
Figure 153: Jumper setting RS232/RS485
6.10.6. DIP-switch for RS485 Terminator
Please refer to the Serial Communications section.
For serial link RS485 in ES822 board, the line terminator is selected through DIP-switch SW1 as shown in the figure below.
When the line master (computer) is located at the beginning or at the end of the serial link, the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer (or the only inverter in case of direct connection to the master computer) shall be enabled.
Line terminator enables by setting selector switches 1 and 2 to ON in DIP-switch SW1. The line terminator of the other inverters in intermediate positions shall be disabled: DIP-switch SW1, selector switches 1 and 2 in position OFF(default setting).
In order to use RS232-DTE link, no adjustment of DIP-switch SW1 is required.
306/
455
Figure 154: Configuration of terminator DIP-switch for line RS485
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11. Option Boards For Fieldbus (Slot B)
Several interface boards (optional) are available for the connection of the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series to automation systems based on Fieldbus. Option boards allow interfacing systems based on:
-
-
Profibus-DP
PROFIdrive
-
DeviceNet
-
CANopen
®
®
®
®
-
Ethernet (MODBUS TCP/IP),
-
Interbus
®
,
-
ControlNet
-
Lonworks
®
,
®
.
,
,
(CAN),
(CAN),
The inverters of the Sinus PENTA series can house only one option board per fieldbus. This board allows controlling the inverter through the desired bus starting from a control device (PLC, industrial computer, etc.).
The control method from fieldbus integrates the control methods from local terminals, remote terminals
(through MODBUS serial link) and from keypad, which are provided from the inverter. For more details on the inverter command modes and the possible matching among the different sources, refer to the Sinus
Penta’s Programming Guide (Control Method menu and Fieldbus menu).
The sections below cover the installation procedure and the configuration and diagnostics of the different types of option boards.
NOTE
The read/write scan rate for Sinus Penta drives is 2ms. Please refer to the
Programming Guide for details.
CAUTION
Other communications protocols are available. Please refer to ES919
Communications Board (Slot B).
307/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.1. Identification Data
Each kit including option boards for fieldbuses also includes a CD-ROM containing detailed documentation
(instruction manuals in English, utilities and configuration files), which is required for the inverter configuration and integration to the automation system based on fieldbus.
Type of Fieldbus Part Number
Profibus-DP
®
PROFIdrive
®
DeviceNet
®
Interbus
®
CANOpen
®
ControlNet
®
Lonworks
®
Ethernet+IT
ZZ4600045
ZZ4600042
ZZ4600055
ZZ4600060
ZZ4600070
ZZ4600080
ZZ4600085
ZZ4600100
NOTE
The Interbus, ControlNet and Lonworks boards are not described in this manual.
Please refer to the CD-ROM supplied in the kit.
6.11.2. Installing the Fieldbus Board on the Inverter (Slot B)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
1) Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2) The electronic components in the inverter and the communications board are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Be careful when you reach the component parts inside the inverter and when you handle the communications board. The board should be installed in a workstation equipped with proper grounding and provided with an antistatic surface. If this is not possible, the installer must wear a ground bracelet properly connected to the PE conductor.
308/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3) Loosen the two front screws located in the lower part of the inverter cover to remove the covering of the terminal board. In the PENTA’s control board, you can then reach the slot B, where you can install the Profibus communications board.
Figure 155: Location of the slot B inside the terminal board cover of the Sinus PENTA inverters
4) Insert the communications board in the slot B; make sure that the connector bar in the board is inserted in the front part of the slot only, and that the last 6 pins are not connected. If installation is correct, the three fastening holes will match with the housings of the fastening screws for the fixing
spacers. Tighten the board fixing screws as shown in Figure 156 and Figure 157.
Figure 156: Checking contacts in the slot B
309/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 157: Fastening the communications board to slot B
5) Configure the DIP-switches and rotary-switches following the instructions given in the relevant section.
6) Connect the Fieldbus cable by inserting its connector or by connecting the wires to the terminals.
7) Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
310/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11.3. Fieldbus PROFIBUS-DP
®
Board
PROFIBUS-DP
®
is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS International.
The Profibus communications board allows interfacing between an inverter of the Sinus PENTA Series and an external control unit, such as a PLC, using a PROFIBUS-DP communications interface.
The Sinus PENTA inverter operates as a Slave device and is controlled by a Master device (PLC) through command messages and reference values which are equivalent to the ones sent via terminal board. The
Master device is also capable of detecting the operating status of the inverter. More details about Profibus
communications are given in the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide.
Profibus communications board has the following features:
• Type of fieldbus: PROFIBUS-DP EN 50170 (DIN 19245 Part 1) with protocol version 1.10
• Automatic detection of the baud rate ranging from 9600 bits/s to 12 Mbits/s
• Communications device: PROFIBUS bus link, type A or B as mentioned in EN50170
• Type of fieldbus: Master-Slave communications; max. 126 stations in multidrop connection
• Fieldbus connector: female, 9-pin, DSUB connector
• Wire: copper twisted pair (EIA RS485)
• Max. length of the bus: 200m @ 1.5Mbits/s (can be longer if repeaters are used)
• Isolation: the bus is galvanically isolated from the electronic devices via a DC/DC converter
• The bus signals (link A and link B) are isolated via optocouplers
• PROFIBUS –DP communications ASIC: chip Siemens SPC3
• Hardware configurability: bus terminator switch and rotary-switch assigning the address to the node
• Status indicators: indicator Led for board status and indicator Led for fieldbus status.
Figure 158: PROFIBUS-DP
®
fieldbus communications board
311/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.3.1. Profibus® Fieldbus Connector
Female, 9-pin, D-sub connector.
Pin location:
-
N.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
Shield
N.C.
N.C.
B-Line
RTS
GND
+5V
N.C.
A-Line
N.C.
Description
Connector frame connected to PE
Positive RxD/TxD according to RS 485 specifications
Request To Send – active high level when sending
Bus ground isolated from control board 0V
Bus driver supply isolated from control board circuits
Negative RxD/TxD according to RS 485 specifications
6.11.3.2. Configuration of the Profibus-DP Communications Board
PROFIBUS-DP communications board is provided with one DIP-switch and two rotary-switches used to set the operating mode.
The DIP-switch located next to the fieldbus connector allows activating the line terminator. The terminator is activated by pushing the lever downwards, as shown below.
Fieldbus terminator on Termination of Fieldbus line cut out
ON ON
The termination of the fieldbus line should be cut in only with the first and last device of a chain, as illustrated
The figure shows a common configuration where the first device is the Master (PLC, Bus Bridge or
Repeater), but this device can be connected also in central position. Anyway, the rule stating that termination should always be connected to first or last device, is always valid.
312/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 159: Example of a Profibus network (the correct setting of the line terminators is highlighted)
Each device in the network must have its own Profibus address. The addresses of the inverters of the Sinus
PENTA series are set through the rotary-switches installed in the interface board. Each rotary-switch is provided with a pin that can be turned to position 0-9 using a small screwdriver.
The rotary-switch on the left sets the tenths of the Profibus address, while the rotary switch on the right sets
the units. Figure 160 shows an example of the correct position to set address “19”.
Figure 160: Example of the rotary-switch position to set Profibus address “19”
NOTE
The rotary-switches allow setting Profibus addresses ranging from 1 to 99.
Addresses exceeding 99 are not yet allowed.
313/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.3.3. Connection to the Fieldbus
Make sure that wiring is correct, especially if the fieldbus operates at high baud rates (higher than or equal to
1.5Mb/s).
Figure 159 is an example of a Profibus link connecting multiple devices.
Use special Profibus cables (“Profibus Standard Bus Cable”, Type A); do not exceed the max. allowable connection length based on the baud rate; use proper connectors.
The table below shows the standard baud rate values and the corresponding max. length of the bus if cables of Type A are used.
Allowable Baudrate
Max. Length for Cable of Type A
9.6 kbits/s 1.2 km
19.2 kbits/s
45.45 kbits/s
1.2 km
1.2 km
93.75 kbits/s
187.5 kbits/s
500 kbits/s
1.5 Mbits/s
1.2 km
1 km
400 m
200 m
3 Mbits/s
6 Mbits/s
100 m
100 m
12 Mbits/s 100 m
We recommend that Profibus FC (FastConnect) connectors be used. They offer the following benefits:
-
No welding required for the connections inside the cable
-
One ingoing cable and one outgoing cable can be used, so that connections of intermediate nodes can be stubless, thus avoiding signal reflections
-
The internal resistors can be connected through a switch located on the connector frame
-
Profibus FC connectors are provided with an internal impedance adapting network to compensate for the connector capacity.
NOTE
NOTE
If you use Profibus FC connectors with internal terminators, you can activate either the connector terminal or the board terminals (in the first/last device only).
Do not activate both terminators at a time and do not activate terminators in intermediate nodes.
A more comprehensive overview of the Profibus is given at
http://www.profibus.com/
. In particular, you can download the “Installation
Guideline for PROFIBUS DP/FMS”, containing detailed wiring information, and the document named “Recommendations for Cabling and Assembly” containing important guidelines to avoid the most common wiring errors.
314/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11.4. PROFIdrive
®
Fieldbus Board
PROFIdrive® is a registered trademark of PROFIBUS International.
section.
6.11.5. DeviceNet
®
Fieldbus Board
DeviceNet is a registered trademark of open DeviceNet Vendor Association.
The DeviceNet
®
communications board allows interfacing a Sinus PENTA drive with an external control unit through a communications interface using a CAN protocol of the DeviceNet 2.0 type. The baud rate and the
MAC ID can be set through the on-board DIP-switches. Max. 512 bytes for input/output data are available;
for more details on the inverter control modes through the DeviceNet fieldbus board.
The main features of the interface board are the following:
-
Baud Rate: 125, 250, 500 kbits/s
-
DIP-switch for baud rate and MAC ID selection
-
Optically isolated DeviceNet interface
-
Max. 512 bytes for input & output data
-
Max. 2048 bytes for input & output data through mailbox
-
DeviceNet Specification version: Vol 1: 2.0, Vol 2: 2.0
-
Configuration test version: A-12
Figure 161: DeviceNet
®
Fieldbus communications board
315/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.5.1. DeviceNet
®
Fieldbus Terminals
The DeviceNet Fieldbus communications board is provided with a removable, screwable terminal board
(pitch 5.08). The bus interface circuitry has an external supply of 24VDC ±10%, as prescribed from the CAN
DeviceNet specifications.
Terminal arrangement as stated in the table:
N.
1
2
3
4
5
V-
CAN_L
SHIELD
CAN_H
V+
Name
CAN_L bus line
Cable shielding
CAN_H bus line
Description
Negative voltage for bus supply
Positive voltage for bus supply
6.11.5.2. Board Configuration
The on-board DIP-switches allow setting the baud rate and the MAC ID identifying the device in the
DeviceNet network.
DIP-switches 1 and 2 allow setting the baud rate, that must be the same for all the related devices. The
DeviceNet standard allows three baud rates: 125, 250 and 500 kbits/s. Possible settings are the following:
Baudrate
125 kbits/s
250 kbits/s
500 kbits/s
Setting of SW.1 & SW.2
sw.1=OFF sw.1=OFF sw.1=ON sw.2=OFF sw.2=ON sw.2=OFF
The MAC ID can be set between 0 and 63 by entering the configuration of the binary number for six DIPswitches, from sw.3 to sw.8. The most significant bit (MSB) is set through sw.3, while the least significant bit
(LSB) is set through sw.8.
Some possible settings are shown in the table below:
MAC ID
0
1
2
3
…..
62
63
SW.3 (MSB)
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
…..
ON
ON
SW.4
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
…..
ON
ON
SW.5
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
…..
ON
ON
SW.6
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
…..
ON
ON
If multiple devices are connected to the same bus, different MAC IDs are to be set.
SW.7
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
…..
ON
ON
SW.8 (LSB)
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
…..
OFF
ON
316/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11.5.3. Connection to the Fieldbus
The wiring quality is fundamental for the best reliability of the bus operation. The higher the baud rates, the shortest the bus lengths allowed.
Reliability is strongly affected by the type of wiring and the wire topology. The DeviceNet standard allows four types of wires based on the type of related devices. It also allows connecting signal dispatching nodes, line terminators and supply couplers. Two types of lines are defined: the trunk line and the drop lines. The figure below illustrates the topology of a typical DeviceNet trunk line.
Figure 162: Outline of the topology of a DeviceNet trunk line
The inverter equipped with a DeviceNet interface board is typically connected through a drop line consisting of a 5-conductor shielded cable. The DeviceNet standard defines three shielded cables based on their diameter: THICK, MID, and THIN cables. The maximum electric length between two DeviceNet devices depends on the baud rate and the type of cable being used. The table below shows the maximum lengths that are recommended based on these variables. The FLAT cable can be used for the main trunk line if drop lines are connected through a system that does not require welding.
Baud Rate
Max. length with Max. length with Max. length with Max. length with
125 kbits/s
250 kbits/s
500 kbits/s
FLAT cable
420m
200m
75m
THICK cable
500m
250m
100m
MID cable
300m
250m
100m
THIN cable
100m
100m
100m
317/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
Each DeviceNet trunk line must meet some geometric requirements and must provide two terminator nodes and at least one supply node, because devices can be totally or partially powered via the bus. The type of the cable being used also determines the max. supply current available for the bus devices.
For a more comprehensive overview of the DeviceNet standard, go to ODVA’s home page (
http://www.odva.org
).
In particular, you can refer to the “Planning and Installation Manual” document.
In case of failures or disturbance in the DeviceNet communications, please fill in the “DeviceNet Baseline & Test Report” form in the Appendix C of the “Planning and Installation Manual“ before contacting the After-sales service.
6.11.6. CANopen
®
Fieldbus Board
CANopen
®
and CiA
®
are registered trademarks of CAN in Automation e.V.
The CANopen communications board allows interfacing a Sinus PENTA drive with an external control unit using communications interface operating with a CAN protocol of the CANopen type complying with the CIA
DS-301 V3.0 specifications. The baud rate and the Device Address can be set through the on-board rotary
more details on the inverter control modes through the CANopen fieldbus board.
The main features of the interface board are the following:
-
Unscheduled data exchange support
-
Synch & Freeze operating mode
-
Possibility of setting Slave Watch-dog time
-
Eight baud rate levels, from 10kbits/s to 1Mbit/s
-
Possibility of setting different Device Addresses up to max. 99 nodes
-
Optically isolated CAN interface
-
CANopen conformity: CIA DS-301 V3.0
318/
455
Figure 163: CANopen
®
fieldbus communications board
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11.6.1. CANopen
®
Fieldbus Connector
The CANopen
®
communications board is provided with a 9-pin male “D” connector. The bus interface circuitry is internally supplied, as prescribed by the CANopen
®
Pins are arranged as follows:
specifications.
7
8
9
3
4
5
6
N. Name
Shell CAN_SHLD Cable shielding
1
2
Description
-
CAN_L CAN_L line
CAN_GND Common terminal of the CAN driver circuit
-
CAN_SHLD Cable shielding
GND
CAN_H
Option common terminal internally connected to pin 3
CAN_H line
-
(reserved) do not use
CAUTION
The CANopen connector is the same type as the connector fitted in all the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series for the Modbus serial communications, but the pin arrangement and the internal circuitry are totally different. Make sure that connectors are not mismatched! A wrong connection of the CANopen connector to the Modbus interface or vice versa can damage the inverter and the other devices connected to the Modbus and CANopen networks.
6.11.6.2. Board Configuration
The CANopen communications board shall be used with three rotary-switches for configuration, which are required to set up the inverter operating mode. The rotary-switches also allow setting the baud rate and the
Device Address. The figure below shows the position of the rotary-switches and a setting example with a baud rate of 125kbits/s and a Device Address equal to 29.
Figure 164: Example of the position of the rotary-switches for 125kbits/s and Device Address 29
NOTE
Device Address = 0 is not allowed by the CANopen specifications. Values ranging from 1 to 99 can be selected.
319/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
The table below shows the possible settings of the rotary-switches for the baud rate selection.
Rotary-switch setting Baudrate
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
8
9 setting not allowed
10 kbits/s
20 kbits/s
50 kbits/s
125 kbits/s
250 kbits/s
500 kbits/s
800 kbits/s
1000 kbits/s setting not allowed
6.11.6.3. Connection to the Fieldbus
High quality wiring is fundamental for the correct operation of the bus. For CANopen wiring, a shielded twisted pair with known resistance and impedance is recommended. The conductor unit is also fundamental for the quality of the signal. The higher the baud rates, the shortest the bus lengths allowed. The maximum length of the bus is also affected by the number of nodes. The tables below indicate the cable specifications based on the cable length and the variation features of the max. length based on the number of nodes and the cross-section of the conductors.
Tables refer to copper wires with a characteristic impedance of 120Ω and a typical propagation delay of
5ns/m.
Bus length [m]
0÷40
40÷300
Max. specific resistance of the cable [m
Ω/m]
70
60
Recommended cross-section for conductors [mm
0.25÷0.34
0.34÷0.6
2
]
Recommended terminator resistance [
124
150÷300
Ω]
Max. baud rate
[Kbit/s]
1000 kbits/s
500 kbits/s
(max. 100m)
100 kbits/s
300÷600
600÷1000
40
26
0.5÷0.75
0.75÷0.8
150÷300
150÷300
(max. 500m)
50 kbits/s
The total resistance of the cable and number of nodes determine the max. allowable length for the cable as per static features, not for dynamic features. Indeed, the max. voltage delivered by a node with a dominant bus is reduced by the resistive divider consisting of the cable resistor and the terminator resistors. The residual voltage must exceed the dominant voltage of the receiving node. The table below indicates the max. length values based on the cable cross-section, i.e. the cable resistance, and the number of nodes.
Cross-section of the conductors [mm
0,25
0,5
0,75
2
]
Max. wiring length [m] based on the number of nodes
number of nodes < 32
200
360
550 number of nodes < 64
170
310
470 number of nodes < 100
150
270
410
NOTE
Each CANopen trunk line shall meet particular geometric requirements and shall be equipped with two terminator nodes provided with adequate resistors. Refer to the document CiA DR-303-1 “CANopen Cabling and Connector Pin
Assignment” and to all the application notes available from
http://www.cancia.org
.
320/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11.7. Ethernet Board
Ethernet communications board allows interfacing a Sinus PENTA inverter to an external control unit with a communications interface operating with a Modbus/TCP Ethernet (IEEE 802) protocol complying with the
Modbus-IDA V1.0 specifications. The IP rating for the communications board can be configured both through the on-board DIP-switches and automatically (network assignation through a DHCP protocol).
The communications board performs automatic negotiation with the mains if the baud rate is set to 10 or 100
Mbits/s.
The main features of the interface board are the following:
-
Parameter configuration for Ethernet connection through DIP-switches, DHCP/BOOTP, ARP or internal Web server
-
Modbus/TCP slave functions of class 0, class 1 and partially class 2
-
Transparent socket interface for potential implementation of “over TCP/IP” dedicated protocols
-
Ethernet interface galvanically isolated through a transformer
Figure 165: Ethernet Fieldbus Communications Board
321/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.7.1. Ethernet Connector
The board is provided with a standard RJ-45 connector (IEEE 802) for Ethernet connection 10/100
(100Base-T, 10Base-T). The pin arrangement is the same as the one used for each network board computers are equipped with.
Pin arrangement:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
N. Name
TD+
TD-
RD+
Term
Term
RD-
Term
Term
Description
Positive signal transmission line
Negative signal transmission line
Line receiving positive signals
Terminated pair – not used
Terminated pair – not used
Line receiving negative signals
Terminated pair – not used
Terminated pair – not used
6.11.7.2. Connection to the Network
Ethernet interface board can be connected to an Ethernet control device with a Modbus/TCP master protocol
(computer or PLC) through a LAN (Ethernet business network) or a direct point-to-point connection.
The board connection through a LAN is similar to a computer connection. Use a standard cable for a Switch or Hub connection or a Straight-Through Cable TIA/EIA-568-B of class 5 UTP (Patch cable for LAN).
The Ethernet interface board cannot be connected to old LANs using Thin Ethernet
(10base2) coaxial cables. Connection to this type of LANs is possible using a Hub
NOTE
provided with both Thin Ethernet (10base2) connectors and 100Base-T or 10Base-T connectors. The LAN topology is a star one, with each node connected to the Hub or the Switch through its cable.
The figure below shows the pair arrangement in a 5 UTP cable and the standard colour arrangement to obtain the Straight-Through cable.
Figure 166: Cable of Cat. 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector
322/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Direct point-to-point connection is obtained with a Cross-Over Cable TIA/EIA-568-B, cat. 5. This type of cable performs a cross-over of the pairs so that the TD+/TD– pair corresponds to the RD+/RD– pair, and vice versa.
The table below shows the colour matching on the connector pins for the Cross-Over Cable and the crossover diagram of the two pairs used from 100Base-T or 10Base-T connection.
1
Pin and wire colour (last part of the connector)
white/green
Pin and wire colour (first part of the connector)
1 white/orange
2 orange
3
4 blue
5 white/blue
6 green
7 white/brown
8 white/green brown
2
3
4
5
6
7
8 green white/orange white/brown brown orange blue white/blue
NOTE
The inverter is typically installed with other electric/electronic devices inside a cubicle.
Normally, the electromagnetic pollution inside the cubicle is remarkable and is due to both radiofrequency disturbance caused by the inverters and to bursts caused by the electromechanical devices. To avoid propagating disturbance to Ethernet cables, they must be segregated and kept as far as possible from the other power cables and signal cables in the cubicle.
Disturbance propagation to Ethernet cables may affect the correct operation of the inverter and the other devices (computers, PLCs, Switches, Routers) connected to the same LAN.
NOTE
The maximum length of the LAN cable, cat. 5 UTP allowed by IEEE 802 standards results from the max. transit time allowed from the protocol and is equal to 100m. The longer the cable length, the higher the risk of communications failure.
NOTE
NOTE
For Ethernet wiring, only use cables certified for LAN cables of 5 UTP category or higher. For standard wiring, avoid creating your own cables; Straight-Through or Cross-
Over cables should be purchased from an authorised dealer.
For a proper configuration and utilisation of the communications board, the user should know the basics of the TCP/IP protocol and should get familiar with the MAC address, the IP address and the ARP (Address Resolution Protocol). The basic document on the
Web is “RFC1180 – A TCP/IP Tutorial”.
323/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.8. Board Configuration
The first step in configuring the Ethernet interface board consists in communicating with the board through a computer in order to update the configuration file (etccfg.cfg) stored to the non-volatile memory of the board.
The configuration procedure is different if you use a point-to-point connection to the computer, if the board is connected to a LAN that is not provided with a DHCP server and if the board is connected to a LAN that is provided with a DHCP server. The section below covers these types of connection.
NOTE
For the connection to the LAN, consult your network administrator, who can tell if the
LAN is provided with a DHCP server. If this is not the case, your network administrator will assign the static IP addresses for each inverter.
324/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Point-to-point connection to the computer
If a point-to-point connection to the computer is used, first configure the network board of the computer by setting a static IP address as 192.168.0.nnn, where nnn is any number ranging from 1 to 254.
To set the static IP address with Windows 2000™ or Windows XP™, open the Network Properties folder; in
the correct setting of the computer properties for Windows 2000™. Settings are very similar for computers running on Windows XP™.
Figure 167: Setting a computer for a point-to-point connection to the inverter
325/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
After configuring your computer as described above, in the DIP-switches of the communications board set a binary number different from 0, different from 255 and different from the number set in the low portion of the
IP address of the computer. For example, number 2 can be set by lowering (logic 1) only switch 7 as shown in the figure below.
Figure 168: Setting the DIP-switches to set the IP address 192.168.0.2.
If the computer is connected to the inverter through a Cross-Over Cable, a local network is created, which is composed of two participant nodes (the computer and the inverter), with 192.168.0.1 and 192.168.0.2 as IP addresses respectively. When the inverter is powered on, the LINK LED (see below) in the interface board should turn on. The following command: ping 192.168.0.2 launched by a command line window of the computer performs the correct connection to the board.
Connection with a computer through a LAN without any DHCP server
The network administrator will assign a static IP address for each inverter to be connected to the LAN.
Suppose that the IP address assigned from the administrator to an inverter is 10.0.254.177 and proceed as follows:
-
Set all the DIP-switches in the Ethernet interface board to 0 (“up” position)
-
Connect the board to the LAN using a Straight-Through cable and power on the inverter
-
Make sure that the green light of the LINK LED (see below) comes on
-
Note down the MAC address of the Ethernet board that is written on a label placed at the bottom of the printed circuit.
Suppose that the MAC address of the interface board is 00-30-11-02-2A-02
-
In a computer connected to the same LAN (connected to the same sub-network, i.e. with an IP address equal to 10.0.254.xxx), open the command interpreter window and enter the following
commands: arp –s 10.0.254.177 00-30-11-02-2A-02 ping 10.0.254.177
arp –d 10.0.254.177
In the ARP table of the computer, the first command will create a static entry assigning the matching between the MAC address of the board and the static IP address.
The ping command queries the interface board to check the connection and returns the transit time of the
data packet between the computer and the board through the network, as shown in Figure 169.
326/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 169: Example of the ping command to the IP address of the inverter interface board
When the interface board is sent the data packet, it gets the MAC address-IP address match as a permanent match, then it compiles and saves an “ethcfg.cfg” file, where the IP address 10.0.254.177 is stored as its own address each time the inverter is turned on.
Command number 3 is optional and removes the static match IP-MAC related to the inverter Ethernet board from the ARP table of the inverter.
Connection with a computer through a LAN equipped with a DHCP server
If an inverter equipped with an Ethernet board is connected to the LAN and if all the DIP-switches are set to zero (“up” position), when the inverter is powered on, automatic negotiation with the DHCP server takes place and the inverter is assigned an IP address chosen among the available ones. This configuration is then stored to the “ethcfg.cfg” file.
The “Anybus IP config” utility contained in the CD-ROM can be used to query all the inverters with an
Ethernet interface in the LAN from the same computer and, if required, the network access parameters can be reconfigured. The figure below shows the page of the programme when an inverter is acknowledged.
Multiple inverters can be identified from the same network through their own value of the MAC address.
Figure 170: Anybus IP config utility
Query of the inverter data through the ModScan programme
Once configuration is achieved and the IP address of the interface board is available, you can query the inverter variables through the Modbus/TCP protocol. WinTECH’s ModScan application (
http://www.wintech.com/
) allows displaying the variables read with the Modbus.
The figure below shows the setting shield of ModScan for the connection of a board with the IP address
10.0.254.177. For the Modbus/TCP connection, port 502 is provided by the Ethernet interface. Port 502 is to be used for all the Modbus transactions.
327/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 171: Setting ModScan for a Modbus/TCP connection
Guide, Fieldbus Configuration menu, for any detail about the map and the meaning of the input/output
variables.
Figure 172: Display of the output variables of the inverter through the Modbus/TCP protocol
328/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
NOTE
NOTE
Unlike the Modbus RTU connection through the serial link, the Modbus/TCP connection is characterised by an offset of 400h (1024) for write variables, because the Ethernet board dialogues with the inverter and splits a buffer shared for two segments of 1kbyte each. One segment is dedicated to the messages sent from the inverter to the
Fieldbus, the other is dedicated to the messages sent from the Fieldbus to the inverter.
In order to write the interface variable 001: M042-Speed Reference from FIELDBUS
(whole part) (refer to Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide), the Modbus/TCP transaction
must be addressed to log 1025, not to log 1.
The Ethernet board also offers advanced IT functionality. For example, you can send email messages following particular events occurring in the inverter, or you can create a dynamic web page inside the inverter to display its operating conditions. For advanced functionality, refer to the relevant manual contained in the CD-ROM supplied with the option board kit.
6.11.9. Status LEDs
Each option fieldbus board is equipped with a column provided with four LEDs installed on its front edge to monitor the bus status and with one LED (red/green) installed on the communications board for debugging, as shown in the figure below.
Figure 173: Position of indicator LEDs on the board
The red/green LED mounted on the board relates to all interface models, whereas the LEDs mounted on the board column have different meanings based on the type of fieldbus being used.
6.11.9.1. LEDs for Fieldbus Interface CPU Diagnostics
The LED located on the printed circuit of any version of the interface board indicates the status of the CPU dedicated to communication. The table below shows the possible type of signals.
N. & Name
5. Board diagnostics
Function
Red
– Unknown internal error, or module operating in bootloader mode
1 Hz Red blinker
– RAM fault
2 Hz Red blinker
– ASIC or FLASH fault
4 Hz Red blinker
– DPRAM fault
2 Hz Green blinker
– Module not initialized
1 Hz Green blinker
– Module initialized and operating.
329/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.11.9.2. LEDs for PROFIBUS-DP
®
Board Diagnostics
In the PROFIBUS-DP board, LED 1 is inactive; the remaining LEDs are described below:
N. & Name
2.
On-Line
3.
Off-Line
4. Fieldbus
Diagnostics
Function
It indicates that the inverter is on-line on the fieldbus:
Green
– The module is on-line; data exchange is allowed.
Off
– The module is not on-line.
It indicates that the inverter is off-line on the fieldbus:
Red
– The module is off-line; data exchange is not allowed.
Off
– The module is not off-line.
It indicates some possible errors:
1 Hz Red blinker
– Configuration error: the length of IN messages and OUT messages set while initializing the module does not match with the message length set while initializing the network.
2 Hz
Red blinker – User Parameter error: the data length and/or contents for the User
Parameters set while initializing the module does not match with the data length and/or contents set while initializing the network.
4 Hz Flash blinker
– Error while initializing the Fieldbus communications ASIC.
Off
– No error found.
6.11.9.3. LEDs for DeviceNet
®
Board Diagnostics
In the DeviceNet
®
board, LEDs 1 and 4 are not used; the remaining LEDs are described below:
N. & Name
2. Network status
Function
It indicates the status of the DeviceNet communications:
Off
– The module is not On-Line
Green
– DeviceNet communications in progress and correct
Flashing green
– The module is ready for communication but is not connected to the network
Red
– A critical error occurred (too erroneous data items) and the module switched to the
“link failure” status
3.
Module status
Flashing red
– A timeout occurred when exchanging data
It indicates the status of the communication module:
Off
– The module is off
Green
– The module is operating
Flashing green
– The length of the two data packets exceeds the preset value
Red
– An unresettable event error occurred
Flashing red
– A resettable event error occurred
330/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.11.9.4. LEDs for CANopen
®
Board Diagnostics
In the CANopen board, LED 1 is not used; the remaining LEDs are described below:
N. & Name
2. Run
3. Error
4. Power
Function
It indicates the status of the CANopen interface of the module:
Off
– The interface is off
One flash
– The interface status is STOP
Flashing
– The interface is being initialized
On
– The interface is operating
It indicates the error status of the CANopen interface:
Off
– No error
One flash
– The frame error counter has reached the warning limit
Two flashes
– A Control Error event (guard event or heartbeat event) occurred
Three flashes
– A synchronisation error event occurred: the SYNC message was not received within the time-out
On
– The bus is disabled due to an unresettable event error
Off
– The module is off
On
– The module is on
The word “Flashing” in the table indicates a LED that comes on for 200ms every 200ms; “One flash”, “Two flashes” and “Three flashes” indicate a LED that comes on one, twice or three times for 200ms every 200ms and with an inactivity time of 1000ms.
6.11.9.5. LEDs for Ethernet Board Diagnostics
In the Ethernet board, the diagnostics LEDs indicate the status of the connection to the LAN:
N. & Name
1. Link
2.
Module status
Function
Off
– The module has not detected any legal carrier signal and is not in the LINK status
On
– The module has detected a legal carrier signal and is in the LINK status
Off
– The module is off
Green
– The module is properly operating
Flashing green
– The module was not configured and communication is in stand-by
Flashing red
– the module has detected a resettable event error
Red
– the module has detected an unresettable event error
3.
Network status
Flashing red/green
– the module is performing a self-test at power on
Off
– The IP address has not yet been assigned
Green
– At least one active Ethernet/IP connection is in progress
Flashing green
– No active Ethernet/IP connection is in progress
Flashing red
– “Timeout” of one or more links performed directly to the module
Red
– The module has detected that its IP is used by another device in the LAN
Flashing red/green
– The module is performing a self-test at power on
4. Activity
Flashing green –
A data packet is being transmitted or received
6.11.10.
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
Environmental Requirements Common to All Boards
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
331/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12. ES919 Communications Board (Slot B)
ES919 communications board makes other communications protocol available in addition to the
protocols described in Option Boards For Fieldbus (Slot B). These communications boards allow
Metasys N2- and BACnet-based systems.
-
Metasys
®
N2,
-
BACnet
®
.
CAUTION
CAUTION
When ES919 board is fitted into slot B, no other board (ES847, ES861, ES870,
ES950, ES966, ES988) can be fitted into slot C.
ES919 board behaves as a serial gateway and makes all the Mxxx measurements and the Ixxx inputs available to the addresses given in the Sinus
The “Fieldbus” section in the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide does not apply
to ES919 comms board.
6.12.1.
CAUTION
Identification Data
Description
BACnet/RS485 Sinus Penta Module
BACnet/Ethernet Sinus Penta Module
Metasys N2 Sinus Penta Module
Part Number
ZZ0102402
ZZ0102404
ZZ0102406
6.12.2. Environmental Requirements Common to All Boards
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
6.12.3. Electrical Features Common to All Boards
CAUTION
ES919 is enabled through switch SW1 (factory setting).
If enabled (LED L1 ON), the RS485 serial port located on the inverter (serial link
0 – CN9 in the control board) is automatically disabled.
The operation of ES919 control board is as follows:
SW1
OFF
ON
(default)
L3(EN)
L1(TX)
L2(RX)
L3(EN)
L1(TX)
L2(RX)
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
FLASHING (IF COMMUNICATION IS OK)
FLASHING (IF COMMUNICATION IS OK)
332/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.12.4. Installing ES919 Board on the Inverter (Slot B)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
NOTE
If ES919 board is configured as BACnet Ethernet, one of the three fixing screws is located beneath the Ethernet module.
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. Remove the inverter cover for accessing the control terminals. The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the right.
Figure 174: Position of the slot for ES919 board
3. Fit ES919 board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector.
Fasten the encoder board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied.
4. Enable the communication port with switch SW1.
5. Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
333/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12.5. ES919 Board for Metasys
®
N2
ES919 board for Metasys
®
N2 uses RS485 serial port to communicate with the system via the communication protocol “Metasys N2” by Johnson Controls (
http://www.johnsoncontrols.com
).
Metasys is a registered trademark of Johnson Controls Inc.
Please visit
www.johnsoncontrols.com
.
ES919 board includes the ProtoCessor ASP-485 module.
Figure 175: ES919 Board for Metasys
®
N2
6.12.5.1. Configuration
Protocol
Default Baud
Default Station ID
Fieldbus Port
INVERTER PORT
MetasysN2 MODBUS RTU
9600 8N1
11
38400 8N2
1
6.12.5.2. RS485 Connector
The communications port includes a positive pole (+), a negative pole (-) and the ground (G).
Figure176: RS485 connector for Metasys
®
N2
334/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12.5.3. LEDs on the ASP485 ProtoCessor Module
[L8]
BLUE
[L7]
COMMS
ORANGE
[L6]
RUN
[L5]
YELLOW
[L4] [L3]
NO DEFAULT
[L2]
RED
[L1]
ERROR
LED COLOUR DESCRIPTION
L8 BLUE
ON: Field Port packet received
OFF: Field Port response sent
ON: Inverter Port Send Poll
L7 BLUE
OFF: Inverter Port Receive Valid Response
L6 ORANGE ON (flashing 2Hz)
:
ProtoCessor is running normally
OFF: ProtoCessor is not running
L5 ORANGE Not Used
L4 YELLOW ON: MODBUS Slave address set by DIP-switch
L3 YELLOW ON: Baud Rate set by DIP-switch
L2 RED
ON: Bad Poll, No Map Descriptor found
OFF: Once Exception response has been sent [*]
L1 RED
ON: Panic
OFF: No Panic has occurred
[*] If you receive a poll for data that does not exist, you turn that LED on briefly.
Basically, the system received a valid poll, but could not find a corresponding data point.
6.12.5.4. Baud Rate DIP-switches
B1
0 Use factory default Baud Rate = 9600 (L3 = OFF)
1 Use Baud from Switches as per table below (L3 = ON )
B2 B3 B4 Baud Rate
0 0 0 1200
1 0 0 2400
0 1 0 4800
1 1 0 9600
0 0 1 19200
1 0 1 38400
0 1 1 57600
1 1 1 115200
6.12.5.5. Address DIP-Switches
A1-A8
Corresponds to the Metasys N2 Address
L4 will indicate that the DIP-switch address is being used
SINUS PENTA
335/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12.6. ES919 Board for BACnet/Ethernet
The Module BACnet/Ethernet board uses the Ethernet port to communicate with the system using the
BACnet communications protocol.
BACnet - A Data Communication Protocol for Building Automation and Control Networks
. Developed under the auspices of the American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers
(ASHRAE), BACnet is an American national standard, a European standard, a national standard in more than 30 Countries, and an ISO global standard (ISO 16484-5). The protocol is supported and maintained by
ASHRAE Standing Standard Project Committee 135 (SSPC 135).
Please see
http://www.bacnet.org
.
This board is composed of the ProtoCessor FFP-485 communications module.
Figure 177: ES919 Board for BACnet/Ethernet
6.12.6.1. Ethernet Connector
The standard RJ45 connector (IEEE 802) located on the module can be used only for an Ethernet 10/100
(100Base-T, 10Base-T) connection. Pins are located as in any computer card.
Pins are as follows:
4
5
6
7
8
1
N.
2
3
Name
TD+
TD–
RD+
Term
Term
RD–
Term
Term
Description
Positive signal transmission line
Negative signal transmission line
Positive signal reception line
Terminated pair - not used
Terminated pair - not used
Negative signal reception line
Terminated pair - not used
Terminated pair - not used
336/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12.6.2. LEDs on the FFP485 ProtoCessor Module
SINUS PENTA
LED
PWR
LA
LB
GP105
Rx
Tx
COLOUR DESCRIPTION
RED
RED
OFF: Module not powered
ON (flashing 1Hz): Normal operation
OFF: PANIC
ON (flashing 1Hz): Normal operation
OFF: PANIC
ON (goes solid after 45-60s): Normal operation
RED
OFF: during the first 45-60s
YELLOW Flashing when a message is received on the field port
YELLOW Flashing when a message is sent on the field port
Figure 178: BACnet LEDs
6.12.6.3. Troubleshooting Tips
If PWR LED does not come on and LA and LB do not flash, please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO’s
Customer Service.
If PWR LED does not come on but the LA and LB flash, then the PWR LED is faulty.
If LA and LB do not start flashing, this may indicate a problem with the ProtoCessor. Contact
ELETTRONICA SANTERNO’s Customer Service.
If GP105 never comes on, please contact ELETTRONICA SANTERNO’s Customer Service.
If TX and or RX do not flash, this may indicate a problem with the field wiring; the configuration in the
ProtoCessor on the field side; incorrect polling parameters (such as COMM properties like baud, parity, etc).
337/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12.6.4. Board Configuration
The BACnet fieldbus communication kit contains the BACnet configuration software. This software allows the user to set parameters for a specific BACnet installation.
After installation, run the “Sinus Penta BACnet configurator.exe” file, which will load the BACnet configuration software.
Figure 179: BACnet IP Configuration
To configure and download the settings follow the steps below:
1. Set up a connection on IP address 192.168.1.X from the host PC (Default IP address of the BACnet fieldbus card is 192.168.1.24). DISABLE ANY OTHER NETWORK CARD, ANY FIREWALL OR
ANITIVIRUS programs.
2. Connect the host PC to the BACnet device using an Ethernet crossover cable or straight-through cable if connecting from a Hub/Switch.
3. Ping the BACnet device using the “Ping BACnet gateway” button within the BACnet configurator software to ensure communication has been achieved. A command window will appear, containing the
IP address of any BACnet fieldbus devices that the host PC can detect.
4. Select your choice of BACnet IP within the BACnet configuration software.
5. Enter a desired IP address, Subnet mask and BACnet port, and select DHCP if required.
6. Enter the BACnet device instance and the Network Number.
7. Click on “Create Files”.
8. Click on “Download config file” to configure the BACnet fieldbus network card.
9. Click on “Download IP data file” to configure the BACnet fieldbus network card.
10. Click on “Restart BACnet Device” after the download has completed.
338/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.12.7. ES919 Board for BACnet/RS485
The BACnet/RS485 Module card uses RS485 serial port to communicate with the system via the BACnet
MSTP communications protocol.
The card is composed of the ProtoCessor FFP-485 module (see 6.12.6.2 LEDs on the FFP485 ProtoCessor
Module and 6.12.6.3 Troubleshooting Tips) and of support/interface board ES919.
Figure 180: ES919 Board for BACnet/RS485
CAUTION
Although communication is made through RS485 serial port, the board shall be
configured through the Ethernet port, as explained in the
6.12.7.1. RS485 Connector
The communications port includes the positive pole, the negative pole and the ground.
Figure 181: RS485 connector for BACnet/RS485
339/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.12.7.2. Board Configuration
The BACnet fieldbus communication kit contains BACnet configuration software. This software allows the user to set parameters for a specific BACnet installation
After installation, run the “Sinus Penta BACnet configurator.exe” file which will load the BACnet configuration software.
Figure 182: BACnet MSTP Configuration
To configure and download the settings follow the steps below:
1. Mount the BACnet device in the way shown in Figure 177.
2.
3.
In order to configure a BACnet MSTP network, you need to configure each module through Ethernet interface.
Set up a connection on IP address 192.168.1.X from the host PC (the default IP address of the BACnet fieldbus card is 192.168.1.24). DISABLE ANY OTHER NETWORK CARD, ANY FIREWALL OR
ANITIVIRUS program.
4. Connect the host PC to the BACnet device using an Ethernet crossover cable or straight through cable if connecting from a Hub/Switch.
5. Ping the BACnet device using the “Ping BACnet gateway” button within the BACnet configurator software to ensure communication has been achieved. A command window will appear, containing the
IP address of any BACnet fieldbus devices that the host PC can detect.
6. Select your choice of BACnet MSTP within the BACnet configuration software.
7. Enter the MAC address, baud rate, parity, # stop bits, # data bits and highest MAC address on the network.
8. Enter the BACnet device instance and the Network Number.
9. Click on “Create Files”.
10. Click on “Download config file” to configure the BACnet fieldbus network card.
11. Click on “Restart BACnet Device” after the download has completed.
12. Mount the BACnet device in the way shown in Figure 180.
13. Connect the device to the BACnet MSTP network and test if the device can be achieved.
340/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.13. ES851 Datalogger Board (Slot B)
ES851 DataLogger is an option board allowing acquiring the operating variables of a plant and interfacing to a supervisor computer, even a remote computer, through different connecting modes for data logging and monitoring of the devices connected to the plant.
The main features of the DataLogger are the following:
-
8-Mb Data Flash, allowing setting how many variables and which variables are acquired, as well as their acquisition time, for optimum performance of the available memory;
-
RS485 and RS232 interface with Modbus-RTU protocol;
-
Ethernet interface with TCP/IP protocol;
-
Interface for the connection via GSM modem and analog modem;
-
SMS functionality for events monitored by the DataLogger (available only when a GSM modem is used).
Figure 183: ES851 DataLogger Board
Each DataLogger is capable of monitoring up to 15 devices through RS485 or RS232 network with Modbus protocol. ES851 is the master and the connected devices are the slaves.
A remote computer can be connected to the plant via RS485 or RS232 serial links, via modem or via
Ethernet. The RemoteDrive software allows performing any operation both on the plant devices and on
ES851 (scanning the devices connected to the DataLogger and activating data acquisition except for the devices excluded from logging—see the Programming Instructions of ES851 DataLogger for more details).
The connection modes and specifications are detailed in the following sections.
341/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Identification Data 6.13.1.
Description
ES851 FULL DATALOGGER
Part Number
ZZ0101820
6.13.2. Installing ES851 Board on the Inverter (Slot B)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. Remove the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals. The fixing spacers and the signal connector are located on the right.
342/
455
Figure 184: Position of the slot for the installation of ES851 DataLogger board
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3. Fit ES851 board and make sure that all contacts enter the relevant housing in the signal connector.
Fasten the board to the fixing spacers using the screws supplied.
Figure 185: ES851 DataLogger fitted into slot B
4. Connect the communications cables to the relevant ports based on the type of communications to be established. Set DIP-switches accordingly (see sections below).
5. Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
343/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.13.3. Connectivity
CAUTION
Remove voltage from the inverter before wiring ES851 DataLogger board. Take any safety measure required before touching the connectors and handling the
DataLogger board.
ES851 is provided with the following serial communications ports:
Port Description Terminal Board Link
COM1 RS232
COM1 RS485
COM2 RS485
Modem/PC connection
Slave supervisor connection
Master Supervisor connection
Ethernet connection
ES851 – CN3
ES851 - CN11
ES851 - CN8
ES851 - CN2
DB9 – Male
DB9 – Male
DB9 - Female
RJ45
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
CN3 - RS232 connection replaces CN11 - RS485 connection.
Factory setting is CN3 - RS232.
The Master or Slave operating mode of the COM ports can be changed by setting some configuration parameters of ES851 board accordingly (please
refer to the Data Logger ES851 - Programming Instructions for further details).
The preset configurations are given in the table above.
A modem connection can replace the Ethernet connection. The ES851
DataLogger board does NOT support the modem connection and the Ethernet connection.
344/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.13.3.1. Wiring RS232 Serial Links
RS232 serial link is factory set for COM1 port.
RS232 links are needed for some communication options required by ES851 DataLogger:
-
Direct connection to a computer with a null modem cable (MODBUS RTU protocol in slave mode);
-
Connection via analog/digital modem to a remote computer;
For null modem connections, the DB9 connector is connected to the computer through a null modem RS232 cable (cross-over cable).
For connections via analog modem, the DB9 connector is connected through an RS232 cable not crossedover.
RS232 Serial communication ratings:
Baud rate:
Configurable between 1200..115200 bps (default value: 38400 bps)
Data format:
Start bit:
8-bit
1
Parity: (1)
Stop bits:
Protocol:
Supported functions:
Device address:
Electric standard:
NO, EVEN, ODD (default: NO)
2,1 (default: 2)
MODBUS RTU
03h (Read Holding Registers)
10h (Preset Multiple Registers)
Configurable between 1 and 247 (default value: 1)
RS232
packets:
Timeout:
Configurable between 0 and 1000 ms (default value: 500 ms)
1) Ignored when receiving communication messages.
345/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.13.3.2. Wiring RS485 Serial Link
RS485 links are needed for certain communication options required by ES851 DataLogger:
-
Direct connection to a computer with a properly wired cable and an RS485/USB or RS485/RS232 converter (MODBUS RTU protocol in slave mode or PPP protocol);
-
Direct connection to the multidrop network of the plant devices (MODBUS RTU in master mode).
The MODBUS-IDA (
http://www.modbus.org
) Association defines the type of connection for MODBUS communications over serial link RS485, which is used by the Sinus Penta, as a “2-wire cable”. Specifications are the following:
Type of cable
Recommended cable model
Maximum length
Characteristic impedance
Standard colours
Shielded cable composed of a balanced pair named D1/D0 + common conductor (“Common”).
Belden 3106 (distributed from Cavitec)
500 meters based on the max. distance measured between two stations.
Greater than 100Ω (recommended), typically 120Ω.
Yellow/brown for the D1/D0 pair, grey for the “Common” signal.
The typical wiring diagram recommended by the MODBUS-IDA Association for the connection of “2-wire”
devices is shown in Figure 186.
Figure 186: Recommended wiring diagram for the connection of 2-wire MODBUS devices
The network composed of the termination resistor and the polarization resistors is incorporated into the inverter and can be activated via DIP-switches. The figure above shows the termination network for the devices located at both ends of the network, where the terminator must be installed.
For multidrop connections, 1 to 128 devices may be connected. Make sure that the ID of each device is
properly configured (please refer to the Data Logger ES851 - Programming Instructions).
346/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
NOTE
All the devices connected to the communication multidrop network should be grounded to the same conductor (0V) to minimize any difference of ground potentials between devices that can adversely affect communications.
Provide a linear wiring (not a star wiring) for multidrop line RS485: the first device in the multidrop connection will have only one outgoing line, while the last device will have only one incoming line. The line terminator is to be installed on the first device and the last device.
The line master device (ES851) is typically placed at the beginning or at the end of a multidrop connection; in that case, the line terminator of the farthest inverter from the master computer shall be “ON”.
NOTE
Communication does not take place or is adversely affected if multidrop terminators are not properly set up, especially in case of high baud rate. If more than two terminators are fitted, some drivers can enter the protection mode due to thermal overload, thus stopping dialoguing with some of the connected devices.
RS485 Serial communication ratings:
Baud rate:
Data format:
Configurable between 1200..115200 bps (default value: 38400 bps)
8-bit
Start bit:
Parity: (1)
Stop bits:
Protocol:
Supported functions:
Device address:
Electric standard:
1
NO, EVEN, ODD (default: NO)
2,1 (default: 2)
MODBUS RTU
03h (Read Holding Registers)
10h (Preset Multiple Registers)
Configurable between 1 and 247 (default value: 1)
RS232
packets:
Timeout:
Configurable between 0 and 1000 ms (default value: 500 ms)
1) Ignored when receiving communication messages.
347/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.13.3.3. COM1 Configuration and Wiring
DB9 flying connector (COM1) brings CN3/CN11 connector of ES851/1 board outside the inverter; this should be fastened to a bracket mounted on the right side of the inverter frame.
The type of port (RS232 or RS485) to be used can be selected. The flying cable is to be connected to CN3 or CN11 for RS232 or RS485 respectively (factory setting: CN3). Use SW4-1 to activate the port you chose.
SW4 [default]
1 [ON]
2 [OFF]
3 [OFF]
4 [OFF]
Function
ON RS232 Interface activated
OFF RS485 Interface activated
Not used
Both ON to activate RS485 terminator
Both OFF to deactivate RS485 terminator
RS232 Modbus RTU Mode
The pin layout for flying COM1 connector is as follows:
DB9Connector
Name
Pin N.
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
Shield
CD
RD
TD
DTR
GND
DSR
Received Data
Transmitted Data
Data Terminal Ready
Ground
Data Set Ready
Description
Frame of the connector connected to the PE
Carrier Detect
7
8
9
RTS
CTS
RI
Request To Send
Clear To Send
Ring Indicator
348/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
RS485 Modbus RTU Mode
CAUTION
This is NOT the default operating mode for ES851 DataLogger board.
CAUTION
For COM1 port, RS485 mode is an ALTERNATIVE to RS232. Either one must be used.
The pin layout for flying COM1 connector is as follows:
DB9
Connector
Pin N.
Name
1 – 3
2 – 4
5
6
7-8
9
A-Line
B-Line
GND
N.C.
GND
+5V
Description
(TX/RX A) Differential input/output A (bidirectional) according to RS485 standard. Positive polarity in respect to pins 2 – 4 for one MARK.
(TX/RX B) Differential input/output B (bidirectional) according to RS485 standard. Negative polarity in respect to pins 1 – 3 for one MARK.
(0V) Control board zero volt.
Not connected.
(GND) Control board zero volt.
+5 V, max. 100mA for the power supply of the external optional
RS485/RS232 converter.
349/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.13.3.4. COM2 Configuration and Wiring
DB9 female connector (COM2) on ES851 is preset as RS485 Modbus Master. The DIP-switch SW2 allows
RS485 driver power supply to be set as “internal” (via ES851) or as external and allows the line termination to be activated/deactivated.
SW2 [default]
1 [ON]
2 [ON]
3 [ON]
4 [ON]
Function
Both ON to activate the internal power supply of the driver
Both OFF to deliver external power supply
Both ON to enable line termination
Both OFF to disable the line terminator
DB9 connector pins:
DB9
Connector
Pin N.
-
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Name
Shield
N.C.
N.C.
A-Line
Description
Frame of the connector connected to the PE.
PB_RTS Request To Send – high active when sending.
GND
(0V) zero volt of the bus isolated in respect to 0V of the
+5V control board.
Bus driver supplied isolated from the control board circuits.
N.C.
B-Line
N.C.
RxD/TxD positive according to RS485 specifications.
RxD/TxD negative according to RS485 specifications.
350/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.13.3.5. Types of Ethernet Connections
The Sinus Penta, if supplied with ES851 DataLogger, is provided with the standard RJ45 connector (IEEE
802) for 10/100 (100Base-T, 10Base-T) Ethernet connection. Pins are arranged as follows (same layout as in network boards used for personal computers):
N. Name
1 TD+
2 TD–
3 RD+
4 Term
5 Term
6 RD–
7 Term
8 Term
Description
Positive signal transmission line
Negative signal transmission line
Positive signal receiving line
Terminated pair, not used
Terminated pair, not used
Negative signal receiving line
Terminated pair, not used
Terminated pair, not used
ES851 can be connected, through Ethernet interface, to an Ethernet control device with a master (PC) in one of the following ways:
-
Through a LAN (Ethernet business network);
-
Through a router (e.g. ISDN, ADSL, GPRS) [starting from SW version DL166X of ES851 control board]
-
Through a direct point-to-point connection.
CAUTION
The link to a router is available only if you purchased the LINK service for the connection to the Internet.
If you purchased the LINK service for the connection to the Internet, the Internet connection through a LAN is obtained by connecting ES851 to the LAN using a standard Straight-Through Cable TIA/EIA-568-B of class 5
computer that can be connected to the Internet.
Connection through a LAN
CAUTION
NOTE
The DHCP, DNS function shall be available for the LAN. Also, the LAN must be connected to the Internet.
The Ethernet interface board cannot be connected to old LANs using Thin
Ethernet (10base2) coaxial cables. Connection to this type of LANs is possible using a Hub provided with both Thin Ethernet (10base2) connectors and
100Base-T or 10Base-T connectors. The LAN topology is a star one, with each node connected to the Hub or the Switch through its cable.
Figure 187: Cable of Cat. 5 for Ethernet and standard colour arrangement in the connector
351/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
If you did not purchase the option for the connection to the Internet (LINK service), ES851 can be connected to the LAN so that ES851 and the plant can be detected from the LAN ONLY, once the DataLogger
parameters have been programmed accordingly. Please refer to the Data Logger ES851 - Programming
Instructions for more details.
Connection through a router
If you purchased the LINK service for the connection to the Internet, the Internet connection through a router is obtained by connecting ES851 to the router using the cable supplied.
Point-to-point connection
ES851 - Programming Instructions for more details.
Direct point-to-point connection is obtained with a Cross-Over Cable TIA/EIA-568-B, cat. 5. This type of cable performs a cross-over of the pairs so that the TD+/TD– pair corresponds to the RD+/RD– pair, and vice versa.
The table below shows the colour matching on the connector pins for the Cross-Over Cable and the crossover diagram of the two pairs used from 100Base-T or 10Base-T connection.
352/
455
NOTE
NOTE
NOTE
The inverter is typically installed with other electric/electronic devices inside a cubicle. Normally, the electromagnetic pollution inside the cubicle is remarkable and is due to both radiofrequency disturbance caused by the inverters and to bursts caused by the electromechanical devices. To avoid propagating disturbance to Ethernet cables, they must be segregated and kept as far as possible from the other power cables and signal cables in the cubicle.
Disturbance propagation to Ethernet cables may affect the correct operation of the inverter and the other devices (computers, PLCs, Switches, Routers) connected to the same LAN.
The maximum length of the LAN cable, cat. 5 UTP allowed by IEEE 802 standards results from the max. transit time allowed from the protocol and is equal to 100m. The longer the cable length, the higher the risk of communications failure.
For Ethernet wiring, only use cables certified for LAN cables of 5 UTP category or higher. For standard wiring, avoid creating your own cables; Straight-
Through or Cross-Over cables should be purchased from an authorised dealer.
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.13.3.6. Ethernet Port Wiring
CAUTION
Remove voltage from the Penta drive before wiring ES851 DataLogger board.
Take any safety measure required before touching the connectors and handling the DataLogger board.
Figure 188: Location of the Ethernet port
Remove the cover and access to the control board of the Sinus Penta.
Insert the male connector to the female RJ45 connector located on ES851. Press until the tab snaps.
Figure 189: Wiring of the Ethernet cable
353/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.14. ES851-RTC Real Time Clock (Slot B)
The Real Time Clock ES851 RTC option board is provided with a clock indicating date and time that is functioning even when the inverter is not powered. The inverter firmware may use date and time info to manage different timed events.
Figure 190: Real Time Clock ES851-RTC Board
1. DIP-switch SW1
2. DIP-switch SW4
NOTE
6.14.1.
The same software functionality performed by the Real Time Clock ES851-RTC is performed by the DataLogger ES851 as well.
Identification Data
Description
ES851 RTC
Part Number
ZZ0101825
354/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.14.2. Installing ES851-RTC Board on the Inverter (Slot B)
DANGER
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
CAUTION
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
NOTE
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
Follow the instructions given for the DataLogger ES851 (see ES851 Datalogger Board (Slot B)).
6.14.2.1. DIP-switch Configuration
The configuration below of the DIP-switches located on ES851-RTC board (Figure 190) is to be left
unchanged:
SW1: 1-ON, 2-OFF, 3-ON, 4-ON
SW4: 1-ON, 2-OFF, 3-OFF, 4-OFF
355/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15. ES847 I/O Expansion Board (Slot C)
ES847 Board allows implementing an additional I/O set for any product of the PENTA series. Additional functionality includes:
-
-
XAIN1/2/3/4: Four “fast” sampling analog inputs, 12-bit, ±10V f.s;
XAIN5/6: Two “fast” sampling analog inputs, 12-bit, for AC current measurement via CTs or for 0-
20mA sensor measures; resolution: 11 bits;
-
XAIN7: One “fast” sampling analog input for ±160mA f.s. sensor measurements; resolution: 12 bits
-
(Energy Counter option);
XAIN8/9/10/11: Four “slow” sampling inputs, 12-bit, configurable as 0-10V f.s., 0-20 mA f.s., 0-100 mV f.s., temperature acquisition via two-wire thermistor PT100;
XAIN12/13: Two “slow” sampling analog inputs, 12-bit, 0-10V f.s.;
-
-
VAP/VBP/VCP: Three voltage inputs for ADE (Energy Counter option);
-
IAP/IBP/ICP: Three current inputs for ADE (Energy Counter option);
-
-
XMDI1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8: Eight PNP, 24V multifunction digital inputs; three of them are “fast propagation” inputs and can be used for the acquisition of a PUSH-PULL, 24V encoder;
XMDO1/2/3/4: Six multifunction digital outputs, OC outputs free from potential to be used both as
PNP and NPN inputs, Vomax=48V, Iomax=50mA, providing short-circuit protection through a resettable fuse.
CAUTION
Not all I/Os are controlled from all the products of the Sinus Penta series. Please
CAUTION
If ES847 board is mounted in slot C, ES919 cannot be mounted in slot B (see ES919
Communications Board (Slot B)).
356/
455
Figure 191: Signal conditioning and additional I/Os board (ES847)
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.15.1. Identification Data
Description
ES847/1 Signal conditioning
Part Number
ZZ0101814
6.15.2. Installing ES847 Board on the Inverter (Slot C)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
CAUTION
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. Remove the whole inverter covering by loosening the four hexagonal screws located on the top side
and bottom side of the inverter to reach the fixing spacers and the signal connector (Figure 192 –
Slot C.)
Before removing the inverter cover, draw out the keypad and disconnect the cable connecting the keypad to the control board to avoid damaging the link between the keypad and the control board.
Figure 192: Removing the inverter cover; location of slot C
357/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
3. Insert the two contact strips supplied in the bottom part of ES847 board; make sure that each contact enters its slot in the connector. Insert ES847 board over the control board of the PENTA inverter; make sure that each contact enters its slot in the signal connector. Use the screws supplied to fasten
board ES847 to the fixing spacers (Figure 193).
Figure 193: Fitting the strips inside ES847 board and fixing the board on slot C
4. Configure the DIP-switches located on board ES847 based on the type of signals to be acquired
(see relevant section).
5. For the terminal board wiring, follow the instructions given in the section below.
6. Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
358/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.15.3. ES847 Board Terminals
Screwable terminal board including 12 sections (each section can be individually removed) for 0.08 to
1.5mm
2
(AWG 28-16) cables. Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
N. Name Description
I/O Features
DIPswitch/Notes
1-2
XAIN1+
XAIN1–
“Fast” differential auxiliary analog input, ±10V f.s., number 1
0V for analog inputs (common to control 0V)
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 10kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
3 CMA
Control board zero Volt
4-5
6
7-8
9-10
11-12
+15VM
–15VM
CMA
XAIN2+
XAIN2–
XAIN3+
XAIN3–
XAIN4+
XAIN4–
Stabilized, bipolar output protected from shortcircuits for auxiliary circuits.
0V for analog inputs (common to control 0V)
“Fast” differential auxiliary analog input, ±10V f.s.
number 2
“Fast” differential auxiliary analog input, ±10V f.s.
number 3
“Fast” differential auxiliary analog input, ±10V f.s.
number 4
13
14
15
16
17
18
19 VAP
20 VBP
21 VCP
22 CMA
23 IAP
24 IBP
25 ICP
26
XAIN5
CMA
XAIN6
CMA
XAIN7
CMA
CMA
“Fast” auxiliary analog input (current input), number 5
0V for analog inputs for XAIN5 return
“Fast” auxiliary analog input (current input), number 6
0V for analog inputs for XAIN6 return
“Fast” auxiliary current analog input, number 7
(Energy Counter option)
0V for analog inputs (common with control 0V)
Voltage analog input from ES917 – phase R
(Energy Counter Option)
Voltage analog input from ES917 – phase S
(Energy Counter Option )
Voltage analog input from ES917 – phase T
(Energy Counter Option)
0V for analog inputs (common with control 0V)
Current analog input from CT – phase R
(Energy Counter Option)
Current analog input from CT – phase S
(Energy Counter Option)
Current analog input from CT – phase T
(Energy Counter Option)
0V for analog inputs (common with control 0V)
PD
: Used from the Sinus Penta standard firmware only.
+15 V, –15V; Iout max: 100mA
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 10kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 10kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 10kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
Ifs = ±20mA, Rin= 200Ω;
Resolution: 12 bits
Control board zero Volt
Ifs = ±20mA, Rin= 200Ω;
Resolution: 12 bits
Control board zero Volt
Ifs = ±160mA, Rin= 33Ω;
Resolution: 12 bits
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 50kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 50kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
Vfs = ±10V, Rin= 50kΩ;
Resolution: 12 bits
Control board zero Volt
Ifs = ±150mA, Rin= 33Ω;
Resolution: 12 bits
Ifs = ±150mA, Rin= 33Ω;
Resolution: 12 bits
Ifs = ±150mA, Rin= 33Ω;
Resolution: 12 bits
Control board zero Volt
PR
: Used from the Regenerative application when the Energy Counter option is installed.
n.u. n.u.
n.u.
PD
PD n.u.
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
PR
359/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
XAIN8/T1+
CMA/T1–
XAIN9/T2+
CMA/T2–
XAIN10/T3+
CMA/T3–
XAIN11/T4+
34 CMA/T4–
35 XAIN12
36 CMA
37 XAIN13
38 CMA
“Slow” configurable auxiliary analog input, number 8
Thermistor temperature measurement, number 1
0V for analog inputs for XAIN8 return
“Slow” configurable auxiliary analog input, number 9
Thermistor temperature measurement, number 2
0V for analog inputs for XAIN9 return
Vfs = 10V, Rin = 30kΩ
Vfs = 100mV, Rin = 1MΩ
Ifs = 20mA, Rin = 124.5Ω
Temperature measurement with PT100
Compliant with IEC 60751 or
DIN 43735
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = 10V, Rin = 30kΩ
Vfs = 100mV, Rin = 1MΩ
“Slow” configurable auxiliary analog input, number
10
Vfs = 100mV, Rin = 1MΩ
Thermistor temperature measurement, number 3
0V for analog inputs for XAIN10 return
“Slow” configurable auxiliary analog input, number
11
Thermistor temperature measurement, number 4
0V for analog inputs for XAIN11 return
“Slow” voltage auxiliary analog input, number 12
0V for analog inputs for XAIN12 return
“Slow” voltage auxiliary analog input, number 13
0V for analog inputs for XAIN13 return
Ifs = 20mA, Rin = 124.5Ω
Temperature measurement with PT100
Compliant with IEC 60751 or
DIN 43735
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = 10V, Rin = 30kΩ
Ifs = 20mA, Rin = 124.5Ω
Temperature measurement with PT100
Compliant with IEC 60751 or
DIN 43735
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = 10V, Rin = 30kΩ
Vfs = 100mV, Rin = 1MΩ
Ifs = 20mA, Rin = 124.5Ω
Temperature measurement with PT100
Compliant with IEC 60751 or
DIN 43735
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = 10V, Rin = 30kΩ
Control board zero Volt
Vfs = 10V, Rin = 30kΩ
Control board zero Volt
SW1.3 = ON
SW1.1-2-4 = OFF
SW1.4 = ON
SW1.1-2-3 = OFF
SW1.2 = ON
SW1.1-3-4 = OFF
SW1.1-4 = ON
SW1.2-3 = OFF
(default)
SW1.7 = ON
SW1.5-6-8 = OFF
SW1.8 = ON
SW1.5-6-7 = OFF
SW1.6 = ON
SW1.5-7-8 = OFF
SW1.5-8 = ON
SW1.6-7 = OFF
(default)
SW2.3 = ON
SW2.1-2-4 = OFF
SW2.4 = ON
SW2.1-2-3 = OFF
SW2.2 = ON
SW2.1-3-4 = OFF
SW2.1-4 = ON
SW2.2-3 = OFF
(default)
SW2.7 = ON
SW2.5-6-8 = OFF
SW2.8 = ON
SW2.5-6-7 = OFF
SW2.6 = ON
SW2.5-7-8 = OFF
SW2.5-8 = ON
SW2.6-7 = OFF
(default)
n.u.
n.u. n.u. n.u.
360/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
39 XMDI1
40 XMDI2
41 XMDI3
42 XMDI4
43 CMD
44 +24V
45 XMDI5
XMDI6 /
46 ECHA /
FINA
47
48
XMDI7 /
ECHB
XMDI8 /
FINB
49 +24V
50 CMD
51 XMDO1
52 CMDO1
53 XMDO2
54 CMDO2
55 XMDO3
56 CMDO3
57 XMDO4
58 CMDO4
59 XMDO5
60 CMDO5
61 XMDO6
62 CMDO6
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 1
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 2
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 3
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 4
0 V digital input isolated to control 0 V
Auxiliary supply output for opto-isolated multifunction digital inputs
Auxiliary multifunction digital input 5
Auxiliary multifunction digital input 6 / Single-ended, push-pull 24V encoder input, phase A / Frequency input
A
Auxiliary multifunction digital input 7 / Single-ended, push-pull 24V encoder input, phase B
Auxiliary multifunction digital input 8 / Frequency input B
24Vdc Opto-isolated digital inputs; positive logic (PNP): active with high level signal in respect to CMD
(terminals 43 and 50).
In compliance with EN
61131-2 as type 1 digital inputs (24Vdc rated voltage).
Maximum response time to processor:
500µs
Maximum response time to processor:
600ns
Auxiliary supply output for opto-isolated multifunction digital inputs
0 V digital input isolated to control 0 V
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 1 (collector)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 1 (emitter)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 2 (collector)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 2 (emitter)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 3 (collector)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 3 (emitter)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 4 (collector)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 4 (emitter)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 5 (collector)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 5 (emitter)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 6 (collector)
Multifunction auxiliary digital output 6 (emitter)
+24V±15% ; Imax: 200mA
Protected by resettable fuse
Opto-isolated digital input zero volt
Open collector isolated digital outputs, Vomax =
48V; Iomax = 50mA
NOTE
All digital outputs are inactive under the following conditions:
-
-
inverter off; inverter initialization stage after power on; firmware updating.
Consider this when choosing the inverter application.
6.15.4. Configuration DIP-switches
the table below.
SW1 Sets the operating mode for “slow” analog inputs XAIN8 and XAIN9
SW2 Sets the operating mode for “slow” analog inputs XAIN10 and XAIN11
SW3 Factory-setting: SW3.2=SW3.5=SW3.7=ON; the other DIP-switches are OFF
factory-setting–
–
Do not change
361/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15.5. Possible Settings for DIP-switches SW1 and SW2
Mode: 0-10V f.s.
(Default configuration)
SW1
ON
Configuring Slow Analog Channel XAIN8
Mode: 0-100mV f.s. Mode: 0-20mA f.s.
SW1
ON
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
Mode: 0-10V f.s.
(Default configuration)
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
1 2 3 4
Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN9
Mode: 0-100mV f.s. Mode: 0-20mA f.s.
SW1 SW1
ON ON
Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100
(default)
SW1
ON
1 2 3 4
Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100
(default)
SW1
ON
5 6
7
8 5 6 3 8
Mode: 0-10V f.s.
(Default configuration)
SW2
ON
5 6
7
8 5 3
7
8
Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN10
Mode: 0-100mV f.s.
SW2
ON
Mode: 0-20mA f.s.
SW2
ON
1 2 3 4
Mode: 0-10V f.s.
(Default configuration)
SW2
ON
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
Setting Slow Analog Channel XAIN11
Mode: 0-100mV f.s. Mode: 0-20mA f.s.
SW2 SW2
ON ON
Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100
(default)
SW2
ON
1 2 3 4
Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100
(default)
SW2
ON
5 6 3 8 5 6 7 8 5 3 7 8 5 6 7 8
Five acquisition modes are available (see Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide) corresponding to four
hardware settings (see table below).
362/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Type of Preset
Acquisition
Voltage: 0÷10V
Voltage: 0÷100mV
Current: 0÷20 mA
Current: 4÷20 mA
Temperature
NOTE
NOTE
CAUTION
Mode Set for SW1 and
SW2
Mode: 0-10V f.s.
Mode: 0-100mV f.s.
Mode: 0-20mA f.s.
Mode: 0-20mA f.s.
Temperature Reading with Thermistor PT100
(default)
Full-scale Values and Notes
0÷10V
0÷100mV
0mA ÷ 20mA
4mA ÷ 20mA. Alarm for measurement < 2mA (cable disconnection) or for measurement > 25mA.
–50°C ÷ 125°C. Disconnection alarm or short-circuit sensor if resistance measurement is lower/higher than the preset range.
Parameter settings must be consistent with DIP-switch settings. Otherwise, unpredictable results for real acquisition are produced.
A voltage/current value exceeding the input range will be saturated at minimum or maximum value.
Inputs configured as voltage inputs have high input impedance and must be closed when active. The disconnection of the conductor relating to an analog input configured as a voltage input does not ensure that the channel reading is
“zero”. Proper “zero” reading occurs only if the input is connected to a lowimpedance signal source or is short-circuited. Do not series-connect relay contacts to inputs to obtain “zero” reading.
363/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15.6. Wiring Diagrams
6.15.6.1. Connection of “Fast” Differential Analog Inputs
A differential input allows weakening disturbance due to “ground potentials” generated when the signal is acquired from remote sources. Disturbance is weaker only if wiring is correct.
Each input is provided with a positive terminal and a negative terminal of the differential amplifier. They are to be connected to the signal source and to its ground respectively. Common voltage for the signal source ground and the ground of the CMA auxiliary inputs must not exceed the maximum allowable value.
To reduce noise for a differential input, do the following:
-
ensure a common path for the differential torque
-
connect the source common to CMA input in order not to exceed the common mode input voltage
-
use a shielded cable and connect its braiding to the terminal located next to the inverter terminal boards.
ES847 Board is also provided with an auxiliary supply output protected by a fuse which can be used to power external sensors. Do not exceed the max. current ratings.
Wiring is shown in the figure below:
Figure 194: Connection of a bipolar voltage source to a differential input
NOTE
NOTE
Connecting terminal CMA to the signal source ground ensures better acquisition standards. Wiring can be external to the shielded cable or it can consist of the optional common connection of the auxiliary supply.
Auxiliary supply outputs are electronically protected against temporary shortcircuits. After wiring the inverter, check output voltage, because a permanent short-circuit can damage the inverter.
364/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.15.6.2. Connection of “Fast” Current Inputs
Three “fast” low-impedance analog inputs are available, which are capable of acquiring sensors with current output.
The correct wiring is shown in the diagram below.
Figure 195: Connection of 0÷20mA (4÷20mA) sensors to “fast” current inputs
NOTE
Do not use +24V power supply, available on terminals 44 and 49 in ES847 board, to power 4÷20mA sensors, because it is to be used for the common of the digital inputs (CMD – terminals 43 and 50), not for the common of the analog inputs (CMA). Terminals 44 and 49 are galvanically isolated and must be kept galvanically isolated.
6.15.6.3. Connecting “Slow” Analog Inputs to Voltage Sources
Use a shielded pair data cable and connect its braiding to the side of ES847 board. Connect the cable braiding to the inverter frame using the special conductor terminals located next to the terminal boards.
Although “slow” acquisition analog channels have a cut-off frequency slightly exceeding 10Hz and the mains frequency, which is the main disturbance source, is weakened, make sure that wiring is correct, particularly if the full-scale value is 100mV and if wires are longer than 10 m. The figure below shows a wiring example for the acquisition of a voltage source.
Properly set the DIP-switches for the configuration of the analog channel being used: set the full-scale value to 10V or to 100mV. The setting of the programming parameter must be consistent with the hardware setting.
Voltage analog
output
OUT
Voltage analog input
XAINx 27,29,31,33,35,37
ADC
GND CMA 28,30,32,34,36,38
0V control board
P000273-B
Figure 196: Connecting a voltage source to a “slow” analog input
365/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15.6.4. Connecting “Slow” Analog Inputs to Current Sources
XAIN11—corresponding to terminals 27, 29, 31, 33—are capable of acquiring current signals with a full-scale value of 20mA. Properly set the DIP-switches for the configuration of the analog channel being used: set the full-scale value to 20mA and set the relevant programming parameter to 0÷20mA or 4÷20mA.
6.15.6.5. Connecting “Slow” Analog Inputs to Thermistor PT100
ES847 board allows reading temperatures directly from the connection of standard thermistors PT100 complying with DIN EN 60751. Two-wire connection is used for easier wiring. Use relatively short cables and make sure that cables are not exposed to sudden temperature variations when the inverter is running.
frame through the special conductor terminals.
If a cable longer than approx. 10 metres is used, measurement calibration is required. For example, if a
1mm (AWG 17) shielded pair data cable is used, this results in a reading error of approx. +1°C every 10 metres.
To perform measurement calibration, instead of the sensor connect a PT100 sensor emulator set to 0°C (or a 100Ω 0.1% resistor) to the line terminals, then zeroing the measurement offset. More details are given in
the Sinus Penta’s Programming Guide.
PT100 emulator allows checking the measurement before connecting the sensor.
Figure 197: Connecting thermoresistors PT100 to analog channels XAIN8–11 / T1–4
NOTE
NOTE
CAUTION
Parameter settings must be consistent with DIP-switch settings. Otherwise, unpredictable results for real acquisition are produced.
A voltage/current value exceeding the input range will be saturated at minimum or maximum value.
Inputs configured as voltage inputs have high input impedance and must be closed when active. The disconnection of the conductor relating to an analog input configured as a voltage input does not ensure that the channel reading is zero. Proper “zero” reading occurs only if the input is connected to a lowimpedance signal source or is short-circuited. Do not series-connect relay contacts and inputs to obtain “zero” reading.
366/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.15.6.6. Connecting Isolated Digital Inputs
All digital inputs are galvanically isolated from zero volt of the inverter control board. To activate isolated digital inputs, use either isolated supply delivered to terminals 44 and 49 or 24Vdc auxiliary supply.
of a control device, such as a PLC. Internal supply (+24 Vdc, terminals 44 and 49) is protected by a 200mA resettable fuse.
Figure 198: PNP input wiring
A: PNP Command (active to +24V) sent via a voltage free contact
B: PNP Command (active to +24V) sent from a different device (PLC, digital output board, etc.)
367/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15.6.7. Connection to an Encoder or a Frequency Input
Auxiliary digital inputs XMDI6, XMDI7, XMDI8 may acquire fast digital signals and may be used for the connection to a push-pull single-ended incremental encoder or for the acquisition of a frequency input.
Important: When ES847 board is fitted, encoder B functions are no more implemented by the basic terminal board of the control board, but are implemented by ES847 board.
NOTE
When installing ES847 board, encoder B functions are to be shifted from the basic terminal board of the control board to the terminal board of ES847 board.
Figure 199: Connecting the incremental encoder to fast inputs XMDI7 and XMDI8
P000701-B
XMDI6 46
R
XMDI7 47
R
Encoder power supply 24V
EncEEncod d
CMD
24V
50
0V isolated
49
Fuse
200mA
+24V isolated
The encoder shall have PUSH-PULL outputs; its 24V power supply is delivered directly by the isolated supply internal to the inverter—terminals +24V (49) and CMD (50). The maximum allowable supply current is
200mA and is protected by a resettable fuse.
Only encoders described above can be acquired directly by the terminal board of the Sinus Penta; encoder signals shall have a maximum frequency of 155kHz, corresponding to 1024 pulse/rev at 9000 rpm.
Input XMDI8 can also acquire a square-wave frequency signal ranging from 10kHZ to 100kHz, which is converted into an analog value to be used as a reference. Frequency values corresponding to the min. and max. reference can be set up as parameters. Do not exceed the allowable duty-cycle ratings for the frequency inputs.
Signals are sent from a 24V Push-pull output with a reference common to terminal CMD (50), as shown in
368/
455
Figure 200: Signal sent from a 24V, Push-pull frequency output
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.15.6.8. Connection to Isolated Digital Outputs
Multifunction outputs XMDO1..8 (terminals 51..62) are all provided with a common terminal (CMDO1..8) which is isolated from the other outputs. They can be used to control both PNP and NPN loads, based on the
wiring diagrams shown in Figure 201 and Figure 202.
Electrical conductivity (similar to a closed contact) is to be found between terminal MDO2 and CMDO2 when the output is active, i.e. when the symbol is displayed next to the output. Loads connected as PNP or as
NPN are activated.
Outputs can be powered by the inverter isolated power supply or by an external source (24 or 48V – see dashed lines in the figure below).
Figure 201: XMDOx output connection as PNP for relay command with internal power supply
Figure 202: XMDOx output connection as PNP for relay command with external power supply
369/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 203: XMDOx output connection as NPN for relay command with internal power supply
Figure 204: XMDOx output connection as NPN for relay command with external power supply
CAUTION
NOTE
NOTE
When inductive loads (e.g. relay coils) are connected, always use the freewheel diode, which is to be connected as shown in the figure.
Do not simultaneously connect the isolated internal supply and the auxiliary supply to power the isolated digital outputs. Dashed lines in the figures are alternative to standard wiring.
Digital outputs XMDO1..8 are protected from a temporary short-circuit by a resettable fuse. After wiring the inverter, check the output voltage, as a permanent short-circuit can cause irreversible damage.
6.15.7. Environmental Requirements
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
370/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15.8. Electrical Ratings
6.15.8.1. Analog Inputs
Fast Sampling Analog Inputs, ±10V f.s.
Input impedance
Offset cumulative error and gain in respect to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset
Digital resolution
Value of voltage LSB
Common mode maximum voltage over differential inputs
Permanent overload over inputs with no damage
Input filter cut-off frequency (2nd order Butterworth filter)
Sampling time (depending on the software being used)
Fast Sampling Analog Inputs for Current Measurement
Input impedance
Offset cumulative error and gain in respect to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset
Digital resolution
Value of current LSB
Equivalent resolution in 0-20mA acquisition mode
Permanent overload over inputs with no damage
Input filter cut-off frequency (2nd order Butterworth filter)
Sampling time (depending on the software being used)
SINUS PENTA
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
–15
–30
0.2
10
0.5
5.22
5.1 kΩ
+15
+30
1.2
%
200 ppm/°C
12 bit mV/LS
B
V
V kHz ms
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
–5
0.2
200
0.5
13
5.1
200 ppm/°C
12
10.5
+5
1.2
µ
Ω
% bit
A/LSB bit
V kHz ms
371/
455
SINUS PENTA
Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0-10V mode
Input impedance
Offset cumulative error and gain in respect to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset
Digital resolution
Value of voltage LSB
Permanent overload over inputs with no damage
Input filter cut-off frequency (1st order low pass filter)
Sampling time (depending on the software being used)
Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0-20mA mode
Input impedance
Offset cumulative error and gain in respect to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset
Digital resolution
Value of current LSB
Permanent overload over inputs with no damage
Input filter cut-off frequency (1st order low pass filter)
Sampling time (depending on the software being used)
Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in 0-100mV mode
Input impedance
Offset cumulative error and gain in respect to full-scale value
Temperature coefficient of the gain error and offset
Digital resolution
Value of voltage LSB
Permanent overload over inputs with no damage
Input filter cut-off frequency (1st order low pass filter)
Sampling time (depending on the software being used)
372/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
–30
10
40
0.5
2.44
13 kΩ
%
200 ppm/°C
12
+30
1000 bit mV/LS
B
V
Hz ms
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
–3.7
10
124.5
0.5
4.90
13
Ω
%
200 ppm/°C
12
µ bit
A/LSB
+3,7
1000
V
Hz ms
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
1
–30
10
0.2
13
24.7
+30
1000
MΩ
%
50 ppm/°C
12 bit
µ V/LSB
V
Hz ms
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Slow Sampling Analog Inputs Configured in PT100 Temperature
Measurement Mode
Type of probe
Measurement range
Polarization current for PT100
Measurement temperature coefficient
Digital resolution
Measurement max. cumulative error for temperature ranging from –40 to
+55°C
Mean value of temperature LSB (linearization SW function)
Permanent overload over inputs with no damage
Input filter cut-off frequency (1st order low pass filter)
Sampling time (depending on the software being used)
Value
Min Type Max
Unit .
Two-wire PT100 Thermistor
–50 260 °C
0.49
50 mA ppm/°C
11 bit
0.5 1.5 °C
–10
10
0.135
13
+10
1000
°C/LSB
V
Hz ms
6.15.8.2. Digital Inputs
Features of the Digital Inputs
Input voltage for XMDIx in respect to CMD
Voltage corresponding to logic level 1 between XMDIx and CMD
Voltage corresponding to logic level 0 between XMDIx and CMD
Current absorbed by XMDIx at logic level 1
Input frequency over “fast” inputs XMDI6..8
Allowable duty-cycle for frequency inputs
Min. time at high level for “fast” inputs XMDI6..8
Isolation test voltage between terminals CMD (43 and 50) in respect to terminals CMA (3-6-14-16-18-28-30-32-34-36-38)
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
–30
15
–30
5
30
24
0
9
50
30
30
5
12
155
70
4.5
500Vac, 50Hz, 1min.
µ s
V
V
V mA kHz
%
373/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.15.8.3. Digital Outputs
Features of the Digital Outputs
Working voltage range for outputs XMDO1..6
Max. current that can be switched from outputs XMDO1..6
Voltage drop of outputs XMDO1..6, when active
Leakage current of outputs XMDO1..6, when active
Isolation test voltage between terminals CMDO1..6 and CMA
20 24
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
50
50
2
4
500Vac, 50Hz, 1min.
V mA
V
µ A
6.15.8.4. Supply Outputs
Features of the Analog Supply Outputs Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
Voltage available on terminal +15V (4) in respect to CMA (6)
Voltage available on terminal –15V (5) in respect to CMA (6)
Max. current that can be delivered from +15V output and that can be absorbed by output –15V
Features of the Digital Supply Outputs
14.25 15 15.75 V
–15.75 –15 –14.25 V
100 mA
Value
Min. Type Max. Unit
Voltage available on +24V terminals (44, 49) in respect to CMD (43, 50) 21
Max. current that can be delivered from +24V output
CAUTION
24 27
200
V mA
Irreversible faults occur if the min./max. input/output voltage ratings are exceeded.
NOTE
The isolated supply output and the analog auxiliary output are protected by a resettable fuse capable of protecting the power supply unit inside the inverter against short-circuits. Nevertheless, in case of short-circuit, it can happen that the inverter does not temporarily lock and does not stop the motor.
374/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.16. ES870 Relay I/O Expansion Board (Slot C)
ES870 board is an expansion board for the digital I/Os of all the products of the Sinus Penta series. The
ES870 board includes:
-
XMDI1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8: Eight 24V multifunction digital inputs, type PNP. Three inputs are “fast propagation” inputs that can be used also for PUSH-PULL 24V encoder acquisition;
-
XMDO1/2/3/4/5/6: Six multifunction relay digital outputs (Vomax = 250 VAC, Iomax = 5A, Vomax = 30
VDC, Iomax = 5A).
Figure 205: Relay I/O expansion board ES870
6.16.1.
CAUTION
If ES870 board is fitted into slot C, ES919 cannot be mounted in slot B (see ES919
Communications Board (Slot B)).
Identification Data
Description
Relay I/O Board
Part Number
ZZ0101840
375/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.16.2. Installing ES870 Board on the Inverter (Slot C)
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for a complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid any electric shock hazard.
Electric shock hazard: do not connect/disconnect the signal terminals or the power terminals when the inverter is on. This also prevents the inverter from being damaged.
All the screws used to fasten removable parts (terminals cover, serial interface connector, cable plates, etc.) are black, round-head, cross-head screws.
When wiring the inverter, remove only this type of screws. If different screws or bolts are removed, the inverter warranty will be no longer valid.
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. Remove the whole inverter covering by loosening the four hexagonal screws located on the top side
and bottom side of the inverter to reach the fixing spacers and the signal connector (Figure 206 –
Slot C.)
CAUTION
Before removing the inverter cover, draw out the keypad and disconnect the cable connecting the keypad to the control board to avoid damaging the link between the keypad and the control board.
376/
455
Figure 206: Removing the inverter cover; location of slot C
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
3. Insert the two contact strips supplied in the bottom part of ES870 board; make sure that each contact enters its slot in the connector. Insert ES870 board over the control board of the PENTA inverter; make sure that each contact enters its slot in the signal connector. Use the screws supplied to fasten board ES870 to the fixing spacers.
4. For the terminal board wiring, follow the instructions given in the section below.
5. Close the inverter frame by reassembling the cover allowing gaining access to the inverter control terminals.
6.16.3. ES870 Board Terminals
Screwable terminal board in two extractable sections suitable for cross-sections 0.08 ÷ 1.5mm
2
(AWG
28-16)
Decisive voltage class A according to EN 61800-5-1.
N.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Name Description I/O Features
XMDI1
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 1
Opto-isolated digital inputs 24 VDC; positive logic
XMDI2
XMDI3
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 2
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 3
(PNP): active with positive input in respect to 0VE
(terminals 6 or 12).
XMDI4
+24VE
0VE
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 4
Auxiliary supply output/input for opto-isolated multifunction digital inputs/relay coils (*)
0V for digital inputs isolated in respect to control 0V
In compliance with EN 61131-2 as type-1 digital inputs with rated voltage equal to 24 VDC.
+24V±15% ; Imax output: 125mA; I max input:
75mA
Protected with resettable fuse.
Opto-isolated zero volt for digital inputs; test voltage 500Vac 50Hz 1’ in respect to inverter CMA inputs
XMDI5
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 5
XMDI6 /
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 6
ECHA /
FINA
XMDI7 /
ECHB
/Push-pull 24V single-ended phase A encoder input/Frequency input A
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 7/
Push-pull 24V single-ended phase B
XMDI8 /
FINB
+24VE
encoder input
Multifunction auxiliary digital input 8/
Frequency input B
Auxiliary supply output/input for opto-isolated multifunction digital inputs/relay coils (*)
0VE
0V for digital inputs isolated in respect to control 0V
Opto-isolated digital inputs 24 VDC; positive logic
(PNP): active with positive input in respect to 0VE
(terminals 6 or 12).
In compliance with EN 61131-2 as type-1 digital inputs with rated voltage equal to 24 VDC.
+24V±15% ; Imax output: 125mA; I max input:
75mA
Protected with resettable fuse.
Opto-isolated zero volt for digital inputs; test voltage 500Vac 50Hz 1’ in respect to inverter CMA inputs
Note
Maximum response time to microprocessor:
500µs
…500µs
Maximum response time to microprocessor:
600ns
(*)
NOTE
The total load on +24VE inverter connection must not exceed 200mA. The total load is referred to all +24VE connections available on the main terminal board and the option terminal board. The relay coils fitted on ES870 option board can sink up to 75mA from +24VE. Coil consumption must be subtracted from the
200mA rated current capability.
By opening jumper J1, terminal n. 5 and 11 can be used as +24Vdc supply input for relay coils, unloading the inverter internal power supply.
377/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Screwable terminal board in three extractable sections suitable for cross-sections 0.2 ÷ 2.5mm
2
(AWG 24-12)
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1
N. Name Description I/O Features
13 XDO1-NC
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
XDO1-C
XDO1-NO
XDO2-NC
XDO2-C
XDO2-NO
XDO3-NC
XDO3-C
XDO3-NO
XDO4-NC
XDO4-C
XDO4-NO
XDO5-NC
XDO5-C
XDO5-NO
XDO6-NC
XDO6-C
XDO6-NO
Multifunction, relay digital output 1 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 1 (NO contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 2 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 2 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 2 (NO contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 3 (NO contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 4 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 4 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 4 (NO contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 5 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 5 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 5 (NO contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 6 (NC contact)
Multifunction, relay digital output 6 (common)
Multifunction, relay digital output 6 (NO contact) is closed with NC terminal; with high logic level, common terminal is open with NO;
Resistive load capability:
Vomax = 250 VAC, Iomax = 5A
Vomax = 30 VDC, Iomax = 5A
Inductive load capability (L/R=7ms):
Vomax = 250 VAC, Iomax = 1.5A
Vomax = 30 VDC, Iomax = 1.5A
Isolation test voltage between contacts and coil 2500Vac
50Hz, 1’
Min. load: 15mA, 10Vdc
6.16.3.1. Connection to an Encoder or a Frequency Input
Auxiliary digital inputs XMDI6, XMDI7, XMDI8 may acquire fast digital signals and may be used for the connection to a push-pull single-ended incremental encoder or for the acquisition of a frequency input.
NOTE
When ES847 board is fitted, encoder B functions are no more implemented by the basic terminal board of the control board, but are implemented by ES847 board.
The electrical ratings of the aux digital inputs above are the same as the corresponding inputs in optional control board ES847.
For more details, please refer to Connection to an Encoder or a Frequency Input and ES847 Board
378/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.17. I/O Expansion Board 120/240Vac ES988 (SLOT C)
ES988 option board 120/240Vac allows incrementing the digitaI I/O set of all products of the Sinus Penta line.
The additional functions made available by ES988 option board are the following:
N. 8 multifunction opto-isolated digital inputs. Each input features:
120 Vac ÷ 240 Vac +10% / –15% supply voltage; 50 / 60 Hz frequency
-
N. 4 relay multifunction digital outputs. Each output features:
N.1 changeover contact (Vomax = 250 VAC, Iomax = 6 A, Vomax = 30 VDC, Iomax = 6 A)
The digital inputs are divided into four groups; each group features three terminals: two terminals as the inputs and one terminal as the common for the whole group.
The two inputs of each group are to be powered by a single-phase circuit, with the neutral connected to the common of the group.
The four groups are isolated from each other, so that they can be powered also by four different power supply sources.
All digital inputs and relay outputs are programmable. For the programming parameters related to ES988
option board, please refer to the Programming Guide.
Figure 207 shows ES988 option board including the description of the terminal blocks:
6.17.1.
Figure 207: ES988 option board, DIGITAL I/O 120/240 Vrms
Identification Data
Description
ES988 DIGITAL I/O 120/240 Vrms
Part Number
ZZR0988A0
379/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.17.2. Installing ES988 option board on the Sinus Penta (SLOT C)
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. The electronic components of the inverter and the board are sensitive to the electrostatic discharges.
Take all the necessary safety measures before accessing the inverter and handling the board. The board should be installed in a workstation equipped with proper grounding and provided with an antistatic surface. If this is not possible, the installer must wear a ground bracelet properly connected to the PE conductor.
3. Loosen the two front screws located in the lower part of the inverter cover to remove the covering of the terminal board. You can then reach slot C in the PENTA control board where ES988 is to be
installed, as shown in Figure 208.
380/
455
Figure 208: Location of slot C inside the terminal board cover
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
4. Insert the communications board into slot C; make sure that the connector bars with the two
connectors in slot C (CN7A and CN7B) are correctly aligned. See Figure 209. If the board is
correctly installed, the four fastening holes will match with the housings of the fastening screws for
the fixing spacers. Tighten the board fixing screws as shown in Figure 217.
Figure 209: Inserting connector bars into slot C
381/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 210: Fastening ES988 option board inside the inverter
5. Apply voltage to the inverter and check if LED L1 (+5V voltage correctly applied to board ES988) comes on. Program the parameters related to auxiliary board ES988 following the instructions given
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for the complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid electric shock hazard.
Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or power terminals when the inverter is powered to avoid electric shock hazard and to avoid damaging the inverter and/or the connected devices.
All fastening screws for removable parts (terminal cover, serial interface connector, cable path plates, etc.) are black, rounded-head, cross-headed screws.
Only these screws may be removed when connecting the equipment. Removing different screws or bolts will void the product guarantee.
382/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.17.3. Digital Input Terminals and Relay Output
Loose terminal blocks, 5.08 mm pitch.
SINUS PENTA
Figure 211 shows the pin layout seen from the cable entry.
M1 M2 M3 M4
Figure 211: Input-output signal terminal blocks
20
21
22
23
24
16
17
18
19
12
13
14
15
8
9
10
11
Table 1 shows the ID and description of the loose terminal blocks, pitch 5.08 mm:
Description
4
5
6
7
1
N.
2
3
Name
COM1
NC1
NO1
COM2
NC2
NO2
COM3
NC3
NO3
COM4
NC4
NO4
MDI1
COM1-2
MDI2
MDI3
COM3-4
MDI4
MDI5
COM5-6
MDI6
MDI7
COM7-8
MDI8
Relay output 1 common
NC Relay output 1
NO Relay output 1
Relay output 2 common
NC Relay output 2
NO Relay output 2
Relay output 3 common
NC Relay output 3
NO Relay output 3
Relay output 4 common
NC Relay output 4
NO Relay output 4
Digital input 1
Digital inputs 1-2 common
Digital input 2
Digital input 3
Digital inputs 3-4 common
Digital input 4
Digital input 5
Digital inputs 5-6 common
Digital input 6
Digital input 7
Digital inputs 7-8 common
Digital input 8
Table 1: Terminal block ID and description
383/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
CAUTION
CAUTION
NOTE
The cable cross-section required for wiring the digital inputs is 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm
2
The operating voltage must not be lower than the digital input supply voltage.
.
The cable cross-section required for wiring the relay outputs is 0.5 ÷ 2.5 mm
2
.
The operating voltage must not be lower than the relay output supply voltage.
The cable cross-section required for the relay outputs is based on the operating current in the relay output contacts.
The cable path of the digital input cables must not be parallel to the motor cables and must not be close to disturbance sources (relays, motors, inverters, solenoids): the minimum clearance required is over 100 mm.
6.17.4. ES988 Operating Mode
activation of the relay digital outputs to the field and the interface to the control board.
Figure 212 shows the position of LED L1 indicating that +5 V supply voltage is present.
MDO1
Output Relay RL1
MDO2
Output Relay RL2
MDO3
Output Relay RL3
MDO4
Output Relay RL4
COM1
NC1
NO1
COM2
NC2
NO2
COM3
NC3
NO3
COM4
NC4
NO4
RL1
RL2
RL3
RL4
L1
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
•
•
•
•
•
•
(7)
(8)
(9)
(10)
(11)
(12)
•
•
•
•
•
•
M1
M2
MDI1-2
Digital Inputs 1-2
MDI3-4
Digital Inputs 3-4
MDI5-6
Digital Inputs 5-6
MDI7-8
Digital Inputs 7-8
MDI1
COM1-2
MDI2
MDI3
COM3-4
MDI4
MDI5
COM5-6
MDI6
MDI7
COM7-8
MDI8
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
•
•
•
•
•
•
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
•
•
•
•
•
•
M3
M4
ES988B
Figure 212: Block diagram for ES988 interfacing
OP1
OP2
OP3
OP4
CN2
384/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
240 Vrms single-phase source.
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
•
•
•
•
•
•
M1
COM1
NC1
NO1
COM2
NC2
NO2
RL1
RL2
L1
CN1
Voltage Source
120 ÷ 240 Vrms
~
SWITCH 1
SWITCH 2
SWITCH 3
SWITCH 4
•
•
•
•
•
•
(13)
(14)
(15)
(16)
(17)
(18)
M3
MDI1
COM1-2
MDI2
MDI3
COM3-4
MDI4
OP1
CN2
OP2
ES988B
Figure 213: Utilization example of digital inputs on ES988 option board
385/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.17.5. Main Features
The inverters of the Sinus PENTA line equipped with ES988 option board meet the requirements of EMC
Directive 2004/108/CE and LVD 2006/95/CE issued by the European Union. They also comply with the relevant Harmonized Standards.
ES988 option board is made of ‘UL approved’ materials and components.
NOTE
The installer is responsible for the observance of all the local regulations in force concerning wiring, health and safety and electromagnetic compatibility.
Carefully consider the conductor cross-sections, the fuses or other safety devices to be installed, as well as the Protective Earthing connection.
6.17.6. Environmental Conditions
Operating temperature
Relative humidity
Max. operating altitude
–10 to +55°C ambient temperature (contact Elettronica Santerno for higher ambient temperatures)
5 to 95% (non-condensing)
2000 m a.s.l. For installation above 2000 m and up to 4000 m, please contact Elettronica Santerno.
386/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.17.7. Electrical Specifications
Decisive voltage class C according to EN 61800-5-1
Value
Digital Input Static Specs
Min. Typ. Max. Unit
Type of input signal
MDI1-2 (MDI1, MDI2 in respect to COM1-2)
MDI3-4 (MDI3, MDI4 in respect to COM3-4)
MDI5-6 (MDI5, MDI6 in respect to COM5-6)
MDI7-8 (MDI7, MDI8 in respect to COM7-8)
Input voltage range
Voltage level for signal “1”
Voltage level for signal “0”
Input current range @ 50 Hz
Input current range @ 60 Hz
CAUTION
90
Digital inputs from the field
120/240 265
20
1.5 1.8 / 3.6 4
1.8 2.2 / 4.4 4.8
V AC
V AC
V AC mA AC mA AC
Exceeding the maximum allowable input voltage ratings will result in irreparable damage to the apparatus.
Digital Input Electrical Isolation Value
Isolation of digital inputs MDI1-2 (MDI1, MDI2 in respect to COM1-2)
Isolation of digital inputs MDI3-4 (MDI3, MDI4 in respect to COM3-4)
Isolation of digital inputs MDI5-6 (MDI5, MDI6 in respect to COM5-6)
Isolation of digital inputs MDI7-8 (MDI7, MDI8 in respect to COM7-8)
Isolation between contiguous sets of digital inputs:
MDI1-2 in respect to MDI3-4
MDI3-4 in respect to MDI5-6
MDI5-6 in respect to MDI7-8
Isolation between digital inputs and Protective Earthing
MDI1-2 in conjunction with MDI3-4, MDI5-6, MDI7-8 in respect to
Hole H4 for fixing Protective Earthing to control board
Isolation between digital inputs and control logics
MDI1-2 in conjunction with MDI3-4, MDI5-6, MDI7-8 in respect to
GND
Isolation between digital inputs and relay outputs
MDI1-2 in conjunction with MDI3-4, MDI5-6, MDI7-8 in respect to
MDO1 in conjunction with MDO2, MDO3, MDO4
NO galvanic isolation
NO galvanic isolation
NO galvanic isolation
NO galvanic isolation
1.5 kV AC @ 50 Hz, 60 s
1.5 kV AC @ 50 Hz, 60 s
2.5 kV AC @ 50 Hz, 60 s
2.5 kV AC @ 50 Hz, 60 s
387/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Relay Output Static Specs
Min.
Value
Typ. Max. Unit
Type of output signals
MDO1 - MDO2 - MDO3 - MDO4
AC voltage range / continuous AC current applicable to the contacts (resistive load)
AC1 Nominal load applicable to contacts (resistive load)
AC15 Nominal load applicable to contacts (inductive load)
DC1 Breaking capacity applicable to the contacts (resistive load)
DC switchable minimum load
CAUTION
Relay digital signal to field
250 / 6
1500
300
30 / 6
110 / 0.2
220 / 0.12
500
(12 / 10)
V/A
VA
VA
V/A mW
V/A
Exceeding the maximum allowable output current and voltage will result in irreparable damage to the apparatus.
Relay Output Electrical Isolation Value
Isolation between contiguous sets of relay outputs
MDO1 in respect to MDO2
MDO2 in respect to MDO3
MDO3 in respect to MDO4
Isolation between relay outputs and Protective Earthing
MDO1 in conjunction with MDO2, MDO3, MDO4 in respect to
Hole H3 for fixing Protective Earthing to control board
Isolation between relay outputs and control logics
MDO1 in conjunction with MDO2, MDO3, MDO4 in respect to
GND
1.5 kV AC @ 50 Hz, 60 s
1.5 kV AC @ 50 Hz, 60 s
2.5 kV AC @50 Hz, 60 s
388/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.18. ES914 Power Supply Unit Board
SINUS PENTA
Figure 214: ES914 Power supply unit board
Description of ES914 board
ES914 board provides insulated power supply to the inverters of the Sinus Penta series through RS485
DIN rail type OMEGA 35mm.
ES914 board also provides insulation of RS485 signals on the inverter connector. Using ES914 board is recommended for galvanic insulation between the control circuits of the inverter and the external communication circuits.
3-zone insulation is provided: the 24Vdc supply input section, the RS485 section on the Master side and
RS485 + 9Vdc supply output on the inverter side are electrically isolated (see Figure 216).
ES914 board transmits data in just one direction at a time (half-duplex transmission).
Transmission is typically started by the Master device, that transmits a poll packet. When receiving the start bit and the poll packet, the communication channel of the Master port opens towards the inverter port and it is kept open until the whole packet is received for a time over 4 byte-time at allowable minimum baud-rate.
When the transmission time is over, both ports go idle.
The inverter then transmits the response packet. When the start bit of the response packet is received, the communications channel opens on the inverter side towards the Master port; when a second delay time has elapsed, the transmission cycle is complete.
ES914 board is equipped with two indicator LEDs indicating RS485 communication failures. Wiring mismatch
(if any) is also detected.
ES914 board is provided with transient voltage suppressors (TVS) for the suppression of surge transients caused by bad weather events affecting RS485 serial communication cable reaching the Master device (the external device dialoguing with the inverter via ES914 board). ES914 board complies with EN 61000-4-5:
Level 4, Criterion B.
389/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SHIELDED CABLE FOR RS485 LINK
PE-SHIELD Connection:
• Optional on inverter-side
• On master-side, it makes the signal discharger totally ineffective
Figure 215: Basic wiring diagram for ES914 board
390/
455
Figure 216: Block-diagram with 3-zone insulation
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Identification Data 6.18.1.
Description
ES914 Adaptor for aux. power supply
Part Number
ZZ0101790
6.18.2. Wiring ES914 Board
ES914 board includes three terminal boards and two connectors.
The signal connections going to the RS485 Master and to the inverter are available both on the screwable terminals and to DB9 connectors. This allows maximum wiring flexibility.
The SHIELD and PE conductors are located on the power supply input terminals. The PE conductor is to be connected to the safety conductor of the cabinet where the equipment is installed. The SHIELD connector is the shield of the communication cable reaching the RS485 Master. You can then decide whether and where to connect the cable shield.
The specifications of the terminals and the connectors are given below.
• M1 Terminals: power supply of ES914 board – separable terminals, 3.81mm pitch, suitable for 0.08
÷ 1.5mm
(AWG 28-16) cables.
Terminal N.
1
2
3
4
Name
+24VS
0VS
SHD
PE
Description
ES914 Power supply input
ES914 Power supply common
Shield of RS485 wire for external connections
Protective Earth
• M2 Terminals: RS485 connection to the Master: separable terminals, 3.81mm pitch, suitable for 0.08
÷ 1.5mm
(AWG 28-16) cables.
Terminal N.
5
6
7
8
9
Name
RS485 Am
RS485 Bm
0VE
SHD
PE
Description
RS485 signal (A) – Master
RS485 signal (B) – Master
Common for connections to the Master
Shield of RS485 wire
Protective Earth
• CN1 Connector: RS485 connection to the Master: male DB9 connector
Am
Bm
1 2 3 4 5
SHIELD
6 7 8 9
0VE
391/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
• M3 Terminals: RS485 connection to the inverter: separable terminals, 3.81mm pitch, suitable for
0.08 ÷ 1.5mm
2
(AWG 28-16) cables.
Terminal N.
10
11
12
13
Name
RS485 Ai
RS485 Bi
0VM
+9VM
Description
RS485 (A) signal – Inverter
RS485 (B) signal – Inverter
Common for connections to the inverter
Inverter power supply output
• CN2 connector: RS485 connection to the inverter: female DB9 connector
Ai
Bi
1 2 3 4 5
6 7 8 9
+9VM 0VM
Recommended connection to the inverter
It is recommended that a shielded cable with DB9 connectors be used. Connect both ends of the cable shield so that it is the same PE voltage as the inverter. The shielded cable shall have at least one twisted pair for signals RS485 A and B. Two additional conductors and one additional twisted pair for the conductors of the inverter auxiliary power supply +9VM and 0VM are also required. Make sure that the cable length and cross-section are adequate, thus avoiding excessive voltage drop. For cable length up to 5m, the recommended minimum cross-section is 0.2mm
conductors.
2
(AWG24) for the signal conductors and the power supply
Recommended connection to the Master
It is recommended that a shielded cable with at least one twisted pair be used. The cable shield shall be connected to the SHIELD terminal of the connector. The connection of the cable shield allows full exploitation of the suppressors located on the Master conductors.
The shielded cable shall have at least one twisted pair for signals RS485 A and B and shall propagate the common signal (0VE).
The following specifications are recommended for the shielded cable:
Type of cable Shielded cable composed of a balanced pair named D1/D0 + common conductor (“Common”).
Recommended cable model
Min. cross-section of the conductors
Max. cable length
Characteristic impedance
Standard colours
Belden 3106 (distributed from Cavitec)
AWG24 corresponding to 0.25mm
sections up to 0.75mm
2
. For long cable length, larger cross-
2 are recommended.
500 metres (based on the max. distance between two stations)
Better if exceeding 100Ω (120Ω is typically recommended)
Yellow/brown for D1/D0 pair, grey for “Common” signal
392/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Power Supply LEDs
ES914 board is equipped with three indicator LEDs for indicating the status of the power supply voltage.
LED Colour Function
L1 Green Presence of power supply voltage (5V) in inverter-side RS485 circuits
L2
L3
Green
Green
Presence of inverter power supply voltage (9V)
Presence of power supply voltage (5V) in Master-side RS485 circuits
RS485 FAULT Signals
ES914 board is equipped with two LEDs indicating the fault status for the RS485 signals both on the inverter side and to the Master side. The FAULT indication is valid only when the line is properly terminated, i.e. DIPswitches SW1 and SW2 are “ON”.
LED Colour Function
L5 Red Inverter-side RS485 signal fault
L6 Red Master-side RS485 signal fault
The following faults can be detected:
• Differential voltage between A and B lower than 450mV
• A or B exceed the common mode voltage range [–7V; 12V]
• A or B connected to fixed voltage (this condition can be detected only when communication is in progress).
Diagnostic Display
Figure 217 shows the indicator LEDs and the configuration DIP-switches of ES914 board.
Configuration of ES914 board
ES914 board includes two 2-position DIP-switches. These DIP-switches allow RS485 line termination to be configured both on inverter-side and on master-side.
DIPFunction Notes switch
SW1
SW2
Master-side RS485 termination
Inverter-side
RS485 termination
ON: 150Ω resistor between A and B; 430Ω resistor between A and
+5VE; 430Ω resistor between B and 0VE (default)
OFF: no termination and polarisation resistor
ON: 150Ω resistor between A and B; 430Ω resistor between A and
+5VM; 430Ω resistor between B and 0VM (default)
OFF: no termination and polarisation resistor
393/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Electrical Specifications
Operating temperature range of the components (standard version)
Max. relative humidity (non-condensing)
Environment pollution degree (according to EN 61800-5-1)
Degree of protection of the plastic case
Insulation test voltage between the encoder signals and the power supply ground
Connection to the inverter
Input voltage
Power supply voltage to the inverter
Inverter power supply output current
Input lines
Type of input signals
Connection to the power supply line
+24V Power supply absorption
Compliance
EN 61000-4-5
Min. Typ.
Value
Max. Unit
0 70
IP20
500Vac 1’
95
2
Value
Min. Typ. Max. Unit
19
8.5
24
9.16
30
11.1
V
V
830 mA
Two lines: signals A and B, RS485 bus
RS485 Standard
(from 4800bps to 115200bps)
Value
Min. Typ. Max.
700
Level 4, Criterion B
Unit
mA
°C
%
394/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
Figure 217: Position of the LEDs and DIP-switches in ES914 board
395/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.19. “Loc-0-Rem” Key Selector Switch And Emergency Push-Button for IP54
Models
The IP54 models can be provided with a key selector switch and an emergency push-button (optional devices supplied by request).
The key selector switch selects the following operating modes:
POSITION
LOC
0
REM
OPERATING MODE DESCRIPTION
INVERTER IN LOCAL MODE The inverter operates in “Local” mode; the Start command and
INVERTER DISABLED
INVERTER IN REMOTE
MODE the frequency/speed reference are sent via display/keypad.
Inverter disabled
The control mode is defined by programming in parameters
C140
÷ C147 of the Control Method menu.
When pressed, the emergency push-button immediately stops the inverter.
An auxiliary terminal board with voltage-free contacts is provided for the selector switch status, the emergency push-button status and the Enable command.
TERMINALS
1
2
3-4
5-6
7-8
Opto-isolated input
FEATURES
0 V digital inputs voltage-free
(230V - 3A, 24V - 2.5A) voltage-free
(230V - 3A, 24V - 2.5A) voltage-free digital contacts contacts contacts
(230V - 3A, 24V - 2.5 A)
FUNCTION
ENABLE
CMD
STATUS OF LOC-0-REM
SELECTOR SWITCH
STATUS OF LOC-0-REM
SELECTOR SWITCH
STATUS
EMERGENCY
BUTTON
OF
PUSH-
DESCRIPTION
Connect terminal 1 to terminal 2 to enable the inverter (terminals 1 and 2 are connected together—factorysetting) digital input ground contacts closed: selector switch in position LOC; contacts open: selector switch in position 0 or REM contacts closed: selector switch in position REM; contacts open: selector switch in position 0 or LOC contacts closed: emergency pushbutton not depressed contacts open: emergency pushbutton depressed
NOTE
When the key selector switch and the emergency push-button are installed, multifunction digital input MDI4 (terminal 12) cannot be used.
The ground of multifunction digital inputs is available also on terminal 2 in the auxiliary terminal board.
396/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.20. Wiring IP54 Inverters with Optional “LOC-0-REM” Key Selector Switch and
Emergency Push-button
Figure 218: Wiring diagram for IP54 inverters
CAUTION
The wiring shown in this schematic does not allow to implement the STO function.
397/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.21. ES860 SIN/COS Encoder Board (Slot A)
The ES860 Sin/Cos Encoder board allows interfacing encoders provided with 1Volt peak-to-peak analog outputs. Those encoders may be used to provide speed feedback and/or position feedback for the inverters of the Sinus PENTA series.
The ES860 board may be configured to operate in two acquisition modes as follows:
• Three-channel mode: increments low speed resolution and is suitable for slow rotation speed actuators requiring very accurate measurement of speed and position.
• Five-channel mode: detects the absolute mechanical position as soon as the inverter is first started up.
The board features are given below:
-
Acquisition of five 1Volt peak-to-peak analog inputs on balanced line
-
Two channels acquired via zero crossing and bidirectional digital counter with quadrature direction discriminator and x4 resolution multiplication factor (e.g. 1024 ppr to 4096 ppr)
-
Zero index control for accurate alignment
-
Two channels acquired in analog mode for absolute angle detection (12-bit resolution)
-
Max. 140kHz input frequency in zero crossing channels for speeds up to 800rpm with 1024 ppr; alternatively up to 2000rpm with 4096 ppr
-
Maximum 1kHz input frequency in analog channels
-
Ability to re-direct analog signals to zero crossing channels
-
Galvanic isolation in all channels for both digital and analog inputs
-
5V and 12V power supply output allowing fine tuning of the output voltage, isolated from the common for power supply output and signal output of the inverter.
398/
455
Figure 219: ES860 Sin/Cos Encoder board
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.21.1. Identification Data
Description
ES860
Encoder SIN/COS
Interface
Part
Number
ZZ0101830
COMPATIBLE ENCODERS
POWER SUPPLY
5V, 12V, 15V,
(5÷15V)
OUTPUT
Sin/Cos encoder, 1Vpp, on three or five differential channels
6.21.2. Installing ES860 Board on the Inverter (Slot A)
1. Remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes.
2. The electronic components in the inverter and the communications board are sensitive to electrostatic discharge. Take any safety measure before operating inside the inverter and before handling the board. The board should be installed in a workstation equipped with proper grounding and provided with an antistatic surface. If this is not possible, the installer must wear a ground bracelet properly connected to the PE conductor.
3. Remove the protective cover of the inverter terminal board by unscrewing the two screws on the front lower part of the cover. Slot A where the ES860 board will be installed is now accessible, as shown in the figure below.
Figure 220: Location of Slot A inside the terminal board covers in Sinus PENTA inverters.
4. Insert ES860 board into Slot A. Carefully align the contact pins with the two connectors in the slot. If the board is properly installed, the three fixing holes are aligned with the housing of the relevant fixing spacers screws. Check if alignment is correct, then fasten the three fixing screws as show in the figure below.
399/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
Figure 221: Fitting the ES860 board inside the inverter.
5. Set the correct encoder power supply and the DIP-switch configuration.
6. Power the inverter and check if the supply voltage delivered to the encoder is appropriate. Set up the
parameters relating to ”Encoder A” as described in the Programming Guide.
7. Remove voltage from the inverter, wait until the inverter has come to a complete stop and connect the encoder cable.
DANGER
CAUTION
NOTE
Before gaining access to the components inside the inverter, remove voltage from the inverter and wait at least 20 minutes. Wait for the complete discharge of the internal capacitors to avoid electric shock hazard.
Do not connect or disconnect signal terminals or power terminals when the inverter is powered to avoid electric shock hazard and to avoid damaging the inverter.
All fastening screws for removable parts (terminal cover, serial interface connector, cable path plates, etc.) are black, rounded-head, cross-headed screws.
Only these screws may be removed when connecting the equipment. Removing different screws or bolts will void the product guarantee.
400/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.21.2.1. Sin/Cos Encoder Connector
High density D-sub 15-pin female connector (three rows). The figure shows a front view of the pin layout.
Figure 222: Pin layout on the high density connector
2
3
4
5
No. Name
1 C–
D–
6
7
8
9
A–
B– n.c.
C+
D+
A+
B+
10 n.c.
Description
Negative sine signal (absolute position)
Negative cosine signal (absolute position)
Negative sine signal
Negative cosine signal
Positive sine signal (absolute position)
Positive cosine signal (absolute position)
11 n.c.
14 R–
15 R+
Shell PE
Positive sine signal
Positive cosine signal
12 +VE Encoder power output
13 0VE Common for power supply and signals
Negative zero index signal acquired with zero crossing
Zero index signal acquired with zero crossing
Connector shield connected to Inverter PE conductor
401/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.21.3. ES860 Configuration and Operating Modes
The ES860 Encoder Interface Board may power both 5V and 12V encoders and allows acquiring two types of encoders with 1Volt peak-to-peak sinusoidal outputs:
Three-channel mode:
signals A (sine), B (cosine), R (zero index).
Input signals C+, C-, D+, D- are not used in three-channel mode. DIP-switch SW1 is to be set as in the figure below: odd-numbered switches to ON and the even-numbered switches to OFF.
Figure 223: DIP-switch SW1 setting in three-channel mode
Five-channel mode:
signals A (sine), B (cosine), R (zero index), C (sine, absolute position), D (cosine, absolute position).
All input signals are used in five-channel mode. DIP-switch SW1 shall be set as in the figure below: evennumbered switches to ON, odd-numbered switches to OFF.
CAUTION
Figure 224: DIP-switch SW1 setting for five-channel mode
Do not alter the DIP-switch configuration and do not enable the configuration switches when the inverter is powered. Unexpected changes in switch settings, even of short duration, cause irreparable damage to the board and the encoder.
402/
455
INSTALLATION GUIDE
SINUS PENTA
6.21.3.1. Configuring and Adjusting the Encoder Supply Voltage
The ES860 board may power encoders having different power supply voltage ratings. A selection Jumper and a power supply voltage regulation Trimmer are available, as shown in the figure below.
Figure 225: Position of the jumper and voltage adjusting trimmer
The ES860 board is factory-set with a minimum output voltage of 4.5V for the power supply of 5V rated encoders. Take account of ±10% due to voltage drops in cables and connector contactors. By using the trimmer, 8V voltage may be supplied.
Set the jumper to 12V to supply 12V or 15V encoders. It is now possible to operate on the trimmer to adjust voltage from 10.5 to 15.7V. Turn the trimmer clockwise to increase output voltage.
Power supply voltage is to be measured at the encoder supply terminals, thus taking account of cable voltage drops, particularly if a long cable is used.
CAUTION
Supplying the encoder with inadequate voltage may damage the component.
Before connecting the cable and after configuring ES860 board, always use a tester to check the voltage supplied by the board itself.
NOTE
The encoder power supply circuit is provided with an electronic current limiter and a resettable fuse. Should a short-circuit occur in the supply output, shut down the inverter and wait a few minutes to give the resettable fuse time to reset.
403/
455
SINUS PENTA
INSTALLATION GUIDE
6.21.4. Connecting the Encoder Cable
State-of-the-art connections are imperative. Use shielded cables and correctly connect cable shielding.
The recommended connection diagram consists in a multipolar, dual shielded cable. The inner shield shall be connected to the connector case connected to the ES860 board, while the outer shield shall be connected to the encoder frame, usually in common with the motor frame. If the inner shield is not connected to the encoder frame, this can be connected to the inner braid.
The motor must always be earthed as instructed with a dedicated conductor connected directly to the inverter earthing point and routed parallel to the motor power supply cables.
It is not advisable to route the Encoder cable parallel to the motor power cables. It is preferable to use a dedicated signal cable conduit.
The figure below illustrates the recommended connection method.
Figure 226: Recommended dual shielded connection for encoder cable
NOTE
CAUTION
The encoder supply output and the encoder signal common are isolated in respect to the common of the analog signals fitted in the inverter terminal board
(CMA). Do not connect any conductors in common between the encoder signals and the signals in the inverter terminal board. This prevents isolation from being adversel